Document:

<PAGE> 1

                                  EXHIBIT 10.1

                           BERKSHIRE BANK 401(K) PLAN

<PAGE> 2

                     REGIONAL PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION
                                 PLAN AND TRUST

                                  SPONSORED BY

                 SAVINGS BANKS EMPLOYEES RETIREMENT ASSOCIATION

                               BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT

<PAGE> 3

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------

PARAGRAPH                                                                 PAGE
---------                                                                 ----

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

   1.1         Actual Deferral Percentage                                  1
   1.2         Adoption Agreement                                          1
   1.3         Aggregate Limit                                             1
   1.4         Annual Additions                                            2
   1.5         Annuity Starting Date                                       2
   1.6         Applicable Calendar Year                                    2
   1.7         Applicable Life Expectancy                                  2
   1.8         Average Contribution Percentage (ACP)                       2
   1.9         Average Deferral Percentage (ADP)                           2
   1.10        Break In Service                                            3
   1.11        Code                                                        3
   1.12        Compensation                                                3
   1.13        Contribution Percentage                                     4
   1.14        Defined Benefit Plan                                        5
   1.15        Defined Benefit (Plan) Fraction                             5
   1.16        Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation                      5
   1.17        Defined Contribution Plan                                   5
   1.18        Defined Contribution (Plan) Fraction                        5
   1.19        Designated Beneficiary                                      6
   1.20        Disability                                                  6
   1.21        Distribution Calendar Year                                  6
   1.22        Early Retirement Age                                        6
   1.23        Earned Income                                               6
   1.24        Effective Date                                              6
   1.25        Election Period                                             6
   1.26        Elective Deferral                                           6
   1.27        Eligible Participant                                        7
   1.28        Employee                                                    7
   1.29        Employer                                                    7
   1.30        Entry Date                                                  7
   1.31        Excess Aggregate Contributions                              7
   1.32        Excess Amount                                               7
   1.33        Excess Contribution                                         8
   1.34        Excess Elective Deferrals                                   8
   1.35        Family Member                                               8
   1.36        First Distribution Calendar Year                            8
   1.37        Fund                                                        8
   1.38        Hardship                                                    8
   1.39        Highest Average Compensation                                8

<PAGE> 4

   1.40        Highly Compensated Employee                                 8
   1.41        Hour Of Service                                             9
   1.42        Key Employee                                                10
   1.43        Leased Employee                                             10
   1.44        Limitation Year                                             10
   1.45        Master Or Prototype Plan                                    10
   1.46        Matching Contribution                                       10
   1.47        Maximum Permissible Amount                                  10
   1.48        Net Profit                                                  11
   1.49        Normal Retirement Age                                       11
   1.50        Owner-Employee                                              11
   1.51        Paired Plans                                                11
   1.52        Participant                                                 11
   1.53        Participant's Benefit                                       11
   1.54        Permissive Aggregation Group                                11
   1.55        Plan                                                        11
   1.56        Plan Administrator                                          11
   1.57        Plan Year                                                   11
   1.58        Present Value                                               11
   1.59        Projected Annual Benefit                                    11
   1.60        Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan                        12
   1.61        Qualified Domestic Relations Order                          12
   1.62        Qualified Early Retirement Age                              12
   1.63        Qualified Joint And Survivor Annuity                        12
   1.64        Qualified Matching Contribution                             12
   1.65        Qualified Non-Elective Contributions                        12
   1.66        Qualified Voluntary Contribution                            12
   1.67        Regional Prototype Plan                                     13
   1.68        Required Aggregation Group                                  13
   1.69        Required Beginning Date                                     13
   1.70        Rollover Contribution                                       13
   1.71        Salary Savings Agreement                                    13
   1.72        Self-Employed Individual                                    13
   1.73        Service                                                     13
   1.74        Shareholder Employee                                        13
   1.75        Simplified Employee Pension Plan                            14
   1.76        Sponsor                                                     14
   1.77        Spouse (Surviving Spouse)                                   14
   1.78        Super Top-Heavy Plan                                        14
   1.79        Taxable Wage Base                                           14
   1.80        Top-Heavy Determination Date                                14
   1.81        Top-Heavy Plan                                              14
   1.82        Top-Heavy Ratio                                             14
   1.83        Top-Paid Group                                              15
   1.84        Transfer Contribution                                       16
   1.85        Trustee                                                     16
   1.86        Valuation Date                                              16
   1.87        Vested Account Balance                                      16
   1.88        Voluntary Contribution                                      16
   1.89        Welfare Benefit Fund                                        16
   1.90        Year Of Service                                             17

<PAGE> 5

                                   ARTICLE II
                            ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

   2.1         Participation                                               18
   2.2         Change In Classification Of Employment                      18
   2.3         Computation Period                                          18
   2.4         Employment Rights                                           18
   2.5         Service With Controlled Groups                              18
   2.6         Owner-Employees                                             18
   2.7         Leased Employees                                            19
   2.8         Thrift Plans                                                19

                                   ARTICLE III
                             EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

   3.1         Amount                                                      20
   3.2         Expenses And Fees                                           20
   3.3         Responsibility For Contributions                            20
   3.4         Return Of Contributions                                     20

                                   ARTICLE IV
                             EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

   4.1         Voluntary Contributions                                     21
   4.2         Qualified Voluntary Contributions                           21
   4.3         Rollover Contribution                                       21
   4.4         Transfer Contribution                                       22
   4.5         Employer Approval Of Transfer Contributions                 22
   4.6         Elective Deferrals                                          22
   4.7         Required Voluntary Contributions                            23
   4.8         Direct Rollover Of Benefits                                 23

                                    ARTICLE V
                              PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS

   5.1         Separate Accounts                                           24
   5.2         Adjustments To Participant Accounts                         24
   5.3         Allocating Employer Contributions                           25
   5.4         Allocating Investment Earnings And Losses                   25
   5.5         Participant Statements                                      25

<PAGE> 6

                                   ARTICLE VI
                      RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   6.1         Normal Retirement Benefits                                  26
   6.2         Early Retirement Benefits                                   26
   6.3         Benefits On Termination Of Employment                       26
   6.4         Restrictions On Immediate Distributions                     27
   6.5         Normal Form Of Payment                                      28
   6.6         Commencement Of Benefits                                    28
   6.7         Claims Procedures                                           29
   6.8         In-Service Withdrawals                                      29
   6.9         Hardship Withdrawal                                         30

                                   ARTICLE VII
                            DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

   7.1         Joint And Survivor Annuity Requirements                     32
   7.2         Minimum Distribution Requirements                           32
   7.3         Limits On Distribution Periods                              32
   7.4         Required Distributions On Or After The Required Beginning
                Date                                                       32
   7.5         Required Beginning Date                                     33
   7.6         Transitional Rule                                           34
   7.7         Designation Of Beneficiary For Death Benefit                35
   7.8         Nonexistence Of Beneficiary                                 35
   7.9         Distribution Beginning Before Death                         35
   7.10        Distribution Beginning After Death                          35
   7.11        Distribution Of Excess Elective Deferrals                   36
   7.12        Distributions Of Excess Contributions                       37
   7.13        Distribution Of Excess Aggregate Contributions              37

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                     JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS

   8.1         Applicability Of Provisions                                 39
   8.2         Payment Of Qualified Joint And Survivor Annuity             39
   8.3         Payment of Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity        39
   8.4         Qualified Election                                          39
   8.5         Notice Requirements For Qualified Joint And Survivor
               Annuity                                                     40
   8.6         Notice Requirements For Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor
               Annuity                                                     40
   8.7         Special Safe-Harbor Exception For Certain Profit-Sharing
               Plans                                                       40
   8.8         Transitional Joint And Survivor Annuity Rules               41
   8.9         Automatic Joint And Survivor Annuity And Early Survivor
               Annuity                                                     41
   8.10        Annuity Contracts                                           42

<PAGE> 7

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                     VESTING

   9.1         Employee Contributions                                      43
   9.2         Employer Contributions                                      43
   9.3         Computation Period                                          43
   9.4         Requalification Prior To Five Consecutive One-Year Breaks
               In Service                                                  43
   9.5         Requalification After Five Consecutive One-Year Breaks
               In Service                                                  43
   9.6         Calculating Vested Interest                                 43
   9.7         Forfeitures                                                 44
   9.8         Amendment Of Vesting Schedule                               44
   9.9         Service With Controlled Groups                              44
   9.10        Application Of Prior Vesting Rules                          44

                                    ARTICLE X
                         LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS AND
                           ANTIDISCRIMINATION TESTING

   10.1        Participation In This Plan Only                             45
   10.2        Disposition Of Excess Annual Additions                      45
   10.3        Participation In This Plan And Another Regional Prototype
                Defined Contribution Plan, Welfare Benefit Fund, Or
                 Individual Medical Account Maintained By The Employer     46
   10.4        Disposition Of Excess Annual Additions Under Two Plans      46
   10.5        Participation In This Plan And Another Defined Contribution
               Plan Which Is Not A Regional Prototype Plan                 47
   10.6        Participation In This Plan And A Defined Benefit Plan       47
   10.7        Limitations On Allocations                                  47
   10.8        Average Deferral Percentage (ADP) Test                      47
   10.9        Special Rules Relating To Application Of ADP Test           48
   10.10       Recharacterization                                          48
   10.11       Average Contribution Percentage (ACP) Test                  49
   10.12       Special Rules Relating To Application Of ACP Test           49

                                  ARTICLE XI
                                ADMINISTRATION

   11.1        Plan Administrator                                          51
   11.2        Trustee                                                     51
   11.3        Administrative Fees And Expenses                            52
   11.4        Division Of Duties And Indemnification                      52

<PAGE> 8

                                   ARTICLE XII
                               TRUST FUND ACCOUNT

   12.1        The Fund                                                    54
   12.2        Control Of Plan Assets                                      54
   12.3        Exclusive Benefit Rules                                     54
   12.4        Assignment And Alienation Of Benefits                       54
   12.5        Determination Of Qualified Domestic Relations Order (QDRO)  54

                                 ARTICLE XIII
                                 INVESTMENTS

   13.1        Fiduciary Standards                                         56
   13.2        Trustee Appointment                                         56
   13.3        Investment Alternatives Of The Trustee                      56
   13.4        Participant Loans                                           57
   13.5        Insurance Policies                                          58
   13.6        Employer Investment Direction                               59
   13.7        Employee Investment Direction                               60

                                 ARTICLE XIV
                             TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

   14.1        Applicability Of Rules                                      61
   14.2        Minimum Contribution                                        61
   14.3        Minimum Vesting                                             61

                                  ARTICLE XV
                          AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

   15.1        Amendment By Sponsor                                        62
   15.2        Amendment By Employer                                       62
   15.3        Termination                                                 62
   15.4        Qualification Of Employer's Plan                            63
   15.5        Mergers And Consolidations                                  63
   15.6        Resignation And Removal                                     63
   15.7        Qualification Of Prototype                                  63

                                 ARTICLE XVI
                                GOVERNING LAW
                                                                           64

<PAGE> 9

                     REGIONAL PROTOTYPE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION
                                 PLAN AND TRUST

                                  SPONSORED BY

                                      SBERA

The  Sponsor  hereby   establishes  the  following  Regional  Prototype  Defined
Contribution  Plan and  Trust  for use by those of its  adopting  Employers  who
qualify and wish to provide a qualified  retirement  program for its  Employees.
Any Plan and Trust Account  established  hereunder shall be administered for the
exclusive  benefit of Participants and their  beneficiaries  under the following
terms and conditions:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

1.1  ACTUAL  DEFERRAL  PERCENTAGE  The  ratio  (expressed  as a  percentage  and
calculated separately for each Participant) of:

      (a) the  amount of  Employer  contributions  [as  defined  at (c) and (d)]
          actually paid over to the Fund on behalf of such  Participant  for the
          Plan Year to

      (b) the Participant's  Compensation for such Plan Year.  Compensation will
          only  include  amounts for the period  during  which the  Employee was
          eligible to participate.

Employer contributions on behalf of any Participant shall include:

      (c) any Elective  Deferrals  made pursuant to the  Participant's  deferral
          election,  including Excess Elective Deferrals, but excluding Elective
          Deferrals that are taken into account in the  Contribution  Percentage
          test  (provided  the ADP  test is  satisfied  both  with  and  without
          exclusion  of these  Elective  Deferrals)  or are  returned  as excess
          Annual Additions; and

      (d) at the election of the Employer, Qualified Non-Elective  Contributions
          and Qualified Matching Contributions.

For purposes of computing Actual Deferral Percentages,  an Employee who would be
a Participant but for the failure to make Elective Deferrals shall be treated as
a Participant on whose behalf no Elective Deferrals are made.

1.2   ADOPTION AGREEMENT  The  document attached  to  this  Plan  by  which   an
Employer elects to establish a qualified retirement plan and trust account under
the terms of this Regional Prototype Defined Contribution Plan and Trust.

1.3   AGGREGATE LIMIT  The sum of:

      (a)   125 percent of the greater of the ADP of the  non-Highly Compensated
            Employees  for the Plan  Year or the ACP of  non-Highly  Compensated
            Employees under the Plan subject to Code Section 401(m) for the Plan
            Year  beginning with or within the Plan Year of the cash or deferred
            arrangement  as  described  in Code  Section  401(k) or Code Section
            402(h)(1)(B) and

      (b)   the lesser of 200% or two plus the lesser of such ADP or ACP.

                                         1

<PAGE> 10

Alternatively,  the Aggregate  Limit may be expressed by  substituting  the word
"lesser"  for  the  word  "greater"  where  it  appears  in the  first  line  of
sub-paragraph  (a) and  substituting  the word  "greater"  for the word "lesser"
where it appears for the second time in the first line of sub-paragraph (b).

1.4  ANNUAL   ADDITIONS  The  sum  of  the  following   amounts  credited  to  a
Participant's account for the Limitation Year:

(a)   Employer Contributions,

(b)   Employee Contributions (under Article IV),

(c)   forfeitures, and

(d)   amounts allocated  after  March 31, 1984 to an individual medical account,
      as  defined  in Code  Section  415(l)(2),  which is part of a  pension  or
      annuity  plan  maintained  by the Employer  (these  amounts are treated as
      Annual Additions to a Defined  Contribution Plan though they arise under a
      Defined Benefit Plan), and

(e)   amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after 1985,  in taxable
      years ending after 1985, which are either  attributable to post-retirement
      medical benefits, allocated to the account of a Key Employee, or a Welfare
      Benefit  Fund  maintained  by the  Employer  are also  treated  as  Annual
      Additions to a Defined  Contribution Plan. For purposes of this paragraph,
      an  Employee  is a Key  Employee  if he or she meets the  requirements  of
      paragraph  1.42 at any time  during  the Plan Year or any  preceding  Plan
      Year. Welfare Benefit Fund is defined at paragraph 1.89.

Excess amounts  applied in a Limitation  Year to reduce  Employer  contributions
will be considered  Annual Additions for such Limitation  Year,  pursuant to the
provisions of Article X.

1.5  ANNUITY STARTING DATE The first day of the first period for which an amount
is paid as an annuity or in any other form.

1.6  APPLICABLE CALENDAR YEAR The first  Distribution  Calendar Year, and in the
event of the recalculation of life expectancy, such succeeding calendar year. If
payments  commence in  accordance  with  paragraph  7.4(e)  before the  Required
Beginning Date, the Applicable Calendar Year is the year such payments commence.
If  distribution  is in the form of an  immediate  annuity  purchased  after the
Participant's death with the Participant's  remaining  interest,  the Applicable
Calendar Year is the year of purchase.

1.7  APPLICABLE  LIFE  EXPECTANCY  Used  in  determining  the  required  minimum
distribution.  The life  expectancy  (or  joint  and last  survivor  expectancy)
calculated using the attained age of the Participant (or Designated Beneficiary)
as of the Participant's (or Designated Beneficiary's) birthday in the applicable
calendar  year reduced by one for each calendar year which has elapsed since the
date  life  expectancy  was  first  calculated.  If  life  expectancy  is  being
recalculated,  the Applicable Life Expectancy shall be the life expectancy as so
recalculated.  The  life  expectancy  of a  non-Spouse  Beneficiary  may  not be
recalculated.

1.8 AVERAGE CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE (ACP) The average of the Actual Contribution
Percentages  for  each  Highly  Compensated  Employee  and for  each  non-Highly
Compensated Employee.

1.9 AVERAGE  DEFERRAL  PERCENTAGE  (ADP) The average of the Percentages for each
Highly Compensated Employee and for each non-Highly Compensated Employee.

                                         2

<PAGE> 11

1.10  BREAK IN SERVICE A 12-consecutive  month  period  during which an Employee
fails to complete more than 500 Hours of Service.

1.11  CODE  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including any amendments.

1.12 COMPENSATION The Employer may select one of the following three safe-harbor
definitions of Compensation in the Adoption  Agreement.  Compensation shall only
include  amounts  earned  while a  Participant  if Plan  Year is  chosen  as the
applicable computation period.

      (a)   CODE SECTION 3401(A) WAGES.  Compensation is defined as wages within
            the  meaning of Code  Section  3401(a)  for the  purposes of Federal
            income tax  withholding at the source but determined  without regard
            to any rules that limit the remuneration  included in wages based on
            the nature or location of the  employment or the services  performed
            [such  as the  exception  for  agricultural  labor  in Code  Section
            3401(a)(2)].

      (b)   CODE SECTION 6041 AND 6051 WAGES.  Compensation  is defined as wages
            as  defined  in Code  Section  3401(a)  and all  other  payments  of
            Compensation  to an Employee by the  Employer  (in the course of the
            Employer's  trade or business) for which the Employer is required to
            furnish the Employee a written  statement under Code Section 6041(d)
            and 6051(a)(3).  Compensation  must be determined  without regard to
            any rules under Code  Section  3401(a)  that limit the  remuneration
            included in wages based on the nature or location of the  employment
            or the services  performed  [such as the exception for  agricultural
            labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)].

      (c)   CODE  SECTION  415  COMPENSATION.   For  purposes  of  applying  the
            limitations of Article X and Top-Heavy  Minimums,  the definition of
            Compensation  shall be Code  Section  415  Compensation  defined  as
            follows: a Participant's Earned Income,  wages,  salaries,  and fees
            for professional services and other amounts received (without regard
            to whether or not an amount is paid in cash) for  personal  services
            actually  rendered  in the course of  employment  with the  Employer
            maintaining  the Plan to the extent that the amounts are  includable
            in gross income  [including,  but not limited to,  commissions  paid
            salesmen,  Compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of
            profits,  commissions on insurance premiums,  tips, bonuses,  fringe
            benefits and  reimbursements  or other  expense  allowances  under a
            nonaccountable  plan (as  described in  Regulation  1.62-2(c)],  and
            excluding the following:

            1.    Employer contributions  to  a  plan  of  deferred compensation
                  which are not  includable in the  Employee's  gross income for
                  the   taxable   year  in  which   contributed,   or   Employer
                  contributions  under a Simplified Employee Pension Plan or any
                  distributions from a plan of deferred compensation,

            2.    Amounts  realized  from  the exercise of a non-qualified stock
                  option,  or when  restricted  stock (or property)  held by the
                  Employee  either becomes freely  transferable  or is no longer
                  subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture,

            3.    Amounts  realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition
                  of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

            4.    other  amounts  which  received  special   tax  benefits,   or
                  contributions  made by the  Employer  (whether  or not under a
                  salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity
                  contract  described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the
                  contributions are actually excludible from the gross income of
                  the Employee).

                                        3

<PAGE> 12

For purposes of applying the  limitations  of Article X and Top-Heavy  Minimums,
the definition of Compensation shall be Code Section 415 Compensation  described
in this paragraph  1.12(c).  Also,  for purposes of applying the  limitations of
Article X, Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Compensation  actually paid
or made available  during such Limitation  Year.  Notwithstanding  the preceding
sentence,  Compensation for a Participant in a defined  contribution plan who is
permanently  and totally  disabled [as defined in Code Section  22(e)(3)] is the
Compensation such Participant would have received for the Limitation Year if the
Participant had been paid at the rate of Compensation  paid  immediately  before
becoming  permanently and totally  disabled.  Such imputed  Compensation for the
disabled  Participant may be taken into account only if the Participant is not a
Highly   Compensated   Employee  [as  defined  in  Code   Section   414(q)]  and
contributions made on behalf of such Participant are nonforfeitable when made.

If the Employer fails to pick the applicable  period in the Adoption  Agreement,
the Plan Year shall be used.  Unless otherwise  specified by the Employer in the
Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall be determined as provided in Code Section
3401(a) [as defined in this  paragraph  1.12(a)].  In  nonstandardized  Adoption
Agreements  004,  005 and 006,  the  Employer may choose to eliminate or exclude
categories of Compensation  which do not violate the provisions of Code Sections
401(a)(4), 414(s) the regulations thereunder and Revenue Procedure 89-65.

Beginning  with 1989 Plan Years,  the annual  Compensation  of each  Participant
which may be taken into account for determining all benefits  provided under the
Plan  (including  benefits  under  Article  XIV) for any year  shall not  exceed
$200,000, as adjusted under Code Section 415(d). In determining the Compensation
of a  Participant  for  purposes of this  limitation,  the rules of Code Section
414(q)(6)  shall apply,  except in applying such rules,  the term "family" shall
include only the Spouse of the  Participant  and any lineal  descendants  of the
Participant who have not attained age 19 before the end of the Plan year. If, as
a result of the  application of such rules the adjusted  $200,000  limitation is
exceeded,  then (except for purposes of determining  the portion of Compensation
up to the integration level if this Plan provides for permitted disparity),  the
limitation  shall be prorated  among the affected  individuals  in proportion to
each such  individual's  Compensation as determined  under this section prior to
the application of this limitation.

If a Plan has a Plan Year that contains fewer than 12 calendar months,  then the
annual  Compensation limit for that period is an amount equal to the $200,000 as
adjusted  for the  calendar  year  in  which  the  Compensation  period  begins,
multiplied  by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of full months in
the Short Plan Year and the denominator of which is 12. If Compensation  for any
prior Plan Year is taken into account in determining an Employee's contributions
or  benefits  for the  current  year,  the  Compensation  for such prior year is
subject to the  applicable  annual  Compensation  limit in effect for that prior
year.  For this  purpose,  for years  beginning  before  January  1,  1990,  the
applicable annual Compensation limit is $200,000.

Compensation  shall not include deferred  Compensation  other than contributions
through a salary  reduction  agreement  to a cash or  deferred  plan  under Code
Section  401(k),   a  Simplified   Employee  Pension  Plan  under  Code  Section
402(h)(1)(B),  a cafeteria plan under Code Section 125 or a tax-deferred annuity
under Code  Section  403(b).  Unless  elected  otherwise  by the Employer in the
Adoption  Agreement,  these deferred  amounts will be considered as Compensation
for Plan purposes.  These deferred  amounts are not counted as Compensation  for
purposes of Articles X and XIV. When applicable to a  Self-Employed  Individual,
Compensation shall mean Earned Income.

1.13 CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE The ratio (expressed as a percentage and calculated
separately for each Participant) of:

     (a)    the  Participant's  Contribution  Percentage  Amounts [as defined as
            (c)-(f)] for the Plan Year, to

     (b)    the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year.  Compensation will
            only  include  amounts for the period  during which the Employee was
            eligible to participate.

                                         4

<PAGE> 13

Contribution Percentage Amounts on behalf of any Participant shall include:

      (c)   the   amount  of   Employee   Voluntary    Contributions,   Matching
            Contributions,  and Qualified Matching  Contributions (to the extent
            not taken into  account for purposes of the ADP test) made under the
            Plan on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year,

      (d)   forfeitures   of   Excess   Aggregate   Contributions   or  Matching
            Contributions  allocated to the Participant's account which shall be
            taken  into  account  in  the  year  in  which  such  forfeiture  is
            allocated,

      (e)   at   the   election   of   the   Employer,   Qualified  Non-Elective
            Contributions, and

      (f)   the   Employer   also  may   elect  to use Elective Deferrals in the
            Contribution  Percentage  Amounts  so long  as the  ADP  test is met
            before the Elective Deferrals are used in the ACP test and continues
            to be met following the exclusion of those  Elective  Deferrals that
            are used to meet the ACP test.

Contribution  Percentage  Amounts  shall  not  include  Matching  Contributions,
whether or not Qualified,  that are forfeited either to correct Excess Aggregate
Contributions,  or because  the  contributions  to which they  relate are Excess
Deferrals, Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions.

1.14  DEFINED  BENEFIT  PLAN A Plan  under  which  a  Participant's  benefit  is
determined  by a formula  contained in the Plan and no  individual  accounts are
maintained for Participants.

1.15 DEFINED BENEFIT (PLAN)  FRACTION A fraction,  the numerator of which is the
sum of the Participant's Projected Annual Benefits under all the Defined Benefit
Plans  (whether  or  not  terminated)   maintained  by  the  Employer,  and  the
denominator  of which is the  lesser of 125  percent  of the  dollar  limitation
determined  for the  Limitation  Year under Code Sections  415(b) and (d) or 140
percent of the Highest Average  Compensation,  including any  adjustments  under
Code Section 415(b).

Notwithstanding  the above, if the Participant was a Participant as of the first
day of the first  Limitation  Year beginning  after December 31, 1986, in one or
more Defined Benefit Plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on
May 6, 1986, the  denominator of this fraction will not be less than 125 percent
of the sum of the annual  benefits  under such plans which the  Participant  had
accrued as of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning  before January 1,
1987, disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the plan after May
5, 1986.  The  preceding  sentence  applies  only if the Defined  Benefit  Plans
individually and in the aggregate  satisfied the requirements of Section 415 for
all Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987.

1.16 DEFINED CONTRIBUTION DOLLAR LIMITATION Thirty thousand dollars ($30,000) or
if greater,  one-fourth of the defined  benefit  dollar  limitation set forth in
Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) as in effect for the Limitation Year.

1.17  DEFINED  CONTRIBUTION  PLAN A Plan under  which  individual  accounts  are
maintained  for  each  Participant  to  which  all  contributions,  forfeitures,
investment income and gains or losses, and expenses are credited or deducted.  A
Participant's  benefit  under such Plan is based solely on the fair market value
of his or her account balance.

1.18 DEFINED CONTRIBUTION (PLAN) FRACTION A Fraction,  the numerator of which is
the sum of the  Annual  Additions  to the  Participant's  account  under all the
Defined  Contribution  Plans  (whether  or  not  terminated)  maintained  by the
Employer for the current and all prior  Limitation  Years  (including the Annual
Additions attributable to the Participant's nondeductible Employee contributions
to all Defined  Benefit  Plans,  whether or not  terminated,  maintained  by the
Employer, and the Annual Additions attributable to all Welfare Benefit Funds, as
defined in paragraph 1.89 and individual  medical  accounts,  as defined in Code
Section 415(1)(2),  maintained by the Employer), and the denominator of which is
the  sum of the  maximum  aggregate  amounts  for  the  current  and  all  prior
Limitation  Years of service with the Employer  (regardless of whether a Defined
Contribution Plan was maintained by the Employer).  The maximum aggregate amount
in the Limitation Year is the lesser of 125 percent of the dollar limitation

                                         5

<PAGE> 14

determined  under  Code  Sections  415(b) and (d) in effect  under Code  Section
415(c)(1)(A) or 35 percent of the Participant's Compensation for such year.

If the  Employee was a  Participant  as of the end of the first day of the first
Limitation  Year  beginning  after  December  31,  1986,  in one or more Defined
Contribution  Plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 6,
1986,  the  numerator  of  this  fraction  will be  adjusted  if the sum of this
fraction and the Defined Benefit  Fraction would otherwise  exceed 1.0 under the
terms of this Plan. Under the adjustment,  an amount equal to the product of (a)
the excess of the sum of the  fractions  over 1.0 times (b) the  denominator  of
this  fraction  will  be  permanently  subtracted  from  the  numerator  of this
fraction.  The  adjustment  is  calculated  using the fractions as they would be
computed as of the end of the last Limitation  Year beginning  before January 1,
1987, and  disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan made
after May 6, 1986, but using the Section 415 limitation  applicable to the first
Limitation  Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987. The Annual  Addition for
any Limitation Year beginning  before January 1, 1987,  shall not be re-computed
to treat all Employee Contributions as Annual Additions.

1.19 DESIGNATED  BENEFICIARY The individual who is designated as the beneficiary
under the Plan in accordance  with Code Section  401(a)(9)  and the  regulations
thereunder.

1.20 DISABILITY An illness or injury of a potentially permanent nature, expected
to last for a  continuous  period of not less  than 12  months,  certified  by a
physician  selected  by or  satisfactory  to the  Employer  which  prevents  the
Employee  from  engaging  in any  occupation  for wage or  profit  for which the
Employee is reasonably fitted by training, education or experience.

1.21 DISTRIBUTION CALENDAR YEAR A calendar year for which a minimum distribution
is required.

1.22 EARLY RETIREMENT AGE The age set by the Employer in the Adoption  Agreement
(but not less than 55),  which is the  earliest age at which a  Participant  may
retire and receive his or her benefits under the Plan.

1.23 EARNED  INCOME Net earnings from  self-employment  in the trade or business
with  respect to which the Plan is  established,  determined  without  regard to
items not included in gross income and the  deductions  allocable to such items,
provided   that   personal   services   of  the   individual   are  a   material
income-producing factor. Earned income shall be reduced by contributions made by
an Employer to a qualified plan to the extent deductible under Code Section 404.
For tax years beginning after 1989, net earnings shall be determined taking into
account the  deduction  for  one-half of  self-employment  taxes  allowed to the
Employer under Code Section 164(f) to the extent deductible.

1.24  EFFECTIVE  DATE  The  date on  which  the  Employer's  retirement  plan or
amendment to such plan becomes effective.  For amendments  reflecting  statutory
and  regulatory  changes post Tax Reform Act of 1986, the Effective Date will be
the  earlier  of the date upon which such  amendment  is first  administratively
applied or the first day of the Plan Year following the date of adoption of such
amendment.

1.25  ELECTION  PERIOD The period which begins on the first day of the Plan Year
in  which  the  Participant  attains  age  35  and  ends  on  the  date  of  the
Participant's death. If a Participant  separates from Service prior to the first
day of the Plan Year in which age 35 is  attained,  the  Election  Period  shall
begin on the date of separation,  with respect to the account  balance as of the
date of separation.

1.26 ELECTIVE DEFERRAL Employer  contributions  made to the Plan at the election
of the Participant, in lieu of cash Compensation.  Elective Deferrals shall also
include  contributions  made  pursuant to a Salary  Savings  Agreement  or other
deferral  mechanism,  such as a cash option  contribution.  With  respect to any
taxable  year,  a  Participant's  Elective  Deferral is the sum of all  Employer
contributions  made on behalf of such  Participant  pursuant  to an  election to
defer under any  qualified  cash or deferred  arrangement  as  described in Code
Section 401(k), any simplified employee pension cash or deferred  arrangement as
described in Code Section 402(h)(1)(B),  any eligible deferred compensation plan
under Code Section 457, any plan as described under Code Section 501(c)(18), and
any Employer  contributions made on the behalf of a Participant for the purchase
of an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b)

                                         6

<PAGE> 15

pursuant to a Salary Savings Agreement. Elective Deferrals shall not include any
deferrals properly distributed as Excess Annual Additions.

1.27  ELIGIBLE  PARTICIPANT  Any  Employee  who is  eligible to make a Voluntary
Contribution,  or an Elective Deferral (if the Employer takes such contributions
into account in the calculation of the Contribution Percentage), or to receive a
Matching   Contribution   (including   forfeitures)  or  a  Qualified   Matching
Contribution.  If a Voluntary Contribution or Elective Deferral is required as a
condition of  participation in the Plan, any Employee who would be a Participant
in the Plan if such  Employee  made such a  contribution  shall be treated as an
Eligible  Participant  even  though  no  Voluntary   Contributions  or  Elective
Deferrals are made.

1.28  EMPLOYEE  Any person  employed by the  Employer  (including  Self-Employed
Individuals  and partners),  all Employees of a member of an affiliated  service
group [as defined in Code Section  414(m)],  Employees of a controlled  group of
corporations  [as  defined  in  Code  Section  414(b)],  all  Employees  of  any
incorporated or  unincorporated  trade or business which is under common control
[as  defined in Code  Section  414(c)],  Leased  Employees  [as  defined in Code
Section  414(n)] and any  Employee  required to be  aggregated  by Code  Section
414(o). All such Employees shall be treated as employed by a single Employer.

1.29 EMPLOYER The Self-Employed  Individual,  partnership,  corporation or other
organization  which  adopts  this  Plan  including  any firm that  succeeds  the
Employer and adopting this Plan.  For purposes of Article X,  Limitations  shall
mean the Employer that adopts this Plan,  and all members of a controlled  group
of  corporations  [as defined in Code Section 414(b) as modified by Code Section
415(h)],  all  commonly  controlled  trades or  businesses  [as  defined in Code
Section 414(c) as modified by Code Section 415(h)] or affiliated  service groups
[as defined in Code Section  414(m)] of which the  adopting  Employer is a part,
and other  entities  required to be  aggregated  with the  Employer  pursuant to
Regulations under Code Section 414(o).

1.30 ENTRY DATE The date on which an  Employee  commences  participation  in the
Plan as  determined  by the  Employer  in the  Adoption  Agreement.  Unless  the
Employer  specifies  otherwise  in the Adoption  Agreement,  Entry into the Plan
shall be on the first day of the Plan Year or the first day of the seventh month
of the Plan Year  coinciding  with or  following  the date on which an  Employee
meets the eligibility requirements.

1.31 EXCESS AGGREGATE  CONTRIBUTIONS The excess,  with respect to any Plan Year,
of:

      (a)   The aggregate  Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in
            computing the numerator of the Contribution Percentage actually made
            on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over

      (b)   The maximum  Contribution  Percentage  Amounts  permitted by the ACP
            test (determined by reducing  contributions made on behalf of Highly
            Compensated  Employees  in order of their  Contribution  Percentages
            beginning with the highest of such percentages).

Such  determination  shall  be made  after  first  determining  Excess  Elective
Deferrals pursuant to paragraph 1.34 and then determining  Excess  Contributions
pursuant to paragraph 1.33.

1.32  EXCESS AMOUNT  The  excess  of  the Participant's Annual Additions for the
Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

1.33  EXCESS CONTRIBUTION  With respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

      (a)   The  aggregate  amount of Employer contributions actually taken into
            account in computing  the ADP of Highly  Compensated  Employees  for
            such Plan Year, over

                                        7

<PAGE> 16

      (b)   The maximum  amount  of such contributions permitted by the ADP test
            (determined  by  reducing  contributions  made on  behalf  of Highly
            Compensated  Employees  in order  of the  ADPs,  beginning  with the
            highest of such percentages).

1.34 EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS Those Elective Deferrals that are includable in a
Participant's  gross  income  under  Code  Section  402(g)  to the  extent  such
Participant's Elective Deferrals for a taxable year exceed the dollar limitation
under such Code Section.  Excess  Elective  Deferrals shall be treated as Annual
Additions under the Plan,  unless such amounts are distributed no later than the
first April 15 following the close of the Participant's taxable year.

1.35 FAMILY MEMBER The Employee's  Spouse, any lineal descendants and ascendants
and the Spouse of such lineal descendants and ascendants.

1.36 FIRST  DISTRIBUTION  CALENDAR YEAR For  distributions  beginning before the
Participant's  death, the First Distribution  Calendar Year is the calendar year
immediately  preceding  the  calendar  year  which  contains  the  Participant's
Required  Beginning Date. For  distributions  beginning after the  Participant's
death,  the  First  Distribution  Calendar  Year is the  calendar  year in which
distributions are required to begin pursuant to paragraph 7.10.

1.37 FUND All  contributions  received by the Trustee  under this Plan and Trust
Account, investments thereof and earnings and appreciation thereon.

1.38 HARDSHIP An immediate and heavy  financial  need of the Employee where such
Employee lacks other available resources.

1.39  HIGHEST  AVERAGE  COMPENSATION  The  average  compensation  for the  three
consecutive  Years of  Service  with the  Employer  that  produces  the  highest
average. A Year of Service with the Employer is the 12-consecutive  month period
defined in the Adoption Agreement.

1.40 HIGHLY  COMPENSATED  EMPLOYEE Any  Employee  who  performs  service for the
Employer during the determination year and who, during the immediate prior year:

      (a)   received  Compensation  from  the  Employer in excess of $75,000 [as
            adjusted pursuant to Code Section 415(d)]; or

      (b)   received  Compensation  from  the  Employer in excess of $50,000 [as
            adjusted  pursuant to Code  Section  415(d)] and was a member of the
            Top-Paid Group for such year; or

      (c)   was an officer of the Employer and received Compensation during such
            year that is greater  than 50 percent  of the dollar  limitation  in
            effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A).

Notwithstanding  (a),  (b) and (c), an Employee  who was not Highly  Compensated
during the  preceding  Plan Year  shall not be  treated as a Highly  Compensated
Employee  with respect to the current Plan Year unless such Employee is a member
of the 100 Employees  paid the greatest  Compensation  during the year for which
such determination is being made.

      (d)   Employees  who  are  five percent (5%) Owners at any time during the
            immediate prior year or determination year.

Highly  Compensated  Employee includes Highly  Compensated  active Employees and
Highly Compensated former Employees.

For purposes of  determining  those  employees  that are to be treated as Highly
Compensated for a determination year, an Employer maintaining a fiscal year Plan
may elect to make the look-back year calculation as defined in

                                         8

<PAGE> 17

Section 1.414(q)-1T,  Q&A 14(b) of the Treasury  Regulations for a determination
year on the basis of the  calendar  year  ending  with or within the  applicable
determination year. For purposes of this election,  a determination year that is
shorter than twelve (12) months,  the  look-back  year  calculation  may be made
based upon the  calendar  year  ending  with or within the  twelve-month  period
ending with the end of the applicable determination year. Where such election is
made, the employer shall make its determination year calculation pursuant to the
provisions of Treasury Regulation ss.1.414(q)-1T, Q&A 14(b).

1.41  HOUR OF SERVICE

      (a)   Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for
            the  performance  of duties for the  Employer.  These hours shall be
            credited to the  Employee  for the  computation  period in which the
            duties are performed; and

      (b)   Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment,  by
            the  Employer on account of a period of time during  which no duties
            are performed  (irrespective of whether the employment  relationship
            has  terminated)  due  to  vacation,  holiday,  illness,  incapacity
            (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of
            absence.  No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited  under
            this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such
            period  occurs in a single  computation  period).  Hours  under this
            paragraph shall be calculated and credited pursuant to Department of
            Labor Regulations  Section 2530.200b-2 which are incorporated herein
            by this reference; and

      (c)   Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages,
            is either  awarded or agreed to by the  Employer.  The same Hours of
            Service shall not be credited both under  paragraph (a) or paragraph
            (b), as the case may be, and under this  paragraph  (c). These hours
            shall be  credited to the  Employee  for the  computation  period or
            periods to which the award or  agreement  pertains  rather  than the
            computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made.

      (d)   Hours of Service shall be credited for employment with  the Employer
            and with other members of an affiliated service group [as defined in
            Code Section 414(m)], a controlled group of corporations [as defined
            in Code Section  414(b)],  or a group of trades or businesses  under
            common  control  [as  defined in Code  Section  414(c)] of which the
            adopting  Employer is a member,  and any other entity required to be
            aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Code Section 414(o) and the
            regulations thereunder.  Hours of Service shall also be credited for
            any  individual  considered  an Employee  for  purposes of this Plan
            under Code Section 414(n) or Code Section 414(o) and the regulations
            thereunder.

      (e)   Solely  for  purposes  of determining whether a Break in Service, as
            defined in paragraph 1.10, for  participation  and vesting  purposes
            has occurred in a computation  period,  an individual  who is absent
            from work for maternity or paternity  reasons  shall receive  credit
            for the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to
            such  individual but for such absence,  or in any case in which such
            hours  cannot  be  determined,  8 Hours of  Service  per day of such
            absence.  For purposes of this  paragraph,  an absence from work for
            maternity  or  paternity  reasons  means an absence by reason of the
            pregnancy of the individual,  by reason of a birth of a child of the
            individual,  by  reason  of  the  placement  of  a  child  with  the
            individual  in  connection  with the  adoption of such child by such
            individual,  or for  purposes  of caring for such child for a period
            beginning immediately  following such birth or placement.  The Hours
            of Service  credited under this  paragraph  shall be credited in the
            computation  period in which the absence  begins if the crediting is
            necessary  to prevent a Break in Service in that  period,  or in all
            other cases, in the following  computation  period. No more than 501
            hours will be credited under this paragraph.

                                         9

<PAGE> 18

      (f)   Unless  specified  otherwise  in  the  Adoption  Agreement, Hours of
            Service  shall be  determined  on the basis of the actual  hours for
            which an Employee is paid or entitled to pay.

1.42 KEY EMPLOYEE Any Employee or former Employee (and the beneficiaries of such
employee) who at any time during the determination  period was an officer of the
Employer  if such  individual's  annual  Compensation  exceeds 50% of the dollar
limitation under Code Section  415(b)(1)(A)  (the defined benefit maximum annual
benefit), an owner (or considered an owner under Code Section 318) of one of the
ten largest interests in the employer if such individual's  Compensation exceeds
100% of the dollar limitation under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A), a 5% owner of the
Employer,  or a 1% owner of the Employer who has an annual  Compensation of more
than  $150,000.  For  purposes  of  determining  who is a Key  Employee,  annual
Compensation  shall mean  Compensation  as defined for Article X, but  including
amounts deferred through a salary reduction agreement to a cash or deferred plan
under Code Section 401(k), a Simplified Employee Pension Plan under Code Section
408(k), a cafeteria plan under Code Section 125 or a tax-deferred  annuity under
Code Section 403(b).  The  determination  period is the Plan Year containing the
Determination  Date and the four preceding Plan Years. The  determination of who
is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the
regulations thereunder.

1.43 LEASED  EMPLOYEE Any person (other than an Employee of the recipient)  who,
pursuant to an agreement  between the recipient  and any other person  ("leasing
organization"),  has performed  services for the recipient [or for the recipient
and related persons  determined in accordance with Code Section  414(n)(6)] on a
substantially  full-time  basis  for a period  of at least  one  year,  and such
services are of a type historically performed by Employees in the business field
of the recipient Employer.

1.44 LIMITATION YEAR The calendar year or such other 12-consecutive month period
designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement for purposes of determining
the maximum Annual Addition to a Participant's  account.  If the Limitation Year
is amended to a different  12-consecutive  month period, the new Limitation Year
must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made.

1.45  MASTER OR  PROTOTYPE  PLAN A plan,  the form of which is the  subject of a
favorable opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service.

1.46 MATCHING  CONTRIBUTION An Employer  contribution  made to this or any other
defined  contribution  plan on behalf of a Participant on account of an Employee
Voluntary   Contribution  made  by  such   Participant,   or  on  account  of  a
Participant's Elective Deferral, under a Plan maintained by the Employer.

1.47  MAXIMUM  PERMISSIBLE  AMOUNT  The  maximum  Annual  Addition  that  may be
contributed  or  allocated  to a  Participant's  account  under the plan for any
Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of:

     (a)   the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or

     (b)   25% of the Participant's Compensation for the Limitation Year.

The  Compensation  limitation  referred  to  in  (b)  shall  not  apply  to  any
contribution  for medical benefits [within the meaning of Code Section 401(h) or
Code Section  419A(f)(2)] which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under
Code  Section  415(l)(1) or  419(d)(2).  If a short  Limitation  Year is created
because  of  an  amendment   changing  the   Limitation   Year  to  a  different
12-consecutive  month period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed the
Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied by the number of months in the
short Limitation Year divided by 12.

                                        10

<PAGE> 19

1.48 NET PROFIT The current and accumulated  operating  earnings of the Employer
before Federal and State income taxes,  excluding  nonrecurring or unusual items
of income, and before  contributions to this and any other qualified plan of the
Employer. Alternatively, the Employer may fix another definition in the Adoption
Agreement.

1.49  NORMAL  RETIREMENT  AGE  The  age,  set by the  Employer  in the  Adoption
Agreement,  at which a  Participant  may retire and receive his or her  benefits
under the Plan.

1.50  OWNER-EMPLOYEE  A sole  proprietor,  or a partner  owning more than 10% of
either the capital or profits interest of the partnership.

1.51 PAIRED PLANS Two or more Plans maintained by the Sponsor designed so that a
single  or any  combination  of  Plans  adopted  by an  Employer  will  meet the
antidiscrimination  rules,  the contribution  and benefit  limitations,  and the
Top-Heavy provisions of the Code.

1.52  PARTICIPANT  Any Employee who has met the eligibility requirements and  is
participating in the Plan.

1.53 PARTICIPANT'S  BENEFIT The account balance as of the last Valuation Date in
the  calendar  year  immediately   preceding  the  Distribution   Calendar  Year
(valuation  calendar  year)  increased  by the  amount of any  contributions  or
forfeitures  allocated to the account  balance as of the dates in the  valuation
calendar year after the valuation  date and decreased by  distributions  made in
the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date. A special exception exists
for the second  distribution  Calendar Year. For purposes of this paragraph,  if
any portion of the minimum distribution for the First Distribution Calendar Year
is made in the  second  Distribution  Calendar  Year on or before  the  Required
Beginning  Date,  the  amount of the  minimum  distribution  made in the  second
distribution  calendar  year  shall be  treated  as if it had  been  made in the
immediately preceding Distribution Calendar Year.

1.54 PERMISSIVE AGGREGATION GROUP Used for Top-Heavy testing purposes, it is the
Required Aggregation Group of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer
which,  when considered as a group with the Required  Aggregation  Group,  would
continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

1.55 PLAN The Employer's qualified retirement plan as embodied herein and in the
Adoption Agreement.

1.56 PLAN  ADMINISTRATOR  For  Employers  who are members of the  Savings  Banks
Employees  Retirement   Association  (SBERA),  Tom  Forese  shall  be  the  Plan
Administrator. All other Employers shall select their own Plan Administrator. If
no Plan Administrator is selected, the Employer shall be the Plan Administrator.

1.57 PLAN YEAR For  Employers  who are  members of the  Savings  Bank  Employees
Retirement  Association  (SBERA),  the 12-consecutive  month period beginning on
November  1 of each year.  Effective  January 1,  2000,  for  Employers  who are
members of SBERA, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on January 1 of each
year shall become the Plan Year.  For all other  Employers,  the  12-consecutive
month period designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

1.58 PRESENT  VALUE Used for Top-Heavy  test and  determination  purposes,  when
determining the Present Value of accrued  benefits,  with respect to any Defined
Benefit Plan  maintained by the Employer,  interest and mortality rates shall be
determined  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of the  respective  plan.  If
applicable,  interest and mortality assumptions will be specified in the section
of the Adoption Agreement entitled "Limitations on Allocations".

1.59  PROJECTED  ANNUAL  BENEFIT Used to test the maximum  benefit  which may be
obtained from a combination  of retirement  plans,  it is the annual  retirement
benefit  (adjusted  to an  actuarial  equivalent  straight  life annuity if such
benefit is expressed  in a form other than a straight  life annuity or Qualified
Joint and Survivor Annuity) to which the Participant would be entitled under the
terms of a Defined Benefit Plan or plans, assuming:

                                        11

<PAGE> 20

      (a)   the Participant will continue employment until Normal Retirement Age
            under the plan (or current age, if later), and

      (b)   the  Participant's  Compensation for the current Limitation Year and
            all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under the plan
            will remain constant for all future Limitation Years.

1.60 QUALIFIED  DEFERRED  COMPENSATION PLAN Any pension,  profit-sharing,  stock
bonus,  or other plan  which  meets the  requirements  of Code  Section  401 and
includes a trust exempt from tax under Code  Section  501(a) or any annuity plan
described in Code Section 403(a).

An  Eligible  Retirement  Plan is an  individual  retirement  account  (IRA)  as
described in Code Section  408(a),  an  individual  retirement  annuity (IRA) as
described in Code Section  408(b),  an annuity plan as described in Code Section
403(a), or a qualified trust as described in Code Section 401(a),  which accepts
Eligible  Rollover  Distributions.  However in the case of an Eligible  Rollover
Distribution to a Surviving Spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual
retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

1.61 QUALIFIED  DOMESTIC  RELATIONS ORDER A QDRO is a signed Domestic  Relations
Order  issued by a State  Court  which  creates,  recognizes  or  assigns  to an
alternate  payee(s)  the right to receive  all or part of a  Participant's  Plan
benefit and which meets the  requirements of Code Section  414(p).  An alternate
payee is a Spouse,  former Spouse, child, or other dependent who is treated as a
beneficiary under the Plan as a result of the QDRO.

1.62 QUALIFIED EARLY RETIREMENT AGE Qualified Early Retirement Age is the latest
of:

      (a)   the  earliest  date,  under  the  Plan, on which the Participant may
            elect to receive retirement benefits, or

      (b)   the  first  day  of the 120th month beginning before the Participant
            attains Normal Retirement Age, or

      (c)   the date the Participant begins participation.

1.63 QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR  ANNUITY An immediate  annuity for the life of
the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant's Spouse
which is at least  one-half  of but not more  than  the  amount  of the  annuity
payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Participant's  Spouse.
The exact amount of the  Survivor  Annuity is to be specified by the Employer in
the Adoption Agreement.  If not designated by the Employer, the Survivor Annuity
will be  one-half  of the  amount  paid  to the  Participant  during  his or her
lifetime. The Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity will be the amount of benefit
which can be provided by the Participant's Vested Account Balance.

1.64 QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTION Matching  Contributions which when made are
subject  to the  distribution  and  nonforfeitability  requirements  under  Code
Section 401(k).

1.65 QUALIFIED  NON-ELECTIVE  CONTRIBUTIONS  Contributions  (other than Matching
Contributions  or  Qualified  Matching  Contributions)  made by the Employer and
allocated  to  Participants'  accounts  that the  Participants  may not elect to
receive in cash until  distributed from the Plan; that are  nonforfeitable  when
made;  and that  are  distributable  only in  accordance  with the  distribution
provisions  that are  applicable to Elective  Deferrals  and Qualified  Matching
Contributions.

1.66  QUALIFIED  VOLUNTARY  CONTRIBUTION  A  tax-deductible  voluntary  Employee
contribution. Qualified Voluntary Contributions are not permitted in this Plan.

                                        12

<PAGE> 21

1.67 REGIONAL PROTOTYPE PLAN A plan, the form of which is subject to a favorable
notification letter from the Internal Revenue Service.

1.68 REQUIRED AGGREGATION GROUP Used for Top-Heavy testing purposes, it consists
of:

      (a)   each  qualified  plan  of  the  Employer  in  which at least one Key
            Employee  participates  or  participated  at  any  time  during  the
            determination   period   (regardless   of   whether   the  plan  has
            terminated), and

      (b)   any  other  qualified  plan  of  the  Employer  which enables a plan
            described in (a) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4)
            or 410.

1.69 REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE The date on which a Participant is required to take
his or her first minimum distribution under the Plan. The rules are set forth at
paragraph 7.5.

1.70 ROLLOVER  CONTRIBUTION  A  contribution  made by a Participant of an amount
distributed to such Participant  from another  Qualified  Deferred  Compensation
Plan in accordance with Code Sections 402(a)(5), (6), and (7).

An Eligible  Rollover  Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of
the balance to the credit of the  Participant  except that an Eligible  Rollover
Distribution does not include:

      (a)   any  distribution  that  is  one  of a series of substantially equal
            periodic  payments (not less  frequently than annually) made for the
            life (or life  expectancy) of the Participant or the joint lives (or
            joint life  expectancies)  of the Participant and the  Participant's
            Designated  Beneficiary,  or for a specified  period of ten years or
            more;

      (b)   any  distribution  to the extent such distribution is required under
            Code Section 401(a)(9); and

      (c)   the  portion  of  any  distribution  that is not includable in gross
            income   (determined   without  regard  to  the  exclusion  for  net
            unrealized appreciation with respect to Employer securities).

A Direct  Rollover  is a payment  by the plan to the  Eligible  Retirement  Plan
specified by the Participant.

1.71  SALARY  SAVINGS   AGREEMENT  An  agreement  between  the  Employer  and  a
participating  Employee where the Employee authorizes the Employer to withhold a
specified  amount or  percentage of his or her  Compensation  for deposit to the
Plan on behalf of such Employee.

1.72  SELF-EMPLOYED  INDIVIDUAL  An  individual  who has  Earned  Income for the
taxable  year from the  trade or  business  for  which  the Plan is  established
including an  individual  who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that
the trade or business had no Net Profit for the taxable year.

1.73 SERVICE The period of current or prior employment with the Employer. If the
Employer  maintains  a  plan  of  a  predecessor  employer,   Service  for  such
predecessor shall be treated as Service for the Employer.

1.74  SHAREHOLDER  EMPLOYEE An Employee or Officer who owns [or is considered as
owning  within the  meaning of Code  Section  318(a)(1)],  on any day during the
taxable year of an electing small business  corporation  (S  Corporation),  more
than 5% of such corporation's outstanding stock.

1.75 SIMPLIFIED  EMPLOYEE  PENSION PLAN An individual  retirement  account which
meets the  requirements of Code Section 408(k),  and to which the Employer makes
contributions  pursuant to a written  formula.  These plans are  considered  for
contribution limitation and Top-Heavy testing purposes.

                                        13

<PAGE> 22

1.76  SPONSOR  SBERA, or any successor(s) or assign(s).

1.77  SPOUSE   (SURVIVING   SPOUSE)  The  Spouse  or  Surviving  Spouse  of  the
Participant,  provided  that a former  Spouse  will be  treated as the Spouse or
Surviving  Spouse  and a current  Spouse  will not be  treated  as the Spouse or
Surviving  Spouse to the extent  provided under a Qualified  Domestic  Relations
Order as described in Code Section 414(p).

1.78 SUPER  TOP-HEAVY PLAN A Plan under which the Top-Heavy Ratio [as defined at
paragraph 1.81] exceeds 90%.

1.79 TAXABLE  WAGE BASE For plans with an  allocation  formula  which takes into
account the Employer's  contribution  under the Federal Insurance  Contributions
Act (FICA),  the maximum  amount of earnings  which may be considered  wages for
such Plan Year under the Social Security Act [Code Section  3121(a)(1)],  or the
amount  selected by the Employer in the  sub-section  of the Adoption  Agreement
entitled "Taxable Wage Base".

1.80 TOP-HEAVY DETERMINATION DATE For any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan
Year,  the last day of the preceding  Plan Year.  For the first Plan Year of the
Plan, the last day of that year.

1.81 TOP-HEAVY PLAN For any Plan Year beginning  after 1983, the Employer's Plan
is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:

      (a)   If  the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Employer's Plan exceeds 60% and this
            Plan is not part of any  Required  Aggregation  Group or  Permissive
            Aggregation Group of Plans.

      (b)   If  the Employer's plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group of
            plans  but  not  part  of a  Permissive  Aggregation  Group  and the
            Top-Heavy Ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60%.

      (c)   If the Employer's plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group and
            part of a Permissive  Aggregation  Group of plans and the  Top-Heavy
            Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60%.

1.82  TOP-HEAVY RATIO

      (a)   If  the  Employer  maintains  one or more Defined Contribution plans
            (including  any Simplified  Employee  Pension Plan) and the Employer
            has not maintained any Defined  Benefit Plan which during the 5-year
            period  ending on the  Determination  Date(s) has or has had accrued
            benefits,  the  Top-Heavy  Ratio  for this  Plan  alone,  or for the
            Required  or  Permissive  Aggregation  Group  as  appropriate,  is a
            fraction,

        (1) the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of all Key
            Employees as of the Determination Date(s) [including any part of any
            account  balance  distributed  in the  5-year  period  ending on the
            Determination Date(s)], and

      (2)   the  denominator  of  which  is  the  sum  of  all  account balances
            [including any part of any account balance distributed in the 5-year
            period  ending  on the  Determination  Date(s)],  both  computed  in
            accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder.

                                        14

<PAGE> 23

            Both the  numerator  and  denominator  of the  Top-Heavy  Ratio  are
            increased to reflect any  contribution  not actually  made as of the
            Determination  Date,  but which is required to be taken into account
            on that date under Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder.

      (b)   If  the  Employer  maintains  one or more Defined Contribution Plans
            (including  any Simplified  Employee  Pension Plan) and the Employer
            maintains or has maintained one or more Defined  Benefit Plans which
            during the 5-year period ending on the Determination  Date(s) has or
            has had any accrued  benefits,  the Top-Heavy Ratio for any Required
            or Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a fraction,

      (1)   the  numerator  of  which  is  the sum of account balances under the
            aggregated Defined Contribution Plan or Plans for all Key Employees,
            determined  in accordance  with (a) above,  and the Present Value of
            accrued benefits under the aggregated  Defined Benefit Plan or Plans
            for all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and

      (2)   the  denominator  of  which is the sum of the account balances under
            the  aggregated   Defined   Contribution   Plan  or  Plans  for  all
            Participants,  determined  in  accordance  with (a)  above,  and the
            Present Value of accrued  benefits under the Defined Benefit Plan or
            Plans for all  Participants  as of the  Determination  Date(s),  all
            determined in accordance  with Code Section 416 and the  regulations
            thereunder.  The accrued  benefits  under a Defined  Benefit Plan in
            both the  numerator  and  denominator  of the  Top-Heavy  Ratio  are
            increased  for any  distribution  of an accrued  benefit made in the
            5-year period ending on the Determination Date.

      (c)   For purposes of (a) and (b) above, the value of account balances and
            the Present  Value of accrued  benefits will be determined as of the
            most  recent  Valuation  Date  that  falls  within  or ends with the
            12-month period ending on the Determination Date, except as provided
            in Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder for the first and
            second plan years of a Defined  Benefit Plan.  The account  balances
            and accrued  benefits of a participant (1) who is not a Key Employee
            but who was a Key Employee in a prior year,  or (2) who has not been
            credited  with at  least  one  hour of  service  with  any  Employer
            maintaining  the Plan at any time during the 5-year period ending on
            the Determination  Date will be disregarded.  The calculation of the
            Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which  distributions,  rollovers,
            and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with
            Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder. Qualified Voluntary
            Employee  Contributions  will not be taken into account for purposes
            of computing the Top-Heavy Ratio.  When aggregating  plans the value
            of account  balances and accrued  benefits will be  calculated  with
            reference  to the  Determination  Dates  that fall  within  the same
            calendar year. The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key
            Employee  shall be  determined  under (1) the method,  if any,  that
            uniformly  applies for accrual  purposes  under all Defined  Benefit
            Plans maintained by the Employer, or (2) if there is no such method,
            as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual
            rate   permitted   under  the   fractional   rule  of  Code  Section
            411(b)(1)(C).

1.83 TOP-PAID GROUP The group consisting of the top 20% of Employees when ranked
on the basis of Compensation  paid during such year. For purposes of determining
the  number of  Employees  in the group  (but not who is in it),  the  following
Employees shall be excluded:

      (a)   Employees who have not completed 6 months of Service.

      (b)   Employees who normally work less than 17 1/2hours per week.

      (c)   Employees  who  normally  do  not work more than 6 months during any
            year.

                                        15

<PAGE> 24

      (d)   Employees who have not attained age 21.

      (e)   Employees  included in  a  collective bargaining unit, covered by an
            agreement between employee  representatives and the Employer,  where
            retirement  benefits were the subject of good faith  bargaining  and
            provided that 90% or more of the Employer's Employees are covered by
            the agreement.

      (f)   Employees  who  are  nonresident  aliens  and  who receive no earned
            income  which  constitutes  income  from  sources  within the United
            States.

1.84 TRANSFER  CONTRIBUTION A non-taxable  transfer of a  Participant's  benefit
directly from a Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan to this Plan.

1.85 TRUSTEE For  Employers  who are members of SBERA,  the Trustee shall be the
Trustees of the Savings Banks Employees  Retirement  Association.  For all other
Employers,  the Trustee  shall be the  individual,  individuals  or  institution
appointed  by the  Employer  to serve as Trustee  of the Plan.  In the event the
Employer does not name an  individual,  individuals  or  institution to serve as
Trustee of the Plan, the Employer will be deemed to be the Trustee.

1.86  VALUATION  DATE The last day of the Plan Year or such other date as agreed
to by the Employer and the Trustee on which Participant accounts are revalued in
accordance with Article V hereof. For Top-Heavy  purposes,  the date selected by
the Employer as of which the Top-Heavy Ratio is calculated.

1.87 VESTED  ACCOUNT  BALANCE The aggregate  value of the  Participant's  vested
account  balances  derived from Employer and Employee  contributions  (including
Rollovers),  whether  vested  before or upon death,  including  the  proceeds of
insurance  contracts,  if any, on the  Participant's  life.  The  provisions  of
Article VIII shall apply to a Participant who is vested in amounts  attributable
to Employer contributions, Employee contributions (or both) at the time of death
or distribution.

For purposes of paragraph 8.7, Vested Account Balance shall mean, in the case of
a money  purchase  pension plan,  the  Participant's  separate  account  balance
attributable  solely to Qualified  Voluntary  Contributions.  For profit-sharing
plans the above definition shall apply.

1.88  VOLUNTARY  CONTRIBUTION  An  Employee  contribution  by or on  behalf of a
Participant  that is included in the  Participant's  gross income in the year in
which made and that is maintained under a separate account to which earnings and
losses are allocated. For Plan Years beginning after the Plan Year in which this
Plan is adopted (or restated) by the Employer,  Voluntary Contributions are only
permitted in Standardized  Adoption  Agreement 003 or  Nonstandardized  Adoption
Agreement  006  whether  or  not  the  Employer  utilizes  the  salary  deferral
provisions.  Voluntary  Contributions  for  Plan  Years  beginning  after  1986,
together with any Matching Contributions as defined in Code Section 401(m), will
be limited so as to meet the nondiscrimination test of Code Section 401(m).

1.89 WELFARE  BENEFIT FUND Any fund that is part of a plan of the  Employer,  or
has the effect of a plan,  through which the Employer  provides welfare benefits
to Employees or their beneficiaries.  For these purposes,  Welfare Benefit means
any benefit other than those with respect to which Code Section 83(h)  (relating
to transfers of property in connection with the  performance of services),  Code
Section 404 (relating to deductions for  contributions to an Employee's trust or
annuity and  Compensation  under a deferred  payment  plan),  Code  Section 404A
(relating to certain foreign deferred compensation plans) apply. A "Fund" is any
social club, voluntary employee benefit association,  supplemental  unemployment
benefit trust or qualified  group legal service  organization  described in Code
Section  501(c)(7),  (9),  (17)  or  (20);  any  trust,  corporation,  or  other
organization  not  exempt  from  income  tax,  or  to  the  extent  provided  in
regulations, any account held for an Employer by any person.

                                        16

<PAGE> 25

1.90 YEAR OF SERVICE A  12-consecutive  month period during which an Employee is
credited  with not less than 1,000 (or such lesser  number as  specified  by the
Employer in the Adoption Agreement) Hours of Service.

                                        17

<PAGE> 26

                                   ARTICLE II

                            ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

2.1  PARTICIPATION  Employees  who  meet  the  eligibility  requirements  in the
Adoption  Agreement on the Effective Date of the Plan shall become  Participants
as of the Effective  Date of the Plan. If so elected in the Adoption  Agreement,
all Employees  employed on the Effective Date of the Plan may participate,  even
if they have not satisfied the Plan's specified eligibility requirements.  Other
Employees  shall  become  Participants  on the  Entry  Date  coinciding  with or
immediately following the date on which they meet the eligibility  requirements.
Depending on the Plan's eligibility requirements, the entry date may actually be
earlier  than  the  date  on  which  the  Employee   satisfies  the  eligibility
requirements.  The Employee must satisfy the eligibility  requirements specified
in the  Adoption  Agreement  and be  employed  on the  Entry  Date to  become  a
Participant  in the Plan.  In the event an  Employee  who is not a member of the
eligible  class of  Employees  becomes  a member  of the  eligible  class,  such
Employee  shall  participate  immediately  if such  Employee has  satisfied  the
minimum  age and  service  requirements  and  would  have  previously  become  a
Participant  had he or she  been in the  eligible  class.  Employees  may  waive
participation  in the Plan.  However,  this is only  permitted if the Employer's
adoption is on Nonstandardized  Adoption Agreement 004, 005 or 006, and the Plan
will meet the  minimum  coverage  requirements  in Code  Section  410(b) and the
minimum participation requirements of Code Section 401(a)(26). [To the extent so
provided by regulations,  a partner (or other employee) waiving participation in
the Plan may cause Code Section 401(k) and the regulations thereunder to apply.]
A former  Participant  shall again become a  Participant  upon  returning to the
employ of the Employer at the next Entry Date or if earlier,  the next Valuation
Date.  For  this  purpose,  Participant's  Compensation  and  Service  shall  be
considered from date of rehire.

2.2 CHANGE IN  CLASSIFICATION  OF EMPLOYMENT In the event a Participant  becomes
ineligible to participate because he or she is no longer a member of an eligible
class of Employees, such Employee shall participate upon his or her return to an
eligible class of Employees.

2.3  COMPUTATION  PERIOD To determine Years of Service and Breaks in Service for
purposes of eligibility,  the 12-consecutive  month period shall commence on the
date on which an Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer and
each anniversary thereof,  such that the succeeding  12-consecutive month period
commences  with the  employee's  first  anniversary of employment and so on. If,
however,   the  period  so  specified  is  one  year  or  less,  the  succeeding
12-consecutive  month  period  shall  commence on the first day of the Plan Year
prior to the  anniversary  of the date they first  performed  an Hour of Service
regardless  of whether the  Employee  is entitled to be credited  with 1,000 (or
such lesser number as specified by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement) Hours
of Service during their first employment year.

2.4  EMPLOYMENT  RIGHTS  Participation  in the  Plan  shall  not  confer  upon a
Participant  any employment  rights,  nor shall it interfere with the Employer's
right to terminate the employment of any Employee at any time.

2.5 SERVICE WITH CONTROLLED  GROUPS All Years of Service with other members of a
controlled group of corporations [as defined in Code Section 414(b)],  trades or
businesses under common control [as defined in Code Section 414(c)],  or members
of an  affiliated  service  group [as defined in Code Section  414(m)]  shall be
credited for purposes of determining an Employee's eligibility to participate.

2.6  OWNER-EMPLOYEES If this Plan provides  contributions or benefits for one or
more  Owner-Employees  who  control  both the  business  for which  this Plan is
established  and one or more other trades or businesses,  this Plan and the Plan
established  for other  trades or  businesses  must,  when looked at as a single
Plan,  satisfy Code  Sections  401(a) and (d) for the  Employees of this and all
other trades or businesses.

If the Plan provides  contributions or benefits for one or more  Owner-Employees
who control one or more other trades or  businesses,  the Employees of the other
trades or businesses  must be included in a Plan which  satisfies  Code Sections
401(a) and (d) and which provides  contributions and benefits not less favorable
than provided for Owner-Employees under this Plan.

                                        18

<PAGE> 27

If an individual is covered as an Owner-Employee  under the plans of two or more
trades or businesses  which are not  controlled,  and the individual  controls a
trade or business, then the contributions or benefits of the Employees under the
plan of the trades or businesses  which are  controlled  must be as favorable as
those  provided  for him or her  under the most  favorable  plan of the trade or
business which is not controlled.

For  purposes of the  preceding  sentences,  an  Owner-Employee,  or two or more
Owner-Employees,  will be  considered  to  control  a trade or  business  if the
Owner-Employee, or two or more Owner-Employees together:

      (a)   own the entire interest in an unincorporated trade or business, or

      (b)   in  the  case  of  a  partnership,  own  more than 50% of either the
            capital interest or the profits interest in the partnership.

For  purposes  of the  preceding  sentence,  an  Owner-Employee,  or two or more
Owner-Employees  shall be treated as owning any interest in a partnership  which
is owned, directly or indirectly, by a partnership which such Owner-Employee, or
such two or more  Owner-Employees,  are considered to control within the meaning
of the preceding sentence.

2.7 LEASED  EMPLOYEES Any Leased Employee shall be treated as an Employee of the
recipient Employer;  however,  contributions or benefits provided by the leasing
organization  which are  attributable  to services  performed  for the recipient
Employer  shall be treated  as  provided  by the  recipient  Employer.  A Leased
Employee  shall not be  considered an Employee of the recipient if such Employee
is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing:

      (a)   a non-integrated  Employer  contribution  rate  of  at  least 10% of
            Compensation,  [as defined in Code Section  415(c)(3)  but including
            amounts  contributed by the Employer  pursuant to a salary reduction
            agreement,  which are excludable  from the  Employee's  gross income
            under a  cafeteria  plan  covered  by Code  Section  125,  a cash or
            deferred profit-sharing plan under Code Section 401(k), a Simplified
            Employee  Pension Plan under Code Section 408(k) and a tax-sheltered
            annuity under Code Section 403(b)],

      (b)   immediate participation, and

      (c)   full and immediate vesting.

This exclusion is only available if Leased Employees do not constitute more than
twenty percent (20%) of the recipient's non-highly compensated work force.

2.8 THRIFT PLANS If the Employer makes an election in Adoption Agreements 003 or
006 to require Voluntary Contributions to participate in this Plan, the Employer
shall notify each  eligible  Employee in writing of his or her  eligibility  for
participation at least 30 days prior to the appropriate Entry Date. The Employee
shall indicate his or her intention to join the Plan by authorizing the Employer
to withhold a  percentage  of his or her  Compensation  as provided in the Plan.
Such  authorization  shall be returned to the Employer at least 10 days prior to
the  Employee's  Entry  Date.  The  Employee  may  decline  participation  by so
indicating on the enrollment form or by failure to return the enrollment form to
the Employer  prior to the  Employee's  Entry Date. If the Employee  declines to
participate,  such Employee  shall be given the  opportunity to join the Plan on
the next Entry Date. The taking of a Hardship Withdrawal under the provisions of
paragraph 6.9 will impact the Participant's ability to make these contributions.

                                       19

<PAGE> 28

                                   ARTICLE III

                             EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

3.1 AMOUNT The Employer  intends to make periodic  contributions  to the Plan in
accordance  with the formula or formulas  selected  in the  Adoption  Agreement.
However,  the Employer's  contribution for any Plan Year shall be subject to the
limitations  on allocations  contained in Article X. A Participant  may elect to
waive an  Employer  contribution  on his or her  behalf  for a given  Plan Year.
However, a Participant may only make this election if the Employer's adoption is
on  Nonstandardized  Adoption Agreement 004, 005 or 006. [In the event a partner
in a partnership  makes this election,  in accordance with Proposed  Regulations
Section  1.401(k)-1(a)(6),  the Plan  will be  deemed  to  constitute  a cash or
deferred arrangement with respect to the partners.  Thus,  contributions made on
behalf of any  partners  may be limited  to $7,000  indexed as set forth in Code
Section  402(g)].  Any waiver made pursuant to this paragraph will be made prior
to the time such Participant accrues a benefit for that Plan Year.

3.2 EXPENSES AND FEES The Employer  shall also be  authorized  to reimburse  the
Fund for all expenses  and fees  incurred in the  administration  of the Plan or
Trust  Account  and paid out of the  assets of the  Fund.  Such  expenses  shall
include, but shall not be limited to, fees for professional  services,  printing
and postage. Brokerage Commissions may not be reimbursed.

3.3 RESPONSIBILITY  FOR CONTRIBUTIONS  Neither the Trustee nor the Sponsor shall
be required to  determine  if the  Employer  has made a  contribution  or if the
amount contributed is in accordance with the Adoption Agreement or the Code. The
Employer  shall have sole  responsibility  in this regard.  The Trustee shall be
accountable solely for contributions actually received by it.

3.4 RETURN OF CONTRIBUTIONS Contributions made to the Fund by the Employer shall
be irrevocable except as provided below:

      (a)   Any  contribution  forwarded  to the Trustee because of a mistake of
            fact,  provided  that the  contribution  is returned to the Employer
            within one year of the contribution.

      (b)   In  the  event  that the Commissioner of Internal Revenue determines
            that the Plan is not initially  qualified under the Internal Revenue
            Code, any contribution  made incident to that initial  qualification
            by the  Employer  must be returned to the  Employer  within one year
            after the date the initial  qualification is denied, but only if the
            application for the  qualification is made by the time prescribed by
            law for filing the  Employer's  return for the taxable year in which
            the Plan is  adopted,  or such  later date as the  Secretary  of the
            Treasury may prescribe.

      (c)   Contributions  forwarded   to   the  Trustee  are  presumed  to   be
            deductible and are conditioned on their deductibility. Contributions
            which are  determined to not be  deductible  will be returned to the
            Employer.

                                        20

<PAGE> 29

                                   ARTICLE IV

                             EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1 VOLUNTARY  CONTRIBUTIONS An Employee may make Voluntary Contributions to the
Plan  established  hereunder if so  authorized  by the Employer in a uniform and
nondiscriminatory  manner.  Such contributions are subject to the limitations on
Annual  Additions  and are  subject  to  antidiscrimination  testing.  Voluntary
Contributions are permitted only in Adoption Agreements 003 and 006.

4.2 QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS A Participant may no longer make Qualified
Voluntary Contributions to the Plan. Such amounts already contributed may remain
in the Trust Fund Account until distributed to the Participant.

4.3 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION Unless provided otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, a
Participant may make a Rollover  Contribution to any Defined  Contribution  Plan
established   hereunder  of  all  or  any  part  of  an  amount  distributed  or
distributable  to  him  or  her  from a  Qualified  Deferred  Compensation  Plan
provided:

      (a)   the  amount  distributed  to  the  Participant  is  deposited to the
            Plan no later  than the  sixtieth  day after such  distribution  was
            received by the Participant,

      (b)   the amount distributed is not one of a series of substantially equal
            periodic  payments  made for the life  (or life  expectancy)  of the
            Participant or the joint lives (or joint life  expectancies)  of the
            Participant and the Participant's  Designated Beneficiary,  or for a
            specified period of ten years or more;

      (c)   the  amount  distributed  is not required under section 401(a)(9) of
            the Code;

      (d)   if the amount distributed included property such property is  rolled
            over, or if sold the proceeds of such property may be rolled over,

      (e)   the amount distributed is not includable in gross income (determined
            without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with
            respect to employer securities).

In addition, if the Adoption Agreement allows Rollover  Contributions,  the Plan
will also accept any  Eligible  Rollover  Distribution  (as defined at paragraph
1.70) directly to the Plan.

Rollover Contributions,  which relate to distributions prior to January 1, 1993,
must be made in accordance with paragraphs (a) through (e) and additionally meet
the requirements of paragraph (f):

      (f)   The  distribution  from  the  Qualified  Deferred  Compensation Plan
            constituted the  Participant's  entire interest in such Plan and was
            distributed within one taxable year to the Participant:

            (1)   on account of separation from Service, a Plan termination,  or
                  in the  case  of a  profit-sharing  or  stock  bonus  plan,  a
                  complete  discontinuance  of  contributions  under  such  plan
                  within the meaning of Section 402(a)(6)(A) of the Code, or

            (2)   in one or more distributions which constitute a qualified lump
                  sum   distribution   within  the   meaning  of  Code   Section
                  402(e)(4)(A),  determined  without  reference to subparagraphs
                  (B) and (H).

                                        21

<PAGE> 30

Such Rollover  Contribution  may also be made through an  Individual  Retirement
Account  qualified  under Code  Section  408 where the IRA was used as a conduit
from the Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, the Rollover Contribution is made
in accordance  with the rules provided under  paragraphs (a) through (e) and the
Rollover  Contribution  does not  include  any  regular  IRA  contributions,  or
earnings  thereon,  which the  Participant  may have  made to the IRA.  Rollover
Contributions,  which relate to  distributions  prior to January 1, 1993, may be
made through an IRA in accordance with paragraphs (a) through (f) and additional
requirements as provided in the previous sentence. The Trustee shall not be held
responsible for  determining  the tax-free  status of any Rollover  Contribution
made under this Plan.

4.4 TRANSFER  CONTRIBUTION Unless provided otherwise in the Adoption Agreement a
Participant  may,  subject to the  provisions of paragraph 4.5, also arrange for
the direct transfer of his or her benefit from a Qualified Deferred Compensation
Plan  to this  Plan.  For  accounting  and  record  keeping  purposes,  Transfer
Contributions shall be treated in the same manner as Rollover Contributions.

In the event the Employer accepts a Transfer  Contribution  from a Plan in which
the Employee was directing the  investments of his or her account,  the Employer
may  continue  to permit  the  Employee  to  direct  his or her  investments  in
accordance with paragraph 13.7 with respect only to such Transfer  Contribution.
Notwithstanding  the above,  the  Employer  may refuse to accept  such  Transfer
Contributions.

4.5  EMPLOYER  APPROVAL OF TRANSFER  CONTRIBUTIONS  The Employer  maintaining  a
Safe-Harbor  Profit-Sharing  Plan in accordance with the provisions of paragraph
8.7, acting in a nondiscriminatory  manner, may in its sole discretion refuse to
allow Transfer  Contributions to its profit-sharing  plan, if such contributions
are directly or  indirectly  being  transferred  from a defined  benefit plan, a
money  purchase  pension plan  (including a target  benefit plan), a stock bonus
plan, or another  profit-sharing  plan which would otherwise  provide for a life
annuity form of payment to the Participant.

4.6  ELECTIVE  DEFERRALS  A  Participant  may enter  into a  Elective  Deferrals
Agreement  with the Employer  authorizing  the Employer to withhold a portion of
such  Participant's  Compensation  not to exceed  $7,000  per  calendar  year as
adjusted for inflation or, if lesser,  the percentage of Compensation  specified
in the Adoption Agreement and to deposit such amount to the Plan. No Participant
shall be permitted to have Elective  Deferrals made under this Plan or any other
qualified plan maintained by the Employer, during any taxable year, in excess of
the  dollar  limitation  contained  in Code  Section  402(g)  in  effect  at the
beginning  of such  taxable  year.  Thus,  the $7,000  limit may be reduced if a
Participant  contributes  pre-tax  contributions  to qualified  plans of this or
other  Employers.  Any such  contribution  shall be credited  to the  Employee's
Elective  Deferrals  Account.   Unless  otherwise   specified  in  the  Adoption
Agreement,  a Participant may amend his or her Elective  Deferrals  Agreement to
increase,  decrease or terminate the  percentage  upon 30 days written notice to
the Employer. If a Participant terminates his or her agreement, such Participant
shall not be  permitted to put a new Elective  Deferrals  Agreement  into effect
until the first pay period in the next Plan Year, unless otherwise stated in the
Adoption  Agreement.  The Employer may also amend or terminate said agreement on
written  notice to the  Participant.  If a Participant  has not  authorized  the
Employer  to withhold  at the  maximum  rate and  desires to increase  the total
withheld for a Plan Year,  such  Participant  may authorize the Employer upon 30
days  notice  to  withhold  a  supplemental  amount  up to  100%  of  his or her
Compensation for one or more pay periods. In no event may the sum of the amounts
withheld  under  the  Elective   Deferrals   Agreement  plus  the   supplemental
withholding  exceed 25% of a  Participant's  Compensation  for a Plan Year.  The
Employer may also recharacterize as after-tax Voluntary Contributions all or any
portion of amounts previously  withheld under any Elective  Deferrals  Agreement
within the Plan Year as provided  for at  paragraph  10.10.  This may be done to
insure  that the Plan will meet one of the  antidiscrimination  tests under Code
Section  401(k).  Elective  Deferrals  shall be deposited in the Trust within 30
days after being withheld from the  Participant's  pay.  Elective  Deferrals are
permitted only in Standardized Adoption Agreement 003,  Nonstandardized Adoption
Agreement 006, and Standardized Adoption Agreement 009.

                                        22

<PAGE> 31

4.7 REQUIRED VOLUNTARY  CONTRIBUTIONS If the Employer makes a thrift election in
the Adoption  Agreement,  each  eligible  Participant  shall be required to make
Voluntary Contributions to the Plan for credit to his or her account as provided
in the Adoption Agreement.  Such Voluntary  Contributions shall be withheld from
the  Employee's  Compensation  and shall be  transmitted  by the Employer to the
Trustee  as  agreed  between  the  Employer  and  Trustee.   A  Participant  may
discontinue participation or change his or her Voluntary Contribution percentage
by so  advising  the  Employer  at least 10 days prior to the date on which such
discontinuance or change is to be effective.  If a Participant  discontinues his
or her  Voluntary  Contributions,  such  Participant  may  not  again  authorize
Voluntary   Contributions   for  a  period   of  one  year   from  the  date  of
discontinuance.  A  Participant  may  voluntarily  change  his or her  Voluntary
Contribution  percentage  once during any Plan Year and may also agree to have a
reduction in his or her contribution, if required to satisfy the requirements of
the ACP  test.  Voluntary  Contributions  are  permitted  only  in  Standardized
Adoption Agreement 003 and Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement 006.

4.8 DIRECT ROLLOVER OF BENEFITS Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
contrary  that  would  otherwise  limit  a  Participant's  election  under  this
paragraph, for distributions made on or after January 1, 1993, a Participant may
elect, at the time and in the manner  prescribed by the Plan  Administrator,  to
have any  portion of an  Eligible  Rollover  Distribution  paid  directly  to an
Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant in a Direct Rollover.  Any
portion of a distribution  which is not paid directly to an Eligible  Retirement
Plan shall be distributed to the Participant.  For purposes of this paragraph, a
Surviving  Spouse or a Spouse or former Spouse who is an alternate payee under a
Qualified  Domestic  Relations Order as defined in Code Section 414(p),  will be
permitted to elect to have any Eligible  Rollover  Distribution paid directly to
an  individual  retirement  account (IRA) or an  individual  retirement  annuity
(IRA).

The Plan provisions otherwise  applicable to distributions  continue to apply to
Rollover and Transfer Contributions.

                                        23

<PAGE> 32

                                    ARTICLE V

                              PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS

5.1  SEPARATE  ACCOUNTS  The  Employer  shall  establish a separate  bookkeeping
account for each  Participant  showing the total value of his or her interest in
the Fund. Each Participant's account shall be separated for bookkeeping purposes
into the following sub-accounts:

      (a)   Employer Contributions.

            (1)   Matching Contributions.

            (2)   Qualified Matching Contributions.

            (3)   Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

            (4)   Discretionary Contributions.

            (5)   Elective Deferrals.

      (b)   Voluntary Contributions (and additional amounts including,  required
            contributions   and  if  applicable,   either  repayments  of  loans
            previously  defaulted  on and treated as "deemed  distributions"  on
            which a tax  report has been  issued,  and  amounts  paid out upon a
            separation from service which have been included in income and which
            are repaid after being re-hired by the Employer).

      (c)   Qualified Voluntary  Contributions  (if the Plan previously accepted
            these).

      (d)   Rollover Contributions.

      (e)   Transfer Contributions.

5.2  ADJUSTMENTS TO PARTICIPANT  ACCOUNTS As of each Valuation Date of the Plan,
the Employer shall add to each account:

      (a)   the   Participant's  share  of   the  Employer's  contribution   and
            forfeitures as determined in the Adoption Agreement,

      (b)   any    Elective   Deferrals,    Voluntary,  Rollover   or   Transfer
            Contributions made by the Participant.

      (c)   any repayment of amounts previously paid out to a Participant upon a
            separation from Service and repaid by the Participant since the last
            Valuation Date, and

      (d)   the Participant's proportionate share of any investment earnings and
            increase  in the  fair  market  value  of the  Fund  since  the last
            Valuation Date, as determined at paragraph 5.4.

The Employer shall deduct from each account:

      (e)   any  withdrawals  or  payments  made  from the Participant's account
            since the last Valuation Date, and

      (f)   the  Participant's  proportionate  share of any decrease in the fair
            market  value  of  the  Fund  since  the  last  Valuation  Date,  as
            determined at paragraph 5.4.

                                        24

<PAGE> 33

5.3  ALLOCATING  EMPLOYER  CONTRIBUTIONS  The Employer's  contribution  shall be
allocated to Participants in accordance with the allocation  formula selected by
the  Employer  in the  Adoption  Agreement,  and the  minimum  contribution  and
allocation  requirements for Top-Heavy Plans.  Beginning with the 1990 Plan Year
and  thereafter,  for plans on Standardized  Adoption  Agreements 001, 002, 003,
007,  008 and 009,  Participants  who are  credited  with more than 500 Hours of
Service  or are  employed  on the last day of the Plan Year must  receive a full
allocation of Employer  contributions.  In Nonstandardized  Adoption  Agreements
004, 005, and 006, Employer  contributions shall be allocated to the accounts of
Participants  employed  by the  Employer on the last day of the Plan Year unless
indicated otherwise in the Adoption  Agreement.  In the case of a non-Top-Heavy,
Nonstandardized  Plan,  Participants  must also have completed a Year of Service
unless  otherwise  specified  in the  Adoption  Agreement.  For  Nonstandardized
Adoption  Agreements 004, 005, and 006, the Employer may only apply the last day
of the Plan Year and Year of Service  requirements,  if the Plan  satisfies  the
requirements  of  Code  Sections  401(a)(26)  and  410(b)  and  the  regulations
thereunder  including the exception for 401(k) plans. If, when applying the last
day  and  Year  of  Service   requirements,   the  Plan  fails  to  satisfy  the
aforementioned requirements, additional Participants will be eligible to receive
an allocation of Employer  Contributions  until the  requirements are satisfied.
Participants  who are credited with a Year of Service,  but not employed at Plan
Year end, are the first category of additional  Participants eligible to receive
an  allocation.  If the  requirements  are  still  not  satisfied,  Participants
credited  with more than 500 Hours of Service and  employed at Plan Year end are
the next category of Participants eligible to receive an allocation. Finally, if
necessary to satisfy the said requirements,  any Participant  credited with more
than 500  Hours of  Service  will be  eligible  for an  allocation  of  Employer
Contributions.

5.4  ALLOCATING   INVESTMENT  EARNINGS  AND  LOSSES  A  Participant's  share  of
investment earnings and any increase or decrease in the fair market value of the
Fund shall be based on the  proportionate  value of all active  accounts  (other
than accounts with  segregated  investments)  as of the last Valuation Date less
withdrawals   since  the  last  Valuation  Date.  If  Employer  and/or  Employee
contributions  are made monthly,  quarterly,  or on some other systematic basis,
the adjusted  value of such accounts for  allocation  of  investment  income and
gains or losses  shall  include  one-half the  Employer  contributions  for such
period.  If Employer and/or Employee  contributions are not made on a systematic
basis,  it is assumed that they are made at the end of the valuation  period and
therefore  will not receive an allocation  of  investment  earnings and gains or
losses for such period.

Alternatively,  at the Plan Administrator's  option, all Employer  contributions
will be credited with an allocation of the actual investment  earnings and gains
and losses from the actual date of deposit of each such  contribution  until the
end of the period.  Accounts with segregated  investments shall receive only the
income or loss on such segregated  investments.  In no event shall the selection
of a method of allocating  gains and losses be used to  discriminate in favor of
the Highly Compensated Employees.

5.5 PARTICIPANT  STATEMENTS Upon completing the allocations  described above for
the Valuation Date  coinciding with the end of the Plan Year, the Employer shall
prepare  a  statement  for  each  Participant   showing  the  additions  to  and
subtractions  from his or her account since the last such statement and the fair
market value of his or her account as of the current  Valuation Date.  Employers
so choosing may prepare Participant statements for each Valuation Date.

                                        25

<PAGE> 34

                                   ARTICLE VI

                      RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

6.1 NORMAL  RETIREMENT  BENEFITS A Participant  shall be entitled to receive the
balance held in his or her account from Employer  contributions  upon  attaining
Normal Retirement Age or at such earlier dates as the provisions of this Article
VI may allow.  If the  Participant  elects to continue  working  past his or her
Normal Retirement Age, he or she will continue as an active Plan Participant and
no  distribution  shall  be made to such  Participant  until  his or her  actual
retirement date unless the employer elects otherwise in the Adoption  Agreement,
or a minimum  distribution is required by law.  Settlement  shall be made in the
normal  form,  or if elected in one of the  optional  forms of payment  provided
below.

6.2 EARLY  RETIREMENT  BENEFITS If the  Employer  so  provides  in the  Adoption
Agreement, an Early Retirement benefit will be available to individuals who meet
the age and Service  requirements.  An individual who meets the Early Retirement
Age  requirements  and  separates  from  Service,   will  become  fully  vested,
regardless of any vesting schedule which otherwise might apply. If a Participant
separates from Service before satisfying the age requirements,  but after having
satisfied the Service requirement,  the Participant will be entitled to elect an
Early Retirement benefit upon satisfaction of the age requirement.

6.3   BENEFITS ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

      (a)   If  a  Participant  terminates employment prior to Normal Retirement
            Age,  such  Participant  shall be  entitled  to  receive  the vested
            balance held in his or her account payable at Normal  Retirement Age
            in the normal form, or if elected,  in one of the optional  forms of
            payment  provided  hereunder.  If applicable,  the Early  Retirement
            Benefit  provisions  may be elected.  Notwithstanding  the preceding
            sentence,  a former  Participant  may,  if allowed  in the  Adoption
            Agreement, make application to the Employer requesting early payment
            of any deferred vested and nonforfeitable benefit due.

      (b)   If  a  Participant  terminates  employment,  and  the  value of that
            Participant's  Vested  Account  Balance  derived  from  Employer and
            Employee  contributions is not greater than $3,500,  the Participant
            may  receive  a lump sum  distribution  of the  value of the  entire
            vested portion of such account  balance and the  non-vested  portion
            will be treated as a  forfeiture.  The  Employer  shall  continue to
            follow their  consistent  policy,  as may be established,  regarding
            immediate  cash-outs of Vested  Account  Balances of $3,500 or less.
            For purposes of this article, if the value of a Participant's Vested
            Account  Balance is zero,  the  Participant  shall be deemed to have
            received a distribution of such Vested Account  Balance  immediately
            following  termination.  Likewise,  if the Participant is reemployed
            prior to incurring 5 consecutive  1-year Breaks in Service they will
            be deemed to have  immediately  repaid such  distribution.  For Plan
            Years prior to 1989, a  Participant's  Vested Account  Balance shall
            not include Qualified Voluntary  Contributions.  Notwithstanding the
            above,  if the Employer  maintains or has maintained a policy of not
            distributing any amounts until the  Participant's  Normal Retirement
            Age, the Employer can continue to uniformly apply such policy.

      (c)   If a  Participant  terminates  Service with a Vested Account Balance
            derived  from  Employer  and  Employee  contributions  in  excess of
            $3,500,  and elects  (with his or her  Spouse's  consent) to receive
            100% of the value of his or her  Vested  Account  Balance  in a lump
            sum, the non-vested portion will be treated as a forfeiture.  Except
            as provided at paragraph

                                        26

<PAGE> 35

            6.4(c),  the Participant (and his or her Spouse) must consent to any
            distribution,  when  the  Vested  Account  Balance  described  above
            exceeds  $3,500  or if at the  time  of any  prior  distribution  it
            exceeded  $3,500.  For purposes of this  paragraph,  a Participant's
            Vested  Account  Balance  shall  not  include  Qualified   Voluntary
            Contributions, for Plan Years beginning prior to 1989.

      (d)   Distribution  of  less than 100% of the Participant's Vested Account
            Balance shall only be permitted if the  Participant  is fully vested
            upon termination of employment.

      (e)   If  a  Participant  who  is not 100% vested receives or is deemed to
            receive  a  distribution  pursuant  to  this  paragraph,   and  such
            Participant's non-vested benefit is forfeited hereunder, and if such
            Participant   resumes   employment  covered  under  this  Plan,  the
            Participant  shall  have  the  right  to  repay to the Plan the full
            amount of the distribution attributable to Employer contributions on
            or before  the  earlier  of the date that the  Participant  incurs 5
            consecutive   1-year  Breaks  in  Service   following  the  date  of
            distribution  or five  years  after  the  first  date on  which  the
            Participant  is  subsequently   reemployed.   In  such  event,   the
            Participant's  forfeiture shall be restored to his or her account as
            of the Valuation Date at the end of the Plan Year following the date
            on which repayment of the  distribution is received.  Restoration of
            the forfeiture  amount shall be  accomplished in accordance with the
            procedure selected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

      (f)   A Participant shall also have the option, to postpone payment of his
            or her Plan  benefits  until the first  day of April  following  the
            calendar year in which he or she attains age 70\1/2.  Any balance of
            a  Participant's   account   resulting  from  his  or  her  Employee
            contributions not previously withdrawn,  if any, may be withdrawn by
            the Participant immediately following separation from Service.

      (g)   If  a  Participant  ceases to be an active Employee as a result of a
            Disability as defined at paragraph 1.20, such  Participant  shall be
            able to make an  application  for a  disability  retirement  benefit
            payment.   The   Participant's   account   balance  will  be  deemed
            "immediately  distributable" as set forth in paragraph 6.4, and will
            be fully vested pursuant to paragraph 9.2.

6.4   RESTRICTIONS ON IMMEDIATE DISTRIBUTIONS

      (a)   An  account  balance is immediately distributable if any part of the
            account   balance  could  be  distributed  to  the  Participant  (or
            Surviving  Spouse)  before the  Participant  attains  (or would have
            attained whether or not deceased) the later of the Normal Retirement
            Age or age 62.

      (b)   If  the value of a Participant's Vested Account Balance derived from
            Employer and Employee  Contributions  exceeds (or at the time of any
            prior  distribution  exceeded)  $3,500,  and the account  balance is
            immediately distributable, the Participant and his or her Spouse (or
            where either the  Participant  or the Spouse has died, the survivor)
            must  consent  to any  distribution  of such  account  balance.  The
            consent of the  Participant  and the  Spouse  shall be  obtained  in
            writing  within the 90-day  period  ending on the  annuity  starting
            date, which is the first day of the first period for which an amount
            is paid as an  annuity  or any other  form.  The Plan  Administrator
            shall notify the  Participant  and the  Participant's  Spouse of the
            right to defer  any  distribution  until the  Participant's  account
            balance is no longer  immediately  distributable.  Such notification
            shall include a general description of the material features,

                                        27

<PAGE> 36

            and an explanation of the relative  values of, the optional forms of
            benefit  available under the plan in a manner that would satisfy the
            notice requirements of Code Section 417(a)(3), and shall be provided
            no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days  prior to the  annuity
            starting date.

      (c)   Notwithstanding the  foregoing, only the Participant need consent to
            the  commencement of a distribution in the form of a qualified Joint
            and  Survivor  Annuity  while the  account  balance  is  immediately
            distributable.  Furthermore,  if payment in the form of a  Qualified
            Joint and  Survivor  Annuity  is not  required  with  respect to the
            Participant  pursuant  to  paragraph  8.7  of  the  Plan,  only  the
            Participant  need consent to the  distribution of an account balance
            that  is  immediately  distributable.  Neither  the  consent  of the
            Participant  nor the  Participant's  Spouse shall be required to the
            extent  that a  distribution  is required  to satisfy  Code  Section
            401(a)(9) or Code Section 415. In addition, upon termination of this
            Plan if the Plan does not offer an annuity option  (purchased from a
            commercial provider), the Participant's account balance may, without
            the  Participant's  consent,  be distributed  to the  Participant or
            transferred  to another  Defined  Contribution  Plan  [other than an
            employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)]
            within the same controlled group.

      (d)   For  purposes  of  determining  the  applicability  of the foregoing
            consent  requirements to distributions  made before the first day of
            the first Plan Year beginning after 1988, the  Participant's  Vested
            Account Balance shall not include amounts  attributable to Qualified
            Voluntary Contributions.

6.5 NORMAL FORM OF PAYMENT The normal form of payment for a profit- sharing plan
satisfying the  requirements of paragraph 8.7 hereof shall be a lump sum with no
option for annuity  payments.  For all other  plans,  the normal form of payment
hereunder  shall be a Qualified  Joint and  Survivor  Annuity as provided  under
Article VIII. A Participant  whose Vested Account  Balance derived from Employer
and  Employee  contributions  exceeds  $3,500,  or if at the  time of any  prior
distribution  it exceeds  $3,500,  shall (with the consent of his or her Spouse)
have the  right  to  receive  his or her  benefit  in a lump sum or in  monthly,
quarterly,  semi-annual  or annual  payments  from the Fund over any  period not
extending  beyond  the  life  expectancy  of  the  Participant  and  his  or her
Beneficiary.  For purposes of this  paragraph,  a  Participant's  Vested Account
Balance  shall not include  Qualified  Voluntary  Contributions,  for Plan Years
beginning  prior to 1989. The normal form of payment shall be automatic,  unless
the  Participant  files a written request with the Employer prior to the date on
which the benefit is automatically  payable,  electing a lump sum or installment
payment  option.  No  amendment  to the Plan may  eliminate  one of the optional
distribution forms listed above.

6.6   COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS

      (a)   Unless  the  Participant  elects otherwise, distribution of benefits
            will  begin no later  than the 60th day  after the close of the Plan
            Year in which the latest of the following events occurs:

            (1)   the  Participant  attains  age 65 (or normal retirement age if
                  earlier),

            (2)   occurs  the  10th  anniversary  of  the  year  in  which   the
                  Participant commenced participation in the Plan, or

            (3)   the Participant terminates Service with the Employer.

                                        28

<PAGE> 37

      (b)   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  failure  of a Participant and
            Spouse (if necessary) to consent to a  distribution  while a benefit
            is  immediately  distributable,  within the meaning of paragraph 6.4
            hereof, shall be deemed an election to defer commencement of payment
            of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this paragraph.

      (c)   Unless  the  Employer  provides otherwise in the Adoption Agreement,
            distributions  of benefits will be made within 60 days following the
            close of the Plan Year during which a  distribution  is requested or
            otherwise becomes payable.

6.7 CLAIMS PROCEDURES Upon retirement,  death, or other severance of employment,
the  Participant  or his or  her  representative  may  make  application  to the
Employer  requesting  payment of benefits  due and the manner of payment.  If no
application  for benefits is made,  the  Employer  shall  automatically  pay any
vested  benefit  due  hereunder  in the normal  form at the time  prescribed  at
paragraph  6.6. If an  application  for  benefits is made,  the  Employer  shall
accept,  reject,  or modify such  request and shall  notify the  Participant  in
writing  setting  forth the response of the Employer and in the case of a denial
or modification the Employer shall:

     (a)   state the specific reason or reasons for the denial,

     (b)   provide specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which  the
           denial is based,

     (c)   provide  a  description  of  any  additional  material or information
           necessary for the  Participant or his  representative  to perfect the
           claim and an  explanation  of why such  material  or  information  is
           necessary, and

     (d)   explain the Plan's claim review procedure as contained in this Plan.

In the event the  request  is  rejected  or  modified,  the  Participant  or his
representative  may  within 60 days  following  receipt  by the  Participant  or
representative  of such rejection or modification,  submit a written request for
review by the Employer of its initial  decision.  Within 60 days  following such
request for review,  the Employer  shall render its final decision in writing to
the Participant or representative stating specific reasons for such decision. If
the  Participant or  representative  is not satisfied with the Employer's  final
decision, the Participant or representative can institute an action in a federal
court of competent  jurisdiction;  for this purpose,  process would be served on
the Employer.

6.8 IN-SERVICE  WITHDRAWALS An Employee may withdraw all or any part of the fair
market value of his or her  Mandatory  Contributions,  Voluntary  Contributions,
Qualified  Voluntary  Contributions  or  Rollover  Contributions,  upon  written
request to the Employer.  Transfer  Contributions,  which  originate from a Plan
meeting the safe-harbor

                                        29

<PAGE> 38

provisions  of paragraph  8.7, may also be withdrawn by an Employee upon written
request to the  Employer.  Transfer  Contributions  not meeting the  safe-harbor
provisions may only be withdrawn upon retirement, death, Disability, termination
or termination of the Plan, and will be subject to Spousal consent  requirements
contained in Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417. No such withdrawals are permitted
from a money purchase plan until the Participant  reaches Normal Retirement Age.
Such request shall include the  Participant's  address,  social security number,
birthdate,  and  amount  of the  withdrawal.  If at the time a  distribution  of
Qualified  Voluntary  Contributions is received the Participant has not attained
age 59 1/2 and is not  disabled,  as  defined  at  Code  Section  22(e)(3),  the
Participant  will be  subject  to a  federal  income  tax  penalty,  unless  the
distribution  is rolled over to a qualified plan or individual  retirement  plan
within 60 days of the date of  distribution.  A Participant  may withdraw all or
any part of the fair market value of his or her pre-1987 Voluntary Contributions
with  or  without  withdrawing  the  earnings  attributable  thereto.  Post-1986
Voluntary  Contributions  may only be  withdrawn  along  with a  portion  of the
earnings  thereon.  The amount of the earnings to be withdrawn is  determined by
using the formula:  DA[1-(V, V + E)], where DA is the distribution  amount, V is
the  amount of  Voluntary  Contributions  and V + E is the  amount of  Voluntary
Contributions plus the earnings attributable thereto. A Participant  withdrawing
his or her other contributions prior to attaining age 59 1/2, will be subject to
a federal tax penalty to the extent that the withdrawn amounts are includable in
income.  Unless the Employer provides otherwise in the Adoption  Agreement,  any
Participant  in a  profit-sharing  plan who is 100%  fully  vested in his or her
Employer  contributions may withdraw all or any part of the fair market value of
any of such contributions that have been in the account at least two years, plus
the  investment  earnings  thereon,   without  separation  from  Service.   Such
distributions  shall not be eligible  for  redeposit  to the Fund.  A withdrawal
under this  paragraph  shall not prohibit such  Participant  from sharing in any
future Employer  Contribution he or she would otherwise be eligible to share in.
A request to withdraw amounts pursuant to this paragraph must if applicable,  be
consented  to by the  Participant's  Spouse.  The consent  shall comply with the
requirements of paragraph 6.4 relating to immediate distributions.

Elective Deferrals, Qualified Non-elective Contributions, and Qualified Matching
Contributions,  and  income  allocable  to  each  are  not  distributable  to  a
Participant or his or her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries,  in accordance with such
Participant's  or Beneficiary's or  Beneficiaries'  election,  earlier than upon
separation  from  Service,  death,  or  Disability.  Such  amounts  may  also be
distributed upon:

      (a)   Termination of the Plan without the establishment of another Defined
            Contribution Plan.

      (b)   The  disposition  by  a  corporation  to an unrelated corporation of
            substantially  all of the assets [within the meaning of Code Section
            409(d)(2)]  used in a trade or business of such  corporation if such
            corporation  continues to maintain this Plan after the  disposition,
            but only with respect to Employees who continue  employment with the
            corporation acquiring such assets.

      (c)   The  disposition  by  a  corporation  to an unrelated entity of such
            corporation's  interest in a subsidiary  [within the meaning of Code
            Section  409(d)(3)] if such  corporation  continues to maintain this
            plan,  but only with  respect to Employees  who continue  employment
            with such subsidiary.

      (d)   The attainment of age 59 1/2.

      (e)   The Hardship of the Participant as described in paragraph 6.9.

                                        30

<PAGE> 39

All  distributions  that may be made  pursuant  to one or more of the  foregoing
distributable  events  are  subject  to  the  Spousal  and  Participant  consent
requirements, if applicable, contained in Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417.

6.9 HARDSHIP  WITHDRAWAL If permitted by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement,
a Participant in a profit-sharing  plan may request a hardship  withdrawal prior
to  attaining  age 59 1/2. If the  Participant  has not attained age 59 1/2, the
Participant  may be subject to a federal income tax penalty.  Such request shall
be in writing to the  Employer  who shall have sole  authority  to  authorize  a
hardship  withdrawal,  pursuant to the rules  below.  Hardship  withdrawals  may
include  Elective  Deferrals and any earnings accrued and credited thereon as of
the last day of the Plan Year ending  before July 1, 1989 and  Employer  related
contributions,  including  but not limited to Employer  Matching  Contributions,
plus the investment  earnings thereon to the extent vested.  Qualified  Matching
Contributions,  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  and  Elective  Deferrals
reclassified as Voluntary  Contributions,  plus the investment  earnings thereon
are only available for a Hardship  Withdrawal  prior to age 59 1/2 to the extent
that they were credited to the  Participant's  Account as of the last day of the
Plan  Year  ending  prior to July 1,  1989.  The Plan  Administrator  may  limit
withdrawals to Elective  Deferrals and the earnings thereon as stipulated above.
Hardship withdrawals are subject to the Spousal consent  requirements  contained
in Code Sections  401(a)(11)  and 417.  Only the following  reasons are valid to
obtain hardship withdrawal:

      (a)   medical expenses [within the meaning of Code Section 213(d)] of  the
            Participant, his or her Spouse, children and other dependents,

      (b)   the  purchase  (excluding  mortgage  payments)  of   the   principal
            residence for the Participant,

      (c)   payment  of  tuition  and  related educational expenses for the next
            twelve (12) months of post-secondary  education for the Participant,
            his or her Spouse, children or other dependents, or

      (d)   the  need  to prevent eviction of the Employee from or a foreclosure
            on the mortgage of, the Employee's principal residence.

Furthermore,  for  Plans  on  Adoption  Agreements  003 and 006,  the  following
conditions must be met in order for a withdrawal to be authorized:

      (e)   the  Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship
            distributions,  and all nontaxable  loans under all plans maintained
            by the Employer,

      (f)   all  plans  maintained  by  the Employer provide that the Employee's
            Elective Deferrals and Voluntary Contributions will be suspended for
            twelve months after the receipt of the Hardship distribution,

      (g)   the distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and
            heavy financial need [(a) through (d)] above, and

      (h)   all  plans  maintained  by the Employer provide that an Employee may
            only  make  Elective  Deferrals  for  the  Employee's  taxable  year
            immediately  following the taxable year of the hardship distribution
            of the applicable limit under Code Section 402(g) for such taxable

                                        31

<PAGE> 40

            year, less the amount of such Employee's  pre-tax  contributions for
            the taxable year of the hardship distribution.

If a  distribution  is made  from any Plan at a time  when a  Participant  has a
nonforfeitable  right to less  than 100% of the  account  balance  derived  from
Employer  contributions  and the  Participant  may increase  the  nonforfeitable
percentage in the account:

      (a)   A  separate  account  will  be  established  for  the  Participant's
            interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and

      (b)   At any relevant time the Participant's nonforfeitable portion of the
            separate  account will be equal to an amount ("X") determined by the
            formula:

                         X = P [AB + (R X D)] - (R X D)

For purposes of applying the formula:  "P" is the  nonforfeitable  percentage at
the relevant time,  "AB" is the account balance at the relevant time, "D" is the
amount of the  distribution  and "R" is the ratio of the account  balance at the
relevant time to the account balance after distribution.

                                        32

<PAGE> 41

                                   ARTICLE VII

                            DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS

7.1 JOINT AND SURVIVOR  ANNUITY  REQUIREMENTS All  distributions  made under the
terms of this Plan must comply with the provisions of Article VIII including, if
applicable, the safe harbor provisions thereunder.

7.2 MINIMUM  DISTRIBUTION  REQUIREMENTS  All  distributions  required under this
Article shall be determined and made in accordance with the minimum distribution
requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder, including
the minimum  distribution  incidental benefit rules found at Regulations Section
1.401(a)(9)-2. The entire interest of a Participant must be distributed or begin
to be distributed no later than the Participant's  Required Beginning Date. Life
expectancy and joint and last survivor life expectancy are computed by using the
expected  return  multiples  found  in  Tables V and VI of  Regulations  Section
1.72-9.

7.3 LIMITS ON DISTRIBUTION  PERIODS As of the First Distribution  Calendar Year,
distributions  if not made in a  single-sum,  may  only be made  over one of the
following periods (or a combination thereof):

     (a)   the life of the Participant,

     (b)   the life of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary,

     (c)   a  period  certain  not  extending  beyond the life expectancy of the
           participant, or

     (d)   a  period  certain  not  extending beyond the joint and last survivor
           expectancy of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary.

7.4 REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS ON OR AFTER THE REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE

     (a)   If a participant's benefit is to be distributed over (1) a period not
           extending  beyond the life expectancy of the Participant or the joint
           life  and  last  survivor  expectancy  of  the  Participant  and  the
           Participant's  Designated  Beneficiary  or (2) a period not extending
           beyond the life expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary,  the amount
           required to be  distributed  for each calendar  year,  beginning with
           distributions for the First Distribution Calendar Year, must at least
           equal the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's  benefit by
           the Applicable Life Expectancy.

     (b)   For calendar years beginning before 1989, if the Participant's Spouse
           is  not  the  Designated  Beneficiary,  the  method  of  distribution
           selected  must have assured that at least 50% of the Present Value of
           the amount  available for distribution was to be paid within the life
           expectancy of the Participant.

     (c)   For calendar years beginning after 1988, the amount to be distributed
           each year,  beginning with  distributions for the First  Distribution
           Calendar  Year  shall  not be less  than  the  quotient  obtained  by
           dividing  the  Participant's   benefit  by  the  lesser  of  (1)  the
           Applicable Life Expectancy or (2) if the Participant's  Spouse is not
           the Designated  Beneficiary,  the applicable  divisor determined from
           the table set forth in Q&A-4 of Regulations Section

                                        33

<PAGE> 42

            1.401(a)(9)-2.  Distributions  after  the  death of the  Participant
            shall be  distributed  using the Applicable  Life  Expectancy as the
            relevant    divisor   without   regard   to   Regulations    Section
            1.401(a)(9)-2.

        (d) The  minimum  distribution  required  for  the  Participant's  First
            Distribution   Calendar   Year  must  be  made  on  or  before   the
            Participant's  Required Beginning Date. The minimum distribution for
            other calendar  years,  including the minimum  distribution  for the
            Distribution  Calendar  Year in  which  the  Participant's  Required
            Beginning Date occurs, must be made on or before December 31 of that
            Distribution Calendar Year.

      (e)   If  the  Participant's  benefit  is  distributed  in  the form of an
            annuity   purchased   from  an  insurance   company,   distributions
            thereunder shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Code
            Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder.

     (f)    For  purposes of determining the amount of the required distribution
            for each Distribution  Calendar Year, the account balance to be used
            is the account balance determined as of the last valuation preceding
            the  Distribution  Calendar Year.  This balance will be increased by
            the amount of any  contributions  or  forfeitures  allocated  to the
            account balance after the valuation date in such preceding  calendar
            year.  Such balance will also be  decreased  by  distributions  made
            after the Valuation Date in such preceding Calendar Year.

      (g)   For  purposes  of subparagraph 7.4(f), if any portion of the minimum
            distribution for the First Distribution Calendar Year is made in the
            second  Distribution   Calendar  Year  on  or  before  the  Required
            Beginning Date, the amount of the minimum  distribution  made in the
            second Distribution Calendar Year shall be treated as if it had been
            made in the immediately preceding Distribution Calendar Year.

7.5   REQUIRED BEGINNING DATE

      (a)   General Rule.  The  Required  Beginning Date of a Participant is the
            first day of April of the calendar year  following the calendar year
            in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.

      (b)   Transitional Rules. The Required Beginning Date of a Participant who
            attained age 70 1/2 before 1988,  shall be  determined in accordance
            with (1) or (2) below:

            (1)   Non-5-percent  owners.   The  Required  Beginning  Date  of  a
                  Participant  who is not a 5-percent  owner is the first day of
                  April of the calendar  year  following  the  calendar  year in
                  which  the later of  retirement  or  attainment  of age 70 1/2
                  occurs.  The Required  Beginning Date of a Participant  who is
                  not a 5-percent  owner, who attains age 70 1/2 during 1988 and
                  who has not retired as of 1989, is April 1, 1990.

            (2)   5-percent owners. The Required Beginning Date of a Participant
                  who is a 5-percent owner during any year beginning after 1979,
                  is the first day of April following the later of:

                                        34

<PAGE> 43

                  (i)   the  calendar  year in which the Participant attains age
                        70 1/2, or

                  (ii)  the earlier  of  the  calendar year with or within which
                        ends the plan  year in which the  Participant  becomes a
                        5-percent  owner,  or the  calendar  year in  which  the
                        Participant retires.

      (c)   A  Participant is treated as a 5-percent owner for purposes of  this
            Paragraph  if such  Participant  is a 5-percent  owner as defined in
            Code Section 416(i)  (determined in accordance with Code Section 416
            but  without  regard to whether the Plan is  Top-Heavy)  at any time
            during  the Plan Year  ending  with or within the  calendar  year in
            which such Owner attains age 66 1/2 or any subsequent Plan Year.

      (d)   Once  distributions  have  begun  to  a  5-percent  owner under this
            paragraph,  they  must  continue  to be  distributed,  even  if  the
            Participant ceases to be a 5-percent owner in a subsequent year.

7.6   TRANSITIONAL RULE

      (a)   Notwithstanding the  other  requirements of this article and subject
            to the  requirements  of Article  VIII,  Joint and Survivor  Annuity
            Requirements,  distribution  on behalf of any Employee,  including a
            5-percent owner, may be made in accordance with all of the following
            requirements (regardless of when such distribution commences):

            (i)   The  distribution  by  the  trust is one which would not  have
                  disqualified  such trust under Code  Section  401(a)(9)  as in
                  effect  prior to  amendment  by the Deficit  Reduction  Act of
                  1984.

            (ii)  The  distribution  is  in  accordance   with   a   method   of
                  distribution  designated by the employee whose interest in the
                  trust is being distributed or, if the employee is deceased, by
                  a beneficiary of such employee.

            (iii) Such designation was in writing, was signed by the employee or
                  the beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.

            (iv)  The  Employee  has  accrued  a  benefit  under  the Plan as of
                  December 31, 1983.

            (v)   The  method  of distribution designated by the Employee or the
                  beneficiary  specifies  the  time at which  distribution  will
                  commence, the period over which distributions will be

                                        35

<PAGE> 44

                        made,  and in the  case  of any  distribution  upon  the
                        Employee's  death,  the  beneficiaries  of the  Employee
                        listed in order of priority.

      (b)   A  distribution  upon death will not be covered by this transitional
            rule unless the information in the designation contains the required
            information  described above with respect to the distributions to be
            made upon the death of the Employee.

      (c)   For  any  distribution  which  commences before January 1, 1984, but
            continues after December 31, 1983, the Employee, or the beneficiary,
            to whom such  distribution  is being made,  will be presumed to have
            designated the method of distribution  under which the  distribution
            is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing
            and the distribution  satisfies the  requirements in  sub-paragraphs
            (a)(i) and (a)(v) above.

      (d)   If  a  designation  is  revoked,  any  subsequent  distribution must
            satisfy  the   requirements  of  Code  Section   401(a)(9)  and  the
            Regulations  thereunder.  If a designation is revoked  subsequent to
            the  date  distributions  are  required  to  begin,  the  Plan  must
            distribute  by the end of the calendar  year  following the calendar
            year in  which  the  revocation  occurs  the  total  amount  not yet
            distributed  which would have been required to have been distributed
            to satisfy Code Section  401(a)(9) and the  Regulations  thereunder,
            but  for  the Tax  Equity  and  Fiscal  Responsibility  Act  Section
            242(b)(2) election.  For calendar years beginning after December 31,
            1988,  such  distributions   must  meet  the  minimum   distribution
            incidental    benefit    requirements    in   Regulations    Section
            1.401(a)(9)-2.  Any changes in the designation will be considered to
            be a revocation of the designation.  However,  the mere substitution
            or   addition  of  another   beneficiary   (one  not  named  in  the
            designation)  under the  designation  will not be considered to be a
            revocation  of the  designation,  so long as  such  substitution  or
            addition does not alter the period over which  distributions  are to
            be made under the designation,  directly or indirectly (for example,
            by altering the relevant  measuring  life).  In the case in which an
            amount is  transferred or rolled over from one plan to another plan,
            the   rules  in  Q&A  J-2  and  Q&A  J-3  of   Regulations   Section
            1.401(a)(9)-2 shall apply.

7.7 DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY FOR DEATH BENEFIT Each  Participant  shall file a
written  designation  of  beneficiary  with the  Employer  upon  qualifying  for
participation in this Plan. Such designation shall remain in force until revoked
by the  Participant  by filing a new  beneficiary  form with the  Employer.  The
Participant may elect to have a portion of his or her account  balance  invested
in an insurance contract.  If an insurance contract is purchased under the Plan,
the  Trustee  must be named as  Beneficiary  under  the  terms of the  contract.
However,  the Participant  shall designate a Beneficiary to receive the proceeds
of  the  contract  after  settlement  is  received  by  the  Trustee.   Under  a
profit-sharing  plan satisfying the  requirements  of paragraph 8.7 hereof,  the
Designated  Beneficiary  shall be the  Participant's  Surviving  Spouse, if any,
unless such Spouse properly consents otherwise.

7.8  NONEXISTENCE  OF BENEFICIARY  Any portion of the amount  payable  hereunder
which is not disposed of because of the  Participant's  or former  Participant's
failure  to  designate  a   beneficiary,   or  because  all  of  the  Designated
Beneficiaries  are  deceased,  shall  be  paid  to  his or  her  Spouse.  If the
Participant  had no Spouse at the time of  death,  payment  shall be made to the
personal representative of his or her estate in a lump sum.

                                       36

<PAGE> 45

7.9   DISTRIBUTION   BEGINNING  BEFORE  DEATH  If  the  Participant  dies  after
distribution  of his or her interest has begun,  the  remaining  portion of such
interest will continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method
of distribution being used prior to the Participant's death.

7.10  DISTRIBUTION   BEGINNING  AFTER  DEATH  If  the  Participant  dies  before
distribution of his or her interest  begins,  distribution of the  Participant's
entire  interest  shall  be  completed  by  December  31 of  the  calendar  year
containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death except to the extent
that an election is made to receive  distributions in accordance with (a) or (b)
below:

      (a)   If  any  portion  of  the  Participant's  interest  is  payable to a
            Designated  Beneficiary,  distributions may be made over the life or
            over a period  certain not greater than the life  expectancy  of the
            Designated  Beneficiary  commencing on or before  December 31 of the
            calendar year  immediately  following the calendar year in which the
            Participant died;

      (b)   If the Designated Beneficiary is the Participant's Surviving Spouse,
            the date  distributions are required to begin in accordance with (a)
            above shall not be earlier  than the later of (1) December 31 of the
            calendar year  immediately  following the calendar year in which the
            participant  died,  or (2) December 31 of the calendar year in which
            the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2.

If the  Participant  has not made an election  pursuant to this paragraph by the
time of his or her death, the  Participant's  Designated  Beneficiary must elect
the method of  distribution  no later than the earlier of (1) December 31 of the
calendar  year in which  distributions  would be  required  to begin  under this
section,  or (2)  December  31 of the  calendar  year which  contains  the fifth
anniversary of the date of death of the  participant.  If the Participant has no
Designated Beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not elect a method
of distribution,  then distribution of the Participant's entire interest must be
completed by December 31 of the calendar year  containing the fifth  anniversary
of the Participant's death.

For  purposes  of  this  paragraph  if  the  Surviving  Spouse  dies  after  the
Participant,  but before  payments to such Spouse begin,  the provisions of this
paragraph  with the exception of paragraph  (b) therein,  shall be applied as if
the Surviving  Spouse were the  Participant.  For the purposes of this paragraph
and paragraph 7.9,  distribution  of a  Participant's  interest is considered to
begin  on the  Participant's  Required  Beginning  Date  (or,  if the  preceding
sentence  is  applicable,  the date  distribution  is  required  to begin to the
Surviving  Spouse).  If  distribution  in the form of an  annuity  described  in
paragraph 7.4(e)  irrevocably  commences to the Participant  before the Required
Beginning  Date,  the  date  distribution  is  considered  to  begin is the date
distribution actually commences.

For purposes of  paragraph  7.9 and this  paragraph,  if an amount is payable to
either a minor or an individual who has been declared incompetent,  the benefits
shall be paid to the legally appointed guardian for the benefit of said minor or
incompetent  individual,  unless the court  which  appointed  the  guardian  has
ordered otherwise.

7.11  DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS

      (a)   Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of the Plan, Excess Elective
            Deferrals  plus any  income  and minus any loss  allocable  thereto,
            shall be distributed no later than April 15, 1988, and each April 15
            thereafter,  to  Participants  to  whose  accounts  Excess  Elective
            Deferrals  were  allocated for the preceding  taxable year,  and who
            claim Excess Elective Deferrals for such

                                        37

<PAGE> 46

            taxable year.  Excess Elective  Deferrals shall be treated as Annual
            Additions  under the Plan,  unless such amounts are  distributed  no
            later  than  the  first  April  15th  following  the  close  of  the
            Participant's  taxable year. A  Participant  is deemed to notify the
            Plan  Administrator  of any Excess Elective  Deferrals that arise by
            taking into account only those Elective  Deferrals made to this Plan
            and any other plans of this Employer. Furthermore, a Participant who
            participates in another plan allowing Elective  Deferrals may assign
            to this Plan any Excess  Elective  Deferrals  made  during a taxable
            year of the Participant,  by notifying the Plan Administrator of the
            amount of the Excess Elective Deferrals to be assigned.

      (b)   The  Participant's  claim shall be in writing; shall be submitted to
            the Plan  Administrator  not later than March 1 of each year;  shall
            specify the amount of the  Participant's  Excess Elective  Deferrals
            for the preceding  taxable  year;  and shall be  accompanied  by the
            Participant's  written  statement  that  if  such  amounts  are  not
            distributed,  such Excess Elective Deferrals,  when added to amounts
            deferred  under  other  plans  or  arrangements  described  in  Code
            Sections 401(k),  408(k) [Simplified  Employee Pensions],  or 403(b)
            [annuity  programs for public schools and charitable  organizations]
            will exceed the $7,000 limit as adjusted  under Code Section  415(d)
            imposed on the  Participant  by Code Section  402(g) for the year in
            which the deferral occurred.

      (c)   Excess  Elective  Deferrals shall be adjusted for any income or loss
            up to the end of the  taxable  year,  during  which such  excess was
            deferred. Income or loss will be calculated under the method used to
            calculate investment earnings and losses elsewhere in the Plan.

      (d)   If  the  Participant  receives  a  return  of  his  or  her Elective
            Deferrals,  the amount of such contributions which are returned must
            be brought into the Employee's taxable income.

7.12  DISTRIBUTIONS OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS

      (a)   Notwithstanding   any   other   provision   of  this  Plan,   Excess
            Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto,
            shall be distributed no later than the last day of each Plan Year to
            Participants  to  whose  accounts  such  Excess  Contributions  were
            allocated  for the preceding  Plan Year. If such excess  amounts are
            distributed  more than 2 1/2  months  after the last day of the Plan
            Year in which such excess  amounts  arose, a ten (10) percent excise
            tax will be  imposed  on the  Employer  maintaining  the  Plan  with
            respect to such amounts.  Such distributions shall be made to Highly
            Compensated Employees on the basis of the respective portions of the
            Excess Contributions attributable to each of such Employees.  Excess
            Contributions  shall be allocated to Participants who are subject to
            the Family Member aggregation rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) in the
            manner prescribed by the regulations thereunder.

      (b)   Excess  Contributions  (including the amounts recharacterized) shall
            be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan.

                                        38

<PAGE> 47

      (c)   Excess Contributions  shall be adjusted for any income or loss up to
            the end of the Plan Year.  Income or loss will be  calculated  under
            the  method  used  to  calculate   investment  earnings  and  losses
            elsewhere in the Plan.

      (d)   Excess  Contributions  shall  be  distributed from the Participant's
            Contribution account and Qualified Matching Contribution account (if
            applicable) in proportion to the  Participant's  Elective  Deferrals
            and Qualified Matching  Contributions (to the extent used in the ADP
            test) for the Plan Year. Excess  Contributions  shall be distributed
            from the Participant's  Qualified Non-Elective  Contribution account
            only to the extent that such Excess Contributions exceed the balance
            in  the  Participant's   Elective  Deferral  account  and  Qualified
            Matching Contribution account.

7.13  DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS

      (a)   Notwithstanding  any  other provision of this Plan, Excess Aggregate
            Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto,
            shall  be  forfeited,   if  forfeitable,   or  if  not  forfeitable,
            distributed  no  later  than  the  last  day of  each  Plan  Year to
            Participants to whose accounts such Excess  Aggregate  Contributions
            were  allocated  for  the  preceding  Plan  Year.  Excess  Aggregate
            Contributions  shall be allocated to Participants who are subject to
            the Family Member aggregation rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) in the
            manner  prescribed  by the  regulations.  If such  Excess  Aggregate
            Contributions  are distributed more than 2 1/2 months after the last
            day of the Plan Year in which such excess  amounts arose, a ten (10)
            percent excise tax will be imposed on the Employer  maintaining  the
            Plan with respect to those amounts.  Excess Aggregate  Contributions
            shall be treated as Annual Additions under the plan.

      (b)   Excess  Aggregate  Contributions shall be adjusted for any income or
            loss up to the end of the Plan Year. The income or loss allocable to
            Excess Aggregate  Contributions is the sum of income or loss for the
            Plan Year  allocable  to the  Participant's  Voluntary  Contribution
            account,  Matching Contribution account, (if any, and if all amounts
            therein are not used in the ADP test) and, if applicable,  Qualified
            Non-Elective  Contribution  account and Elective  Deferral  account.
            Income or loss will be calculated under the method used to calculate
            investment earnings and losses elsewhere in the Plan.

      (c)   Forfeitures  of   Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  may  either   be
            reallocated to the accounts of non-Highly  Compensated  Employees or
            applied to reduce Employer contributions, as elected by the employer
            in the Adoption Agreement.

      (d)   Excess  Aggregate Contributions shall be forfeited if such amount is
            not  vested.  If  vested,  such  excess  shall be  distributed  on a
            pro-rata basis from the Participant's Voluntary Contribution account
            (and,  if  applicable,   the  Participant's  Qualified  Non-Elective
            Contribution account or Elective Deferral account, or both).

                                        39

<PAGE> 48

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                     JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS

8.1  APPLICABILITY  OF PROVISIONS  The provisions of this Article shall apply to
any  Participant  who is  credited  with at least one Hour of  Service  with the
Employer on or after August 23, 1984 and such other  Participants as provided in
paragraph 8.8.

8.2 PAYMENT OF QUALIFIED  JOINT AND SURVIVOR  ANNUITY Unless an optional form of
benefit is selected  pursuant to a Qualified  Election  within the 90-day period
ending on the Annuity  Starting  Date, a married  Participant's  Vested  Account
Balance will be paid in the form of a Qualified  Joint and Survivor  Annuity and
an unmarried  Participant's Vested Account Balance will be paid in the form of a
life annuity.  The Participant may elect to have such annuity  distributed  upon
attaining Early Retirement Age under the Plan.

8.3 PAYMENT OF QUALIFIED PRE-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY Unless an optional form
of benefit has been selected  within the Election Period pursuant to a Qualified
Election,  if a Participant dies before benefits have commenced then one-half of
the  Participant's  Vested Account Balance shall be paid to the Surviving Spouse
in the form of a life  annuity.  The  Surviving  Spouse  may  elect to have such
annuity distributed within a reasonable period after the Participant's death.

A Participant who does not meet the age 35 requirement set forth in the Election
Period  as of the end of any  current  Plan  Year may make a  special  qualified
election to waive the qualified  Pre-retirement  Survivor Annuity for the period
beginning  on the date of such  election and ending on the first day of the Plan
Year in which the  Participant  will attain age 35. Such  election  shall not be
valid unless the  Participant  receives a written  explanation  of the Qualified
Pre-retirement  Survivor  Annuity  in  such  terms  as  are  comparable  to  the
explanation  required under  paragraph 8.5.  Qualified  Pre-retirement  Survivor
Annuity  coverage  will be  automatically  reinstated as of the first day of the
Plan Year in which the  Participant  attains  age 35. Any new waiver on or after
such date shall be subject to the full requirements of this Article.

8.4 QUALIFIED  ELECTION A waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor  Annuity or a
qualified  pre-retirement  survivor annuity. Any waiver of a Qualified Joint and
Survivor  Annuity or a qualified  pre-retirement  survivor  annuity shall not be
effective unless:

      (a)   the Participant's Spouse consents in writing to the election;

      (b)   the election  designates a specific beneficiary, including any class
            of beneficiaries or any contingent  beneficiaries,  which may not be
            changed  without spousal  consent (or the Spouse  expressly  permits
            designations  by  the   Participant   without  any  further  spousal
            consent);

      (c)   the Spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of the election; and

      (d)   the Spouse's consent is witnessed by a Plan representative or notary
            public.

Additionally, a Participant's waiver of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
shall not be effective unless the election  designates a form of benefit payment
which may not be  changed  without  spousal  consent  (or the  Spouse  expressly
permits designations by the Participant without any further spousal consent). If
it is established to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that there is no
Spouse or that the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a Qualified
Election.   Any  consent  by  a  Spouse   obtained   under  this  provision  (or
establishment that the

                                        40

<PAGE> 49

consent of a Spouse may not be obtained) shall be effective only with respect to
such Spouse. A consent that permits  designations by the Participant without any
requirement of further consent by such Spouse must  acknowledge  that the Spouse
has the right to limit consent to a specific beneficiary, and a specific form of
benefit where applicable,  and that the Spouse  voluntarily elects to relinquish
either or both of such rights.  A revocation  of a prior waiver may be made by a
Participant   without  the  consent  of  the  Spouse  at  any  time  before  the
commencement  of benefits.  The number of revocations  shall not be limited.  No
consent  obtained under this provision shall be valid unless the Participant has
received notice as provided in paragraphs 8.5 and 8.6 below.

8.5 NOTICE  REQUIREMENTS FOR QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY In the case of
a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity,  the Plan  Administrator  shall, no less
than 30 days  and no more  than 90 days  prior  to the  Annuity  Starting  date,
provide each Participant a written explanation of:

      (a)   the terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity;

      (b)   the  Participant's  right  to  make and the effect of an election to
            waive the qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit;

      (c)   the rights of a Participant's Spouse; and

      (d)   the  right  to  make,  and the effect of, a revocation of a previous
            election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

8.6 NOTICE  REQUIREMENTS  FOR QUALIFIED  PRE-RETIREMENT  SURVIVOR ANNUITY In the
case of a qualified  pre-retirement  survivor  annuity as described in paragraph
8.3, the Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant within the applicable
period  for  such   Participant   a  written   explanation   of  the   qualified
pre-retirement  survivor  annuity in such  terms and in such  manner as would be
comparable to the explanation provided for meeting the requirements of paragraph
8.5 applicable to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.  The applicable period
for a Participant is whichever of the following periods ends last:

      (a)   the period beginning with  the  first  day of the Plan Year in which
            the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan
            Year  preceding the Plan Year in which the  Participant  attains age
            35;

      (b)   a   reasonable  period  ending   after  the  individual  becomes   a
            Participant;

      (c)   a reasonable  period  ending after this Article first applies to the
            Participant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice must be provided
            within a reasonable  period ending after  separation from Service in
            the  case  of  a  Participant  who  separates  from  Service  before
            attaining age 35.

For purposes of applying the  preceding  paragraph,  a reasonable  period ending
after the  events  described  in (b) and (c) is the end of the  two-year  period
beginning  one-year  prior to the date the applicable  event occurs,  and ending
one-year  after that  date.  In the case of a  Participant  who  separates  from
Service  before  the Plan  Year in which  age 35 is  attained,  notice  shall be
provided within the two-year  period  beginning one year prior to separation and
ending one year after separation.  If such a Participant subsequently returns to
employment with the Employer,  the applicable  period for such Participant shall
be re-determined.

8.7   SPECIAL SAFE-HARBOR EXCEPTION FOR CERTAIN PROFIT-SHARING PLANS

                                        41

<PAGE> 50

      (a)   To  the  extent that the following conditions are met, the Qualified
            Joint and Survivor  Annuity  requirements of this Article VIII shall
            be  inapplicable to a Participant in a  profit-sharing  plan, and to
            any  distribution,  made on or after the first day of the first plan
            year  beginning  after  1988,  from  or  under  a  separate  account
            attributable  solely  to  Qualified  Voluntary   contributions,   as
            maintained on behalf of a Participant  in a money  purchase  pension
            plan,  (including a target benefit plan) if the following conditions
            are satisfied:

            (1)   the  Participant does not or cannot elect payments in the form
                  of a life annuity; and

            (2)   on  the  death  of  a  Participant,  the  Participant's Vested
                  Account  Balance will be paid to the  Participant's  Surviving
                  Spouse,  but  if  there  is no  Surviving  Spouse,  or if  the
                  Surviving  Spouse has  consented in a manner  conforming  to a
                  Qualified  Election,  then  to  the  Participant's  Designated
                  Beneficiary.

                  The  Surviving  Spouse may elect to have  distribution  of the
                  Vested  Account  Balance  commence  within the  90-day  period
                  following  the date of the  Participant's  death.  The account
                  balance shall be adjusted for gains or losses  occurring after
                  the  Participant's  death in accordance with the provisions of
                  the Plan  governing  the  adjustment  of account  balances for
                  other types of  distributions.  These  safe-harbor rules shall
                  not  be  operative   with  respect  to  a  Participant   in  a
                  profit-sharing  plan if  that  Plan is a  direct  or  indirect
                  transferee of a Defined  Benefit Plan,  money purchase plan, a
                  target benefit plan, stock bonus plan, or profit-sharing  plan
                  which is subject to the survivor annuity  requirements of Code
                  Section  401(a)(11) and Code Section 417, and would  therefore
                  have a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity as its normal form
                  of benefit.

      (b)   The  Participant  may  waive  the spousal death benefit described in
            this  paragraph  at any time  provided  that no such waiver shall be
            effective unless it satisfies the conditions (described in paragraph
            8.4) that would apply to the  Participant's  waiver of the Qualified
            Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.

      (c)   If  this  paragraph  8.7  is operative, then all other provisions of
            this Article other than paragraph 8.8 are inoperative.

8.8 TRANSITIONAL JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY RULES Special transition rules apply
to Participants who were not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984.

      (a)   Any  living  Participant  not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984,
            who would  otherwise  not receive  the  benefits  prescribed  by the
            previous  paragraphs of this Article,  must be given the opportunity
            to elect to have the prior  paragraphs of this Article apply if such
            Participant is credited with at least one Hour of Service under this
            Plan or a  predecessor  Plan in a Plan  Year  beginning  on or after
            January  1,  1976  and  such  Participant  had at  least 10 Years of
            Service for vesting purposes when he or she separated from Service.

      (b)   Any  living Participant not receiving benefits on  August  23, 1984,
            who was credited  with at least one Hour of Service  under this Plan
            or a predecessor  Plan on or after September 2, 1974, and who is not
            otherwise credited with any Service in a Plan Year beginning on or

                                        42

<PAGE> 51

            after January 1, 1976,  must be given the opportunity to have his or
            her benefits paid in accordance with paragraph 8.9.

      (c)   The  respective  opportunities to elect [as described in (a) and (b)
            above] must be afforded to the appropriate  Participants  during the
            period commencing on August 23, 1984 and ending on the date benefits
            would otherwise commence to said Participants.

8.9  AUTOMATIC  JOINT AND  SURVIVOR  ANNUITY  AND  EARLY  SURVIVOR  ANNUITY  Any
Participant who has elected pursuant to paragraph 8.8(b) and any Participant who
does not elect under paragraph 8.8(a) or who meets the requirements of paragraph
8.8(a),  except that such Participant does not have at least 10 years of vesting
Service when he or she separates  from  Service,  shall have his or her benefits
distributed  in accordance  with all of the following  requirements  if benefits
would have been payable in the form of a life annuity.

        (a) Automatic Joint  and Survivor Annuity.  If benefits in the form of a
            life annuity become payable to a married Participant who:

            (1)   begins  to  receive payments under the Plan on or after Normal
                  Retirement Age, or

            (2)   dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still working for
                  the Employer, or

            (3)   begins  to  receive  payments  on or after the Qualified Early
                  Retirement Age, or

            (4)   separates from Service on or after attaining Normal Retirement
                  (or the Qualified Early  Retirement Age) and after  satisfying
                  the eligibility requirements for the payment of benefits under
                  the Plan and thereafter dies before  beginning to receive such
                  benefits,  then such benefits will be received under this Plan
                  in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity,  unless
                  the  Participant  has elected  otherwise  during the  Election
                  Period.  The  Election  Period  must  begin  at least 6 months
                  before the Participant  attains Qualified Early Retirement Age
                  and end not  more  than 90 days  before  the  commencement  of
                  benefits. Any election hereunder will be in writing and may be
                  changed by the Participant at any time.

      (b)   Election of  Early  Survivor Annuity.  A Participant who is employed
            after attaining the Qualified Early Retirement Age will be given the
            opportunity to elect, during the Election Period, to have a survivor
            annuity  payable on death.  If the  Participant  elects the survivor
            annuity,  payments  under  such  annuity  must not be less  than the
            payments  which  would  have  been  made  to the  Spouse  under  the
            Qualified Joint and Survivor  Annuity if the Participant had retired
            on the  day  before  his or  her  death.  Any  election  under  this
            provision  will be in writing and may be changed by the  Participant
            at any time. The Election Period begins on the later of:

            (1)   the  90th  day  before  the  Participant attains the Qualified
                  Early Retirement Age, or

            (2)   the  date  on which participation begins, and ends on the date
                  the Participant terminates employment.

8.10 ANNUITY CONTRACTS Any annuity contract  distributed under this Plan must be
nontransferable.  The terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed by
the Plan to a Participant or Spouse shall comply with the  requirements  of this
Plan.

                                        43

<PAGE> 52

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                     VESTING

9.1 EMPLOYEE  CONTRIBUTIONS  A  Participant  shall always have a 100% vested and
nonforfeitable   interest   in  his  or  her   Elective   Deferrals,   Voluntary
Contributions,  Qualified Voluntary Contributions,  Rollover Contributions,  and
Transfer  Contributions  plus the earnings  thereon.  No  forfeiture of Employer
related contributions  (including any minimum contributions made under paragraph
14.2 hereof) will occur solely as a result of an  Employee's  withdrawal  of any
Employee contributions.

9.2  EMPLOYER   CONTRIBUTIONS   A   Participant   shall  acquire  a  vested  and
nonforfeitable   interest  in  his  or  her  account  attributable  to  Employer
contributions  in accordance with the table selected in the Adoption  Agreement,
provided  that if a Participant  is not already  fully  vested,  he or she shall
become so upon attaining  Normal  Retirement Age, Early Retirement Age, on death
prior to normal retirement,  on retirement due to Disability,  or on termination
of the Plan.

9.3 COMPUTATION  PERIOD The computation period for purposes of determining Years
of Service and Breaks in Service  for  purposes  of  computing  a  Participant's
nonforfeitable  right  to his or  her  account  balance  derived  from  Employer
contributions shall be determined by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.  If
the  Employer  provides for other than full and  immediate  vesting and does not
designate otherwise,  the computation period will be the Plan Year. In the event
a former Participant with no vested interest in his or her Employer contribution
account  requalifies  for  participation  in the Plan after incurring a Break in
Service,  such Participant  shall be credited for vesting with all pre-break and
post-break Service.

9.4  REQUALIFICATION  PRIOR TO FIVE  CONSECUTIVE  ONE-YEAR BREAKS IN SERVICE The
account balance of such Participant shall consist of any undistributed amount in
his or her account as of the date of re-employment plus any future contributions
added to such account plus the  investment  earnings on the account.  The Vested
Account  Balance of such  Participant  shall be  determined by  multiplying  the
Participant's account balance (adjusted to include any distribution or redeposit
made under paragraph 6.3) by such Participant's  vested percentage.  All Service
of the Participant, both prior to and following the break, shall be counted when
computing the Participant's vested percentage.

9.5  REQUALIFICATION  AFTER FIVE CONSECUTIVE  ONE-YEAR BREAKS IN SERVICE If such
Participant  is not fully  vested upon  re-employment,  a new  account  shall be
established  for such  Participant  to separate his or her  deferred  vested and
nonforfeitable  account,  if any, from the account to which new allocations will
be made. The  Participant's  deferred  account to the extent  remaining shall be
fully  vested and shall  continue to share in  earnings  and losses of the Fund.
When  computing  the  Participant's  vested  portion  of the  new  account,  all
pre-break and post-break Service shall be counted. However, notwithstanding this
provision,  no such former  Participant  who has had five  consecutive  one-year
Breaks in Service shall acquire a larger vested and  nonforfeitable  interest in
his or her prior account balance as a result of requalification hereunder.

9.6  CALCULATING  VESTED  INTEREST A  Participant's  vested  and  nonforfeitable
interest shall be calculated by multiplying  the fair market value of his or her
account  attributable to Employer  contributions on the Valuation Date preceding
distribution by the decimal equivalent of the vested percentage as of his or her
termination date. The amount attributable to Employer contributions for purposes
of the calculation  includes  amounts  previously paid out pursuant to paragraph
6.3 and not repaid. The Participant's vested and nonforfeitable  interest,  once
calculated above,

                                        44

<PAGE> 53

shall be reduced to reflect those amounts previously paid out to the Participant
and not repaid by the Participant.  The Participant's  vested and nonforfeitable
interest so determined  shall continue to share in the  investment  earnings and
any  increase  or  decrease  in the  fair  market  value  of the  Fund up to the
Valuation Date preceding or coinciding with payment.

9.7  FORFEITURES  Any balance in the account of a Participant  who has separated
from Service to which he or she is not entitled under the foregoing  provisions,
shall be  forfeited  and applied as provided in the Adoption  Agreement.  If not
specified otherwise in the Adoption Agreement,  forfeitures will be allocated to
Participants in the same manner as the Employer's contribution. A forfeiture may
only occur if the  Participant  has received a distribution  from the Plan or if
the  Participant  has  incurred  five  consecutive  1-year  Breaks  in  Service.
Forfeitures  shall inure only to the  accounts of  Participants  of the adopting
Employer's  plan.  If  not  specified   otherwise  in  the  Adoption  Agreement,
forfeitures  shall be  allocated  at the end of the Plan Year  during  which the
former  Participant   incurs  five  consecutive   one-year  Breaks  in  Service.
Furthermore,  a Highly  Compensated  Employee's  Matching  Contributions  may be
forfeited,  even if vested, if the contributions to which they relate are Excess
Deferrals, Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions.

9.8 AMENDMENT OF VESTING SCHEDULE No amendment to the Plan shall have the effect
of decreasing a Participant's  vested interest determined without regard to such
amendment  as of the later of the date such  amendment is adopted or the date it
becomes effective.  Further,  if the vesting schedule of the Plan is amended, or
the  Plan  is  amended  in any way  that  directly  or  indirectly  affects  the
computation of any Participant's  nonforfeitable  percentage,  or if the Plan is
deemed amended by an automatic change to or from a Top-Heavy  vesting  schedule,
each  Participant  with at least three Years of Service  with the  Employer  may
elect, within a reasonable period after the adoption of the amendment or change,
to have his or her  nonforfeitable  percentage  computed  under the Plan without
regard to such amendment or change.  For  Participants  who do not have at least
one Hour of  Service  in any Plan  Year  beginning  after  1988,  the  preceding
sentence  shall be applied by  substituting  "Five Years of Service"  for "Three
Years of Service"  where such  language  appears.  The period  during  which the
election may be made shall  commence  with the date the  amendment is adopted or
deemed to be made and shall end on the later of:

      (a)   60 days after the amendment is adopted;

      (b)   60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or

      (c)   60  days  after  the  Participant  is  issued  written notice of the
            amendment by the Employer or the Trustee. If the Trustee is asked to
            so notify, the Fund will be charged for the costs thereof unless the
            Employer pays the charges as permitted in paragraph 11.3.

No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent that it has the effect
of decreasing a Participant's  accrued  benefit.  Notwithstanding  the preceding
sentence, a Participant's account balance may be reduced to the extent permitted
under  section  412(c)(8) of the Code  (relating to  financial  hardships).  For
purposes of this paragraph,  a Plan amendment which has the effect of decreasing
a Participant's account balance or eliminating an optional form of benefit, with
respect to  benefits  attributable  to service  before  the  amendment  shall be
treated as reducing an accrued benefit.

9.9 SERVICE WITH CONTROLLED  GROUPS All Years of Service with other members of a
controlled group of corporations [as defined in Code Section 414(b)],  trades or
businesses under common control [as defined in Code

                                        45

<PAGE> 54

Section 414(c)],  or members of an affiliated  service group [as defined in Code
Section  414(m)] shall be considered for purposes of determining a Participant's
nonforfeitable percentage.

9.10  APPLICATION OF PRIOR VESTING RULES This Article reflects the vesting rules
in effect after  amendment for the Tax Reform Act of 1986. Any  Participant  who
separated  from  Service  prior to rendering an Hour of Service in the 1989 Plan
Year,  will  continue  to have his or her vesting  governed by the Plan's  prior
vesting rules, including, if applicable, the "rules of parity" which would allow
for certain Years of Service to be disregarded.

                                        46

<PAGE> 55

                                    ARTICLE X

                           LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS
                         AND ANTIDISCRIMINATION TESTING

10.1  PARTICIPATION IN THIS PLAN ONLY If the Participant does not participate in
and has never participated in another qualified plan, a Welfare Benefit Fund (as
defined in paragraph 1.89) or an individual medical account,  as defined in Code
Section 415(l)(2), maintained by the adopting Employer, which provides an Annual
Addition as defined in paragraph 1.4, the amount of Annual  Additions  which may
be credited to the Participant's account for any Limitation Year will not exceed
the lesser of the Maximum  Permissible Amount or any other limitation  contained
in this Plan. If the Employer  contribution  that would otherwise be contributed
or allocated to the  Participant's  account would cause the Annual Additions for
the  Limitation  Year to exceed  the  Maximum  Permissible  Amount,  the  amount
contributed  or allocated  will be reduced so that the Annual  Additions for the
Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount.  Prior to determining
the Participant's  actual Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may
determine the Maximum  Permissible  Amount for a  Participant  on the basis of a
reasonable  estimate of the Participant's  Compensation for the Limitation Year,
uniformly  determined for all  Participants  similarly  situated.  As soon as is
administratively  feasible  after the end of the  Limitation  Year,  the Maximum
Permissible  Amount for the  Limitation  Year will be determined on the basis of
the Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year.

10.2  DISPOSITION OF EXCESS ANNUAL ADDITIONS If pursuant to paragraph 10.1 or as
a result of the allocation of forfeitures, there is an Excess Amount, the excess
will be  disposed of under one of the  following  methods as  determined  in the
Adoption Agreement. If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement then method
"(a)" below shall apply.

      (a)   Suspense Account Method

            (1)   Any  nondeductible  Employee   Voluntary,  Required  Voluntary
                  Contributions and unmatched  Elective  Deferrals to the extent
                  they would  reduce the Excess  Amount  will be returned to the
                  Participant.  To the  extent  necessary  to reduce  the Excess
                  Amount,   non-Highly   Compensated  Employees  will  have  all
                  Elective  Deferrals  returned  whether  or  not  there  was  a
                  corresponding match.

            (2)   If  after  the  application  of paragraph (1) an Excess Amount
                  still exists,  and the  Participant  is covered by the Plan at
                  the end of the  Limitation  Year,  the  Excess  Amount  in the
                  Participant's   account  will  be  used  to  reduce   Employer
                  contributions  (including any allocation of  forfeitures)  for
                  such  Participant  in  the  next  Limitation  Year,  and  each
                  succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

            (3)   If  after  the  application  of paragraph (1) an Excess Amount
                  still exists,  and the  Participant is not covered by the Plan
                  at the end of the  Limitation  Year, the Excess Amount will be
                  held unallocated in a suspense  account.  The suspense account
                  will  be  applied  to  reduce  future  Employer  contributions
                  (including  allocation of any  forfeitures)  for all remaining
                  Participants in the next Limitation  Year, and each succeeding
                  Limitation Year if necessary;

                                        47

<PAGE> 56

            (4)   If  a  suspense account is in existence at any time during the
                  Limitation  Year  pursuant  to this  paragraph,  it  will  not
                  participate in the allocation of investment  gains and losses.
                  If a suspense  account is in  existence  at any time  during a
                  particular  Limitation  Year,  all  amounts  in  the  suspense
                  account must be allocated  and  reallocated  to  Participants'
                  accounts before any Employer  contributions or any Employee or
                  Voluntary  Contributions  may be made  to the  Plan  for  that
                  Limitation  Year.  Excess  amounts may not be  distributed  to
                  Participants or former Participants.

      (b)   Spillover Method

            (1)   Any   nondeductible  Employee  Voluntary,  Required  Voluntary
                  Contributions and unmatched  Elective  Deferrals to the extent
                  they would  reduce the Excess  Amount  will be returned to the
                  Participant.  To the  extent  necessary  to reduce  the Excess
                  Amount,   non-Highly   Compensated  Employees  will  have  all
                  Elective  Deferrals  returned  whether  or  not  there  was  a
                  corresponding match.

            (2)   Any  Excess  Amount which would be allocated to the account of
                  an individual  Participant under the Plan's allocation formula
                  will be reallocated to other  Participants  in the same manner
                  as other Employer contributions. No such reallocation shall be
                  made to the  extent  that it will  result in an Excess  Amount
                  being created in such Participant's own account.

            (3)   To  the  extent  that  amounts cannot be reallocated under (1)
                  above,  the  suspense  account  provisions  of (a) above  will
                  apply.

10.3   PARTICIPATION  IN  THIS  PLAN  AND  ANOTHER  REGIONAL  PROTOTYPE  DEFINED
CONTRIBUTION   PLAN,   WELFARE  BENEFIT  FUND,  OR  INDIVIDUAL  MEDICAL  ACCOUNT
MAINTAINED  BY THE  EMPLOYER  The Annual  Additions  which may be  credited to a
Participant's  account under this Plan for any  Limitation  Year will not exceed
the Maximum  Permissible  Amount reduced by the Annual  Additions  credited to a
Participant's  account under the other Regional  Prototype Defined  Contribution
plans and Welfare  Benefit Funds and individual  medical  accounts as defined in
Code Section  415(l)(2),  maintained  by the  Employer,  which provide an Annual
Addition as defined in  paragraph  1.4,  for the same  Limitation  Year.  If the
Annual   Additions,   with  respect  to  the  Participant  under  other  Defined
Contribution  Plans and Welfare  Benefit Funds  maintained by the Employer,  are
less than the Maximum  Permissible  Amount and the  Employer  contribution  that
would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the  Participant's  account under
this Plan would cause the Annual  Additions  for the  Limitation  Year to exceed
this limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the
Annual  Additions  under all such plans and funds for the  Limitation  Year will
equal the Maximum  Permissible  Amount.  If the Annual Additions with respect to
the Participant under such other Defined  Contribution Plans and Welfare Benefit
Funds in the  aggregate  are equal to or greater  than the  Maximum  Permissible
Amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant's  account
under this Plan for the Limitation Year. Prior to determining the  Participant's
actual  Compensation  for the  Limitation  Year,  the Employer may determine the
Maximum  Permissible  Amount  for a  Participant  in  the  manner  described  in
paragraph 10.1. As

                                        48

<PAGE> 57

soon as  administratively  feasible  after the end of the  Limitation  Year, the
Maximum  Permissible  Amount for the  Limitation  Year will be determined on the
basis of the Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year.

10.4  DISPOSITION  OF EXCESS ANNUAL  ADDITIONS  UNDER TWO PLANS If,  pursuant to
paragraph 10.3 or as a result of forfeitures,  a Participant's  Annual Additions
under  this Plan and such other  plans  would  result in an Excess  Amount for a
Limitation  Year,  the  Excess  Amount  will be deemed to  consist of the Annual
Additions last allocated except that Annual Additions  attributable to a Welfare
Benefit  Fund or an  individual  medical  account  as  defined  in Code  Section
415(l)(2) will be deemed to have been allocated  first  regardless of the actual
allocation  date.  If an Excess  Amount was  allocated  to a  Participant  on an
allocation  date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date of another
plan, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be the product of:

            (a)   the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date, times

            (b)   the ratio of:

                  (1)   the  Annual  Additions  allocated to the Participant for
                        the Limitation Year as of such date under the Plan, to

                  (2)   the  total Annual Additions allocated to the Participant
                        for the  Limitation  Year as of such date under this and
                        all the  other  qualified  Master or  Prototype  Defined
                        Contribution Plans.

Any Excess  Amount  attributed  to this Plan will be  disposed  of in the manner
described in paragraph 10.2.

10.5  PARTICIPATION IN THIS PLAN AND ANOTHER DEFINED  CONTRIBUTION PLAN WHICH IS
NOT A  REGIONAL  PROTOTYPE  PLAN If the  Participant  is covered  under  another
qualified  Defined  Contribution  Plan maintained by the Employer which is not a
Regional  Prototype  Plan,  Annual  Additions  which  may  be  credited  to  the
Participant's account under this Plan for any Limitation Year will be limited in
accordance  with paragraphs 10.3 and 10.4 as though the other plan were a Master
or  Prototype  Plan,  unless the  Employer  provides  other  limitations  in the
Adoption Agreement.

10.6  PARTICIPATION  IN THIS PLAN AND A  DEFINED  BENEFIT  PLAN If the  Employer
maintains, or at any time maintained,  a qualified Defined Benefit Plan covering
any Participant in this Plan, the sum of the Participant's  Defined Benefit Plan
Fraction  and  Defined  Contribution  Plan  Fraction  will not exceed 1.0 in any
Limitation  Year.  For any Plan Year  during  which the Plan is  Top-Heavy,  the
Defined Benefit and Defined  Contribution  Plan Fractions shall be calculated in
accordance with Code Section 416(h).  The Annual Additions which may be credited
to the  Participant's  account under this Plan for any  Limitation  Year will be
limited in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

10.7  LIMITATIONS ON  ALLOCATIONS In any Plan Year in which the Top-Heavy  Ratio
exceeds 90% (i.e.,  the Plan becomes Super  Top-Heavy),  the denominators of the
Defined Benefit Fraction (as defined in paragraph 1.15) and Defined Contribution
Fraction  (as defined in  paragraph  1.18)  shall be computed  using 100% of the
dollar limitation instead of 125%.

10.8 AVERAGE  DEFERRAL  PERCENTAGE (ADP) TEST With respect to any Plan Year, the
Average  Deferral   Percentage  for  Participants  who  are  Highly  Compensated
Employees  and  the  Average  Deferral   Percentage  for  Participants  who  are
non-Highly Compensated Employees must satisfy one of the following tests:

                                       49

<PAGE> 58

      (a)   BASIC TEST- The Average Deferral Percentage for Participants who are
            Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year is not more than 1.25
            times the  Average  Deferral  Percentage  for  Participants  who are
            non-Highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year, or

      (b)   ALTERNATIVE TEST - The  Average Deferral Percentage for Participants
            who are  Highly  Compensated  Employees  for the Plan  Year does not
            exceed the Average  Deferral  Percentage  for  Participants  who are
            non-Highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year by more than
            2 percentage  points provided that the Average  Deferral  Percentage
            for  Participants who are Highly  Compensated  Employees is not more
            than 2.0 times the Average Deferral  Percentage for Participants who
            are non-Highly Compensated Employees.

                                       50

<PAGE> 59

10.9  SPECIAL RULES RELATING TO APPLICATION OF ADP TEST

      (a)   The  Actual  Deferral Percentage for any Participant who is a Highly
            Compensated  Employee  for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have
            Elective  Deferrals (and  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  or
            Qualified  Matching  Contributions,  or both, if treated as Elective
            Deferrals  for  purposes  of the ADP test)  allocated  to his or her
            accounts  under two or more  arrangements  described in Code Section
            401(k), that are maintained by the Employer,  shall be determined as
            if such Elective  Deferrals  (and,  if  applicable,  such  Qualified
            Non-Elective  Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions,  or
            both) were made under a single arrangement.  If a Highly Compensated
            Employee  participates in two or more cash or deferred  arrangements
            that have  different Plan Years,  all cash or deferred  arrangements
            ending with or within the same  calendar  year shall be treated as a
            single arrangement.

      (b)   In  the  event  that  this  Plan  satisfies the requirements of Code
            Sections 401(k),  401(a)(4),  or 410(b), only if aggregated with one
            or more other  plans,  or if one or more  other  plans  satisfy  the
            requirements  of such Code  Sections  only if  aggregated  with this
            Plan,  then this Section shall be applied by determining  the Actual
            Deferral  Percentage of Employees as if all such plans were a single
            plan. For Plan Years beginning  after 1989,  plans may be aggregated
            in order to satisfy Code  Section  401(k) only if they have the same
            Plan Year.

      (c)   For  purposes  of  determining  the  Actual Deferral Percentage of a
            Participant  who  is a  5-percent  owner  or one  of  the  ten  most
            highest-paid  Highly Compensated  Employees,  the Elective Deferrals
            (and  Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions  or Qualified  Matching
            Contributions,  or  both,  if  treated  as  Elective  Deferrals  for
            purposes of the ADP test) and Compensation of such Participant shall
            include  the  Elective  Deferrals  (and,  if  applicable,  Qualified
            Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions,  or
            both) for the Plan Year of Family  Members as  defined in  paragraph
            1.35 of this Plan.  Family  Members,  with  respect  to such  Highly
            Compensated Employees, shall be disregarded as separate Employees in
            determining  the  ADP  both  for  Participants  who  are  non-Highly
            Compensated   Employees   and  for   Participants   who  are  Highly
            Compensated  Employees.  In  the  event  of  repeal  of  the  family
            aggregation rules under Code Section 414(q)(6),  all applications of
            such rules  under this Plan will cease as of the  effective  date of
            such repeal.

      (d)   For  purposes  of  determining  the  ADP  test,  Elective Deferrals,
            Qualified   Non-Elective   Contributions   and  Qualified   Matching
            Contributions  must be made before the last day of the  twelve-month
            period  immediately  following the Plan Year to which  contributions
            relate.

      (e)   The  Employer  shall  maintain  records  sufficient  to  demonstrate
            satisfaction   of  the  ADP  test  and  the   amount  of   Qualified
            Non-Elective  Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions,  or
            both, used in such test.

      (f)   The  determination  and  treatment of the Actual Deferral Percentage
            amounts of any Participant shall satisfy such other  requirements as
            may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

                                        51

<PAGE> 60

10.10  RECHARACTERIZATION If the Employer allows for Voluntary  Contributions in
the Adoption Agreement,  a Participant may treat his or her Excess Contributions
as an  amount  distributed  to  the  Participant  and  then  contributed  by the
Participant to the Plan.  Recharacterized amounts will remain nonforfeitable and
subject to the same distribution requirements as Elective Deferrals. Amounts may
not be recharacterized by a Highly Compensated  Employee to the extent that such
amount in combination  with other Employee  Contributions  made by that Employee
would  exceed  any  stated  limit  under  the Plan on  Voluntary  Contributions.
Recharacterization  must occur no later than two and  one-half  months after the
last day of the Plan Year in which such Excess Contributions arose and is deemed
to occur no  earlier  than the date  the last  Highly  Compensated  Employee  is
informed in writing of the amount  recharacterized and the consequences thereof.
Recharacterized amounts will be taxable to the Participant for the Participant's
tax year in which the Participant would have received them in cash.

10.11 AVERAGE CONTRIBUTION  PERCENTAGE (ACP) TEST If the Employer makes Matching
Contributions  or if the Plan allows  Employees to make Voluntary  Contributions
the Plan must meet additional nondiscrimination requirements provided under Code
Section  401(m).  If Employee  Contributions  (including any Elective  Deferrals
recharacterized as Voluntary Contributions) are made pursuant to this Plan, then
in  addition  to  the  ADP  test  referenced  in  paragraph  10.8,  the  Average
Contribution  Percentage  test  is also  applicable.  The  Average  Contribution
Percentage for Participants who are Highly  Compensated  Employees for each Plan
Year and the Average Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly
Compensated  Employees  for the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the following
tests:

      (a)   The Average Contribution Percentage for Participants who are  Highly
            Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average
            Contribution   Percentage  for   Participants   who  are  non-Highly
            Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

      (b)   The ACP  for  Participants  who are Highly Compensated Employees for
            the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average  Contribution  Percentage
            for  Participants who are non-Highly  Compensated  Employees for the
            same Plan Year  multiplied  by two (2),  provided  that the  Average
            Contribution  Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated
            Employees  does not exceed the Average  Contribution  Percentage for
            Participants who are non-Highly  Compensated  Employees by more than
            two (2) percentage points.

10.12 SPECIAL RULES RELATING TO APPLICATION OF ACP TEST

      (a)   If  one  or  more Highly Compensated Employees participate in both a
            cash or  deferred  arrangement  and a plan  subject  to the ACP test
            maintained  by the  Employer and the sum of the ADP and ACP of those
            Highly Compensated Employees subject to either or both tests exceeds
            the Aggregate Limit, then the ADP or ACP of those Highly Compensated
            Employees  who also  participate  in a cash or deferred  arrangement
            will be reduced  (beginning  with such Highly  Compensated  Employee
            whose ACP is the highest) as set forth in the Adoption  Agreement so
            that the limit is not  exceeded.  The  amount by which  each  Highly
            Compensated  Employee's  Contribution  Percentage Amounts is reduced
            shall be treated as an Excess  Aggregate  Contribution.  The ADP and
            ACP of the Highly  Compensated  Employees are  determined  after any
            corrections  required  to meet the ADP and ACP tests.  Multiple  use
            does not occur if both the ADP and ACP of the Highly

                                        52

<PAGE> 61

            Compensated Employees does not exceed 1.25 multiplied by the ADP and
            ACP of the non-Highly Compensated Employees.

      (b)   For  purposes  of  this Article, the Contribution Percentage for any
            Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and who is eligible
            to have  Contribution  Percentage  Amounts  allocated  to his or her
            account under two or more plans described in Code Section 401(a), or
            arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) that are maintained by
            the  Employer,   shall  be  determined  as  if  the  total  of  such
            Contribution  Percentage  Amounts  was made under  each  Plan.  If a
            Highly  Compensated  Employee  participates  in two or more  cash or
            deferred  arrangements  that have different plan years,  all cash or
            deferred  arrangements  ending with or within the same calendar year
            shall be treated as a single arrangement.

      (c)   In  the  event  that  this  Plan  satisfies the requirements of Code
            Sections 401(a)(4), 401(m), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or
            more  other  plans,  or if one  or  more  other  plans  satisfy  the
            requirements  of such Code  Sections  only if  aggregated  with this
            Plan,  then  this  Section  shall  be  applied  by  determining  the
            Contribution  Percentage  of  Employees  as if all such plans were a
            single  plan.  For Plan Years  beginning  after  1989,  plans may be
            aggregated  in order to  satisfy  Code  Section  401(m)  only if the
            aggregated plans have the same Plan Year.

      (d)   For  purposes  of  determining  the  Contribution  percentage  of  a
            Participant  who is a  five-percent  owner  or one of the  ten  most
            highest-paid,   Highly  Compensated   Employees,   the  Contribution
            Percentage  Amounts  and  Compensation  of  such  Participant  shall
            include the Contribution Percentage Amounts and Compensation for the
            Plan Year of Family  Members as defined  in  paragraph  1.35 of this
            Plan. Family Members, with respect to Highly Compensated  Employees,
            shall be  disregarded  as  separate  Employees  in  determining  the
            Contribution  Percentage  both for  Participants  who are non-Highly
            Compensated   Employees   and  for   Participants   who  are  Highly
            Compensated  Employees.  In  the  event  of  repeal  of  the  family
            aggregation rules under Code Section 414(q)(6),  all applications of
            such rules  under this Plan will cease as of the  effective  date of
            such repeal.

      (e)   For  purposes  of  determining  the  Contribution  Percentage  test,
            Employee  Contributions are considered to have been made in the Plan
            Year in which contributed to the trust.  Matching  Contributions and
            Qualified  Non-Elective  Contributions will be considered made for a
            Plan Year if made no later than the end of the  twelve-month  period
            beginning on the day after the close of the Plan Year.

      (f)   The  Employer  shall  maintain  records  sufficient  to  demonstrate
            satisfaction   of  the  ACP  test  and  the   amount  of   Qualified
            Non-Elective  Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions,  or
            both, used in such test.

      (g)   The determination and  treatment  of  the Contribution Percentage of
            any  Participant  shall  satisfy such other  requirements  as may be
            prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

      (h)   Qualified   Matching    Contributions   and  Qualified  Non-Elective
            Contributions  used  to  satisfy  the  ADP  test  may not be used to
            satisfy the ACP test.

                                        53

<PAGE> 62

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 ADMINISTRATION

11.1 PLAN  ADMINISTRATOR  The  Employer  shall be the named  fiduciary  and Plan
Administrator  except to the extent the  Employer is a member of SBERA or if the
Employer has designated another entity as Plan Administrator. These duties shall
include:

      (a)   appointing  the  Plan's  attorney, accountant, actuary, custodian or
            any other party needed to administer the Plan or the Fund,

      (b)   directing the Trustee or custodian with respect to payments from the
            Fund,

      (c)   communicating  with  Employees  regarding  their  participation  and
            benefits under the Plan,  including the administration of all claims
            procedures,

      (d)   filing  any  returns  and reports with the Internal Revenue Service,
            Department of Labor, or any other governmental agency,

      (e)   reviewing  and  approving any financial reports, investment reviews,
            or other  reports  prepared by any party  appointed  by the Employer
            under paragraph (a),

      (f)   establishing  a  funding policy and investment objectives consistent
            with the  purposes of the Plan and the  Employee  Retirement  Income
            Security Act of 1974, and

      (g)   construing and  resolving  any question of Plan interpretation.  The
            Plan  Administrator's  interpretation  of Plan provisions  including
            eligibility and benefits under the Plan is final,  and unless it can
            be shown to be arbitrary and  capricious  will not be subject to "de
            novo" review.

11.2  TRUSTEE  The  Trustee  shall  be  responsible  for the  administration  of
investments held in the Fund. These duties shall include:

      (a)   receiving contributions under the terms of the Plan,

      (b)   making  distributions  from  the  Fund  in  accordance  with written
            instructions  received  from  an  authorized  representative  of the
            Employer,

      (c)   keeping  accurate  records reflecting its administration of the Fund
            and making such  records  available  to the  Employer for review and
            audit. Within 90 days after each Plan Year, and within 90 days after
            its removal or resignation, the Trustee shall file with the Employer
            an accounting of its  administration of the Fund during such year or
            from the end of the  preceding  Plan Year to the date of  removal or
            resignation.  Such  accounting  shall  include a  statement  of cash
            receipts and disbursements since the date of its last accounting and
            shall  contain  an  asset  list  showing  the fair  market  value of
            investments held in the Fund as of the

                                       54

<PAGE> 63

            end of the Plan Year. The value of marketable  investments  shall be
            determined  using  the  most  recent  price  quoted  on  a  national
            securities  exchange  or over  the  counter  market.  The  value  of
            non-marketable investments shall be determined in the sole judgement
            of the Trustee which  determination shall be binding and conclusive.
            The  value  of  investments  in  securities  or  obligations  of the
            Employer in which there is no market shall be determined in the sole
            judgement   of  the   Employer   and  the  Trustee   shall  have  no
            responsibility  with respect to the  valuation  of such assets.  The
            Employer  shall  review  the  Trustee's  accounting  and  notify the
            Trustee  in the event of its  disapproval  of the  report  within 90
            days,  providing the Trustee with a written description of the items
            in question.  The Trustee shall have 60 days to provide the Employer
            with a written explanation of the items in question. If the Employer
            again disapproves,  the Trustee shall file its accounting in a court
            of competent jurisdiction for audit and adjudication, and

      (d)   employing  such  agents,  attorneys  or  other  professionals as the
            Trustee may deem  necessary or advisable in the  performance  of its
            duties.

The Trustee's  duties shall be limited to those  described  above.  The Employer
shall be responsible for any other administrative duties required under the Plan
or by applicable law.

11.3 ADMINISTRATIVE FEES AND EXPENSES All reasonable costs, charges and expenses
incurred by the Trustee in connection  with the  administration  of the Fund and
all reasonable costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Plan Administrator in
connection  with the  administration  of the  Plan  (including  fees  for  legal
services  rendered  to the  Trustee  or Plan  Administrator)  may be paid by the
Employer, but if not paid by the Employer when due, shall be paid from the Fund.
Such reasonable  compensation to an institutional  Trustee as may be agreed upon
from time to time  between the  Employer  and the  Trustee  and such  reasonable
compensation to the Plan  Administrator  as may be agreed upon from time to time
between the Employer and Plan Administrator may be paid by the Employer,  but if
not paid by the Employer  when due shall be paid by the Fund.  The Trustee shall
have the right to liquidate trust assets to cover its fees.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing,  no compensation  other than reimbursement for expenses shall be paid
to a Trustee or Plan  Administrator who is the Employer or a full-time  Employee
of the Employer.  In the event any part of the Trust Account  becomes subject to
tax, all taxes incurred will be paid from the Fund unless the Plan Administrator
advises the Trustee not to pay such tax.

11.4  DIVISION OF DUTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION

      (a)   The  Trustee  shall  have the authority and discretion to manage and
            govern the Fund to the extent provided in this instrument,  but does
            not  guarantee  the Fund in any manner  against  investment  loss or
            depreciation  in asset value,  or guarantee the adequacy of the Fund
            to meet and discharge all or any liabilities of the Plan.

      (b)   The Trustee shall not be liable for the making, retention or sale of
            any investment or reinvestment  made by it, as herein  provided,  or
            for any loss to, or diminution of the Fund, or for any other loss or
            damage which may result from the  discharge of its duties  hereunder
            except to the extent it is  judicially  determined  that the Trustee
            has failed to exercise the care, skill, prudence and diligence under
            the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person

                                        55

<PAGE> 64

            acting in a like  capacity and familiar  with such matters would use
            in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character with like aims.

      (c)   The  Employer  warrants that all directions issued to the Trustee by
            it or the Plan Administrator will be in accordance with the terms of
            the  Plan  and  not  contrary  to the  provisions  of  the  Employee
            Retirement  Income  Security  Act of  1974  and  Regulations  issued
            thereunder.

      (d)   The Trustee shall not be answerable for any action taken pursuant to
            any direction,  consent,  certificate, or other paper or document on
            the belief that the same is genuine and signed by the proper person.
            All directions by the Employer or the Plan Administrator shall be in
            writing.  The  Employer  shall  deliver to the Trustee  certificates
            evidencing the  individual or  individuals  authorized to act as set
            forth in the Adoption  Agreement or as the Employer may subsequently
            inform  the  Trustee  in writing  and shall  deliver to the  Trustee
            specimens of their signatures.

      (e)   The  duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be limited to those
            expressly imposed upon it by this instrument or subsequently  agreed
            upon  by  the  parties.  Responsibility  for  administrative  duties
            required under the Plan or applicable law not expressly imposed upon
            or agreed to by the Trustee shall rest solely with the Employer.

      (f)   The  Trustee shall be indemnified and saved harmless by the Employer
            from and against any and all  liability  to which the Trustee may be
            subjected,   including  all  expenses  reasonably  incurred  in  its
            defense,  for any action or failure to act resulting from compliance
            with the  instructions  of the Employer,  the employees or agents of
            the Employer, the Plan Administrator,  or any other fiduciary to the
            Plan,  and for any liability  arising from the actions or nonactions
            of any predecessor  trustee,  custodian or other  fiduciaries of the
            Plan.

      (g)   The  Trustee shall not be responsible in any way for the application
            of any  payments it is  directed to make or for the  adequacy of the
            Fund to meet and discharge any and all liabilities under the Plan.

                                        56

<PAGE> 65

                                   ARTICLE XII

                               TRUST FUND ACCOUNT

12.1 THE FUND The Fund shall consist of all contributions made under Article III
and Article IV of the Plan and the investment thereof and earnings thereon.  All
contributions and the earnings thereon less payments made under the terms of the
Plan,  shall  constitute the Fund. The Fund shall be administered as provided in
this document.

12.2  CONTROL OF PLAN  ASSETS The assets of the Fund or  evidence  of  ownership
shall be held by the Trustee under the terms of the Plan and Trust  Account.  If
the assets represent amounts transferred from another trustee or custodian under
a former plan,  the Trustee named  hereunder  shall not be  responsible  for the
propriety of any investment under the former plan.

12.3 EXCLUSIVE  BENEFIT RULES No part of the Fund shall be used for, or diverted
to,  purposes  other  than for the  exclusive  benefit of  Participants,  former
Participants  with a vested interest,  and the beneficiary or beneficiaries of a
deceased  Participant  having a vested  interest in the Fund at the death of the
Participant.

12.4 ASSIGNMENT AND ALIENATION OF BENEFITS No right or claim to, or interest in,
any part of the  Fund,  or any  payment  from  the  Fund,  shall be  assignable,
transferable, or subject to sale, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation,  commutation,
anticipation,  garnishment,  attachment,  execution,  or levy of any  kind.  The
Trustee  shall not recognize any attempt to assign,  transfer,  sell,  mortgage,
pledge,  hypothecate,  commute,  or  anticipate  the same,  except to the extent
required  by law.  The  preceding  sentences  shall also apply to the  creation,
assignment,  or recognition of a right to any benefit  payable with respect to a
Participant  pursuant  to a  domestic  relations  order,  unless  such  order is
determined  to be a  Qualified  Domestic  Relations  Order,  as  defined in Code
Section 414(p),  or any domestic  relations order entered before January 1, 1985
which the Plan attorney and Plan Administrator deem to be qualified.

12.5  DETERMINATION  OF  QUALIFIED  DOMESTIC  RELATIONS  ORDER (QDRO) A domestic
relations  order shall  specifically  state all of the  following in order to be
deemed a Qualified Domestic Relations Order ("QDRO"):

      (a)   The name and last known mailing address (if any) of the  Participant
            and of each alternate payee covered by the domestic relations order.
            However,  if the  domestic  relations  order  does not  specify  the
            current  mailing  address  of the  alternate  payee,  but  the  Plan
            Administrator  has  independent   knowledge  of  that  address,  the
            domestic relations order may still be a valid QDROs.

      (b)   The dollar amount or percentage of the  Participant's benefit to  be
            paid by the Plan to each alternate payee, or the manner in which the
            amount or percentage will be determined.

      (c)   The  number  of  payments or period for which the domestic relations
            order applies.

      (d)   The  specific  plan  (by name) to which the domestic relations order
            applies.

A domestic relations order shall not be deemed a QDRO if it requires the Plan to
provide:

      (e)   any type  or form of benefit, or any option not already provided for
            in the Plan;

                                        57

<PAGE> 66

      (f)   increased  benefits,  or  benefits  in  excess  of the Participant's
            vested rights;

      (g)   payment  of  a  benefit  earlier than allowed by the Plan's earliest
            retirement provisions or in the case of a profit-sharing plan, prior
            to the allowability of in-service withdrawals, or

      (h)   payment  of  benefits to an alternate payee which are required to be
            paid to another alternate payee under another QDRO.

Promptly,  upon receipt of a domestic relations order ("Order") which may or may
not be "Qualified",  the Plan Administrator shall notify the Participant and any
alternate  payee(s)  named in the Order of such  receipt,  and include a copy of
this paragraph 12.5. The Plan Administrator  shall then forward the Order to the
Plan's  legal  counsel  for an opinion as to whether or not the Order is in fact
"Qualified" as defined in Code Section  414(p).  Within a reasonable  time after
receipt of the Order, not to exceed 60 days, the Plan's legal counsel shall make
a  determination  as to its  "Qualified"  status  and  the  Participant  and any
alternate payee(s) shall be promptly notified in writing of the determination.

If the "Qualified" status of the Order is in question,  there will be a delay in
any payout to any payee including the Participant, until the status is resolved.
In such event, the Plan Administrator shall segregate the amount that would have
been payable to the  alternate  payee(s) if the Order had been deemed a QDRO. If
the Order is not Qualified,  or the status is not resolved (for example,  it has
been sent back to the Court for clarification or modification)  within 18 months
beginning with the date the first payment would have to be made under the Order,
the Plan  Administrator  shall pay the  segregated  amounts plus interest to the
person(s)  who would have been entitled to the benefits had there been no Order.
If a  determination  as to the  Qualified  status of the Order is made after the
18-month  period  described  above,  then the Order  shall  only be applied on a
prospective  basis. If the Order is determined to be a QDRO, the Participant and
alternate  payee(s) shall again be notified  promptly after such  determination.
Once an  Order  is  deemed  a QDRO,  the  Plan  Administrator  shall  pay to the
alternate  payee(s)  all the  amounts due under the QDRO,  including  segregated
amounts plus interest  which may have accrued during a dispute as to the Order's
qualification.

Unless specified  otherwise in the Adoption  Agreement,  the earliest retirement
age with regard to the  Participant  against whom the order is entered  shall be
the date the order is determined  to be qualified.  This will only allow payouts
to alternate payee(s) and not the Participant.

                                        58

<PAGE> 67

                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                   INVESTMENTS

13.1   FIDUCIARY STANDARDS The Trustee shall  invest  and reinvest principal and
income in the same Fund provided that:

      (a)   such  investments  are  prudent under the Employee Retirement Income
            Security Act of 1974 and the regulations promulgated thereunder,

      (b)   such  investments  are sufficiently diversified or otherwise insured
            or guaranteed to minimize the risk of large losses, and

      (c)   such  investments  are  similar to those which would be purchased by
            another  professional  money  manager  for a like plan with  similar
            investment objectives.

13.2 TRUSTEE  APPOINTMENT  Shall be appointed by the Employer in accordance with
paragraph 1.85.

13.3  INVESTMENT  ALTERNATIVES  OF THE TRUSTEE The Trustee  shall  implement  an
investment  program  based  on the  Employer's  investment  objectives  and  the
Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. In addition to powers given by
law, the Trustee may:

      (a)   invest  the  Fund  in  any  form  of  property, including common and
            preferred stocks, exchange traded put and call options, bonds, money
            market  instruments,  mutual  funds  (including  funds for which the
            Trustee or its  affiliates  serve as  investment  advisor),  savings
            accounts,   certificates  of  deposit,   Treasury  bills,  insurance
            policies and contracts,  or in any other property, real or personal,
            having a ready  market.  The  Trustee  may  invest in time  deposits
            (including,  if applicable,  its own or those of  affiliates)  which
            bear a  reasonable  interest  rate.  No  portion  of  any  Qualified
            Voluntary Contribution,  or the earnings thereon, may be invested in
            life  insurance  contracts  or,  as  with  any  Participant-directed
            investment,  in tangible personal property  characterized by the IRS
            as a  collectible,  other than U.S.  Government or State issued gold
            and silver coins,

      (b)   transfer  any  assets  of  the  Fund  to a group or collective trust
            established  to permit the pooling of funds of separate  pension and
            profit-sharing  trusts,  provided the Internal  Revenue  Service has
            ruled  such group or  collective  trust to be  qualified  under Code
            Section  401(a) and exempt under Code Section 501(a) or to any other
            common,  collective,  or commingled  trust fund. Such commingling of
            assets  of the  Fund  with  assets  of  other  qualified  trusts  is
            specifically authorized,  and to the extent of the investment of the
            Fund  in  such  a  group  or  collective  trust,  the  terms  of the
            instrument  establishing  the group or  collective  trust shall be a
            part hereof as though set forth herein,

      (c)   invest up to 100% of the Fund in the common stock, debt obligations,
            or any other  security  issued by the Employer or by an affiliate of
            the Employer  within the  limitations  provided  under Sections 406,
            407, and 408 of the Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974
            and further  provided  that such  investment  does not  constitute a
            prohibited  transaction under Code Section 4975. Any such investment
            in Employer  securities shall only be made upon written direction of
            the Employer who shall be solely  responsible  for propriety of such
            investment,

                                       59

<PAGE> 68

      (d)   hold  cash  uninvested  and deposit same with any banking or savings
            institution,

      (e)   join    in    or   oppose  the   reorganization,   recapitalization,
            consolidation,   sale  or  merger  of  corporations  or  properties,
            including  those in which it is  interested  as  Trustee,  upon such
            terms as it deems wise,

      (f)   hold investments in nominee or bearer form,

      (g)   vote  proxies  and,  if  appropriate, pass them on to any investment
            manager which may have directed the  investment in the equity giving
            rise to the proxy,

      (h)   exercise  all  ownership  rights  with respect to assets held in the
            Fund.

13.4 PARTICIPANT LOANS If permitted by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, a
Plan Participant may make application to the Employer requesting a loan from the
Fund.  The  Employer  shall  have the sole  right to  approve  or  disapprove  a
Participant's  application  provided  that loans shall be made  available to all
Participants on a reasonably equivalent basis. Loans shall not be made available
to Highly Compensated Employees [as defined in Code Section 414(q)] in an amount
greater  than the amount made  available  to other  Employees.  Any loan granted
under the Plan shall be made subject to the following rules:

      (a)   No  loan,  when aggregated with any outstanding Participant loan(s),
            shall  exceed the lesser of (i) $50,000  reduced by the  excess,  if
            any, of the highest outstanding balance of loans during the one year
            period  ending  on the  day  before  the  loan  is  made,  over  the
            outstanding  balance  of loans from the Plan on the date the loan is
            made or (ii)  one-half of the fair market  value of a  Participant's
            Vested  Account  Balance  built  up  from  Employer   Contributions,
            Voluntary   Contributions,   and  Rollover  Contributions.   If  the
            Participant's Vested Account Balance is $20,000 or less, the maximum
            loan  shall  not  exceed  the  lesser  of  $10,000  or  100%  of the
            Participant's  Vested Account Balance.  For the purpose of the above
            limitation,  all  loans  from all  plans of the  Employer  and other
            members of a group of employers  described in Code Sections  414(b),
            414(c),  and 414(m) are  aggregated.  An assignment or pledge of any
            portion  of the  Participant's  interest  in the  Plan  and a  loan,
            pledge,  or  assignment  with  respect  to  any  insurance  contract
            purchased  under the Plan,  will be  treated  as a loan  under  this
            paragraph.

      (b)   All  applications must be made on forms provided by the Employer and
            must be signed by the Participant.

      (c)   Any  loan  shall  bear  interest at a rate reasonable at the time of
            application,  considering the purpose of the loan and the rate being
            charged by  representative  commercial banks in the local area for a
            similar loan unless the Employer  sets forth a different  method for
            determining  loan interest  rates in its loan  procedures.  The loan
            agreement  shall also  provide  that the  payment of  principal  and
            interest be amortized in level  payments  not less  frequently  than
            quarterly.

      (d)   The term of such loan shall not exceed five years except in the case
            of a loan  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  any  house,  apartment,
            condominium, or mobile home (not used on a transient basis) which is
            used or is to be used  within  a  reasonable  time as the  principal
            residence of

                                        60

<PAGE> 69

            the  Participant.  The term of such loan shall be  determined by the
            Employer  considering  the maturity  dates quoted by  representative
            commercial banks in the local area for a similar loan.

      (e)   The  principal and interest paid by a Participant on his or her loan
            shall be  credited  to the Fund in the same  manner as for any other
            Plan investment. If elected in the Adoption Agreement,  loans may be
            treated as segregated  investments of the  individual  Participants.
            This  provision  is not  available  if its  election  will result in
            discrimination in operation of the Plan.

      (f)   If  a  Participant's  loan  application is approved by the Employer,
            such  Participant  shall be required to sign a note, loan agreement,
            and  assignment  of one-half  of his or her  interest in the Fund as
            collateral  for the loan. The  Participant,  except in the case of a
            profit-sharing  plan  satisfying the  requirements  of paragraph 8.7
            must obtain the consent of his or her Spouse,  if any, within the 90
            day  period  before the time his or her  account  balance is used as
            security  for the loan.  A new  consent is  required  if the account
            balance is used for any renegotiation,  extension,  renewal or other
            revision of the loan,  including an increase in the amount  thereof.
            The consent  must be  written,  must  acknowledge  the effect of the
            loan,  and must be  witnessed  by a plan  representative  or  notary
            public.  Such consent shall  subsequently be binding with respect to
            the consenting Spouse or any subsequent Spouse.

      (g)   If  a valid Spousal consent has been obtained, then, notwithstanding
            any other  provision of this Plan, the portion of the  Participant's
            Vested Account Balance used as a security  interest held by the Plan
            by reason of a loan  outstanding to the  Participant  shall be taken
            into account for purposes of  determining  the amount of the account
            balance  payable at the time of death or  distribution,  but only if
            the reduction is used as repayment of the loan. If less than 100% of
            the Participant's  vested account balance (determined without regard
            to the preceding  sentence) is payable to the Surviving Spouse, then
            the account  balance shall be adjusted by first  reducing the Vested
            Account  Balance by the amount of the security  used as repayment of
            the loan, and then  determining the benefit payable to the Surviving
            Spouse.

      (h)   The  Employer  may  also require  additional  collateral in order to
            adequately secure the loan.

      (i)   A  Participant's  loan  shall  immediately become due and payable if
            such  Participant  terminates  employment for any reason or fails to
            make a  principal  and/or  interest  payment as provided in the loan
            agreement.  If such Participant terminates employment,  the Employer
            shall  immediately  request payment of principal and interest on the
            loan. If the Participant refuses payment following termination,  the
            Employer shall reduce the  Participant's  Vested Account  Balance by
            the  remaining  principal  and  interest on his or her loan.  If the
            Participant's  Vested  Account  Balance is less than the amount due,
            the Employer  shall take whatever steps are necessary to collect the
            balance due directly from the Participant.  However,  no foreclosure
            on the Participant's note or attachment of the Participant's account
            balance will occur until a distributable event occurs in the Plan.

13.5 INSURANCE POLICIES If permitted by the Employer in the Adoption  Agreement,
Employees may elect the purchase of life  insurance  policies under the Plan. If
elected, the maximum annual premium for a whole life policy shall not exceed 50%
of  the  aggregate  Employer  contributions   allocated  to  the  account  of  a
Participant.  For profit-sharing plans the 50% test need only be applied against
Employer contributions allocated in the last two years.

                                       61

<PAGE> 70

Whole life  policies are policies  with both  nondecreasing  death  benefits and
nonincreasing  premiums.  The  maximum  annual  premium  for term  contracts  or
universal  life policies and all other  policies  which are not whole life shall
not exceed 25% of aggregate Employer contributions allocated to the account of a
Participant.  The two year rule for  profit-sharing  plans  again  applies.  The
maximum  annual  premiums  for a  Participant  with both a whole life and a term
contract or universal  life  policies  shall be limited to one-half of the whole
life premium,  plus the term premium,  but shall not exceed 25% of the aggregate
Employer contributions allocated to the account of a Participant, subject to the
two year rule for  profit-sharing  plans. Any policies purchased under this Plan
shall be held subject to the following rules:

      (a)   The Trustee shall be applicant and owner of any policies issued.

      (b)   All  policies  or  contracts  purchased,  shall   be   endorsed   as
            nontransferable,  and must provide that  proceeds will be payable to
            the Trustee;  however, the Trustee shall be required to pay over all
            proceeds  of  the   contracts   to  the   Participant's   Designated
            Beneficiary in accordance with the  distribution  provisions of this
            Plan. Under no circumstances  shall the Trust retain any part of the
            proceeds.

      (c)   Each Participant shall be entitled to designate a beneficiary  under
            the terms of any contract issued;  however, such designation will be
            given to the  Trustee  which  must be the named  beneficiary  on any
            policy. Such designation shall remain in force, until revoked by the
            Participant,  by filing a new beneficiary  designation form with the
            Trustee. A Participant's  Spouse will be the Designated  Beneficiary
            of the proceeds in all circumstances unless a Qualified Election has
            been made in accordance  with  paragraph  8.4. The  beneficiary of a
            deceased  Participant  shall  receive in addition to the proceeds of
            the  Participant's  policy or policies,  the amount credited to such
            Participant's investment account.

      (d)   A Participant  who is uninsurable or insurable at substandard rates,
            may elect to receive a reduced amount of insurance, if available, or
            may waive the purchase of any insurance.

      (e)   All  dividends  or  other  returns received on any policy purchased,
            shall be applied to reduce the next premium due on such  policy,  or
            if no further  premium is due,  such amount shall be credited to the
            Fund as part of the account of the  Participant  for whom the policy
            is held.

      (f)   If  Employer contributions are inadequate to pay all premiums on all
            insurance policies,  the Trustee may, at the option of the Employer,
            utilize other amounts remaining in each Participant's account to pay
            the premiums on his or her respective policy or policies,  allow the
            policies to lapse,  reduce the policies to a level at which they may
            be maintained,  or borrow against the policies on a prorated  basis,
            provided that the borrowing  does not  discriminate  in favor of the
            policies  on  the  lives  of  officers,   shareholders,  and  Highly
            Compensated Employees.

      (g)   On  retirement  or  termination  of employment of a Participant, the
            Employer   shall   direct  the   Trustee  to  cash   surrender   the
            Participant's  policy and credit the  proceeds to his or her account
            for  distribution  under the terms of the Plan.  However,  before so
            doing,  the Trustee  shall first offer to transfer  ownership of the
            policy to the Participant in exchange for payment by the Participant
            of the cash value of the policy at the time of transfer. Such

                                        62

<PAGE> 71

            payment  shall  be  credited  to  the   Participant's   account  for
            distribution   under  the  terms  of  the  Plan.  All  distributions
            resulting from the application of this paragraph shall be subject to
            the Joint and Survivor Annuity Rules of Article VIII, if applicable.

      (h)   The Employer shall be solely responsible to see that these insurance
            provisions  are  administered  properly  and  that if  there  is any
            conflict  between  the  provisions  of this  Plan and any  insurance
            contracts issued that the terms of this Plan will control.

13.6 EMPLOYER  INVESTMENT  DIRECTION If approved by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement,  the Employer shall have the right to direct the Trustee with respect
to investments of the Fund, may appoint an investment manager  (registered as an
investment  advisor  under  the  Investment  Advisors  Act of  1940)  to  direct
investments,  or may give the Trustee sole investment management responsibility.
The Employer may purchase and sell interests in a registered  investment company
(i.e.,  mutual  funds)  for  which  the  Sponsor,  its  parent,  affiliates,  or
successors,  may serve as investment  advisor and receive  compensation from the
registered  investment  company for its  services  as  investment  advisor.  The
Employer  shall  advise the  Trustee  in  writing  regarding  the  retention  of
investment powers, the appointment of an investment  manager,  or the delegation
of investment powers to the Trustee.  Any investment  directive shall be made in
writing  by the  Employer  or  investment  manager,  as the case may be.  In the
absence of such written directive,  the Trustee shall  automatically  invest the
available  cash in its  discretion in an appropriate  interim  investment  until
specific  investment  directions are received.  Such instructions  regarding the
delegation of investment  responsibility  shall remain in force until revoked or
amended in writing.  The Trustee shall not be  responsible  for the propriety of
any directed investment made and shall not be required to consult with or advise
the Employer  regarding the investment  quality of any directed  investment held
hereunder. If the Employer fails to designate an investment manager, the Trustee
shall have full investment authority.  If the Employer does not issue investment
directions,  the  Trustee  shall have  authority  to invest the Fund in its sole
discretion.  While the  Employer  may direct the  Trustee  with  respect to Plan
investments, the Employer may not:

      (a)   borrow  from  the  Fund  or  pledge any of the assets of the Fund as
            security for a loan,

      (b)   buy property or assets from or sell property or assets to the Fund,

      (c)   charge any fee for services rendered to the Fund, or

      (d)   receive any services from the Fund on a preferential basis.

13.7 EMPLOYEE  INVESTMENT  DIRECTION If approved by the Employer in the Adoption
Agreement,  Participants  shall be given the option to direct the  investment of
their  personal  contributions  and their share of the  Employer's  contribution
among  alternative  investment  funds  established  as part of the overall Fund,
unless  otherwise  specified  by the Employer in the  Adoption  Agreement.  Such
investment funds shall be under the full control of the Trustee.  If investments
outside the  Trustee's  control are  allowed,  Participants  may not direct that
investments be made in collectibles,  other than U.S. Government or State issued
gold and silver coins. In this connection,  a Participant's  right to direct the
investment  of any  contribution  shall apply only to  selection  of the desired
fund. The following rules shall apply to the administration of such funds.

      (a)   At  the  time  an  Employee becomes eligible for the Plan, he or she
            shall complete an investment designation form stating the percentage
            of his or her contributions to be invested in the available funds.

                                       63

<PAGE> 72

      (b)   A  Participant may change his or her election with respect to future
            contributions  by filing a new investment  designation form with the
            Employer in accordance  with the procedures  established by the Plan
            Administrator.

      (c)   A  Participant  may  elect  to  transfer  all  or part of his or her
            balance from one investment  fund to another by filing an investment
            designation form with the Employer in accordance with the procedures
            established by the Plan Administrator.

      (d)   The  Employer  shall  be  responsible when transmitting Employee and
            Employer  contributions  to show the dollar amount to be credited to
            each investment fund for each Employee.

      (e)   Except  as  otherwise provided in the Plan, neither the Trustee, nor
            the  Employer,  nor any fiduciary of the Plan shall be liable to the
            Participant  or  any  of  his or  her  beneficiaries  for  any  loss
            resulting from action taken at the direction of the Participant.

                                       64

<PAGE> 72

                                   ARTICLE XIV

                              TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

14.1 APPLICABILITY OF RULES If the Plan is or becomes Top-Heavy in any Plan Year
beginning after December 31, 1983, the provisions of this Article will supersede
any conflicting provisions in the Plan or Adoption Agreement.

14.2 MINIMUM CONTRIBUTION  Notwithstanding any other provision in the Employer's
Plan, for any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top-Heavy or Super  Top-Heavy,  the
aggregate  Employer  contributions  and  forfeitures  allocated on behalf of any
Participant (without regard to any Social Security contribution) under this Plan
and any other Defined  Contribution  Plan of the Employer shall be the lesser of
3% of such  Participant's  Compensation  or the largest  percentage  of Employer
contributions  and  forfeitures,  as a  percentage  of the  first  $200,000,  as
adjusted  under  Code  Section  415(d),  of  the  Key  Employee's  Compensation,
allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for that year.

Each  Participant  who is employed  by the  Employer on the last day of the Plan
Year shall be  entitled  to  receive an  allocation  of the  Employer's  minimum
contribution  for such Plan Year.  The minimum  allocation  applies  even though
under other Plan provisions the  Participant  would not otherwise be entitled to
receive an allocation,  or would have received a lesser  allocation for the year
because the Participant  fails to make Voluntary  Contributions to the Plan, the
Participant's  Compensation  is less than a stated  amount,  or the  Participant
fails to complete  1,000 Hours of Service (or such lesser  number  designated by
the  Employer  in the  Adoption  Agreement)  during  the  Plan  Year.  A  Paired
profit-sharing  plan  designated to provide the minimum  Top-Heavy  contribution
must do so  regardless  of profits.  An Employer may make the minimum  Top-Heavy
contribution available to all Participants or just non-Key Employees. Unless the
Employer specifies  otherwise in the Adoption  Agreement,  the minimum Top-Heavy
contribution will be allocated to the accounts of all eligible Participants even
if they are Key Employees.

For  purposes of  computing  the  minimum  allocation,  Compensation  shall mean
Compensation as defined in paragraph 1.12(c) of the Plan.

The Top-Heavy  minimum  contribution  does not apply to any  Participant  to the
extent the  Participant  is covered  under any other plan(s) of the Employer and
the Employer has provided in the Adoption  Agreement that the minimum allocation
or benefit  requirements  applicable to Top-Heavy Plans will be met in the other
plan(s).

If a Key Employee  makes an Elective  Deferral or has an  allocation of Matching
contributions  made to his or her account,  a Top-Heavy minimum will be required
for all  non-Key  Employees  who are  Participants.  However,  neither  Elective
Deferrals by nor Matching  Contributions to non-Key  Employees may be taken into
account  for  purposes  of  satisfying   the  Top-Heavy   minimum   contribution
requirement.

14.3  MINIMUM  VESTING  For any Plan Year in which this Plan is  Top-Heavy,  the
minimum vesting  schedule  elected by, or deemed elected by, the Employer in the
Adoption Agreement will automatically apply to the Plan. If the vesting schedule
selected by the  Employer in the  Adoption  Agreement  is less  liberal than the
allowable schedule, the schedule will be automatically  modified. If the vesting
schedule under the Plan shifts in or out of the Top-Heavy  schedule for any Plan
Year,  such shift is an  amendment  to the vesting  schedule and the election in
paragraph 9.8 of the Plan applies.  The minimum vesting  schedule applies to all
accrued  benefits  within the meaning of Code  Section  411(a)(7)  except  those
attributable to Employee  contributions,  including  benefits accrued before the
effective  date of Code Section 416 and benefits  accrued before the Plan became
Top-Heavy.  Further,  no reduction in vested benefits may occur in the event the
Plan's status as Top-Heavy  changes for any Plan Year.  However,  this paragraph
does not apply to the account balances of any Employee who does not have an Hour
of Service after the Plan initially becomes

                                        65

<PAGE> 73

Top-Heavy  and  such  Employee's   account  balance   attributable  to  Employer
contributions  and  forfeitures  will  be  determined  without  regard  to  this
paragraph.

                                       66

<PAGE> 74

                                   ARTICLE XV

                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

15.1  AMENDMENT BY SPONSOR The Sponsor of this Regional  Prototype may amend any
or all  provisions of this Plan and Trust Account at any time without  obtaining
the  approval or consent of any  Employer  which has adopted this Plan and Trust
Account  provided  that no amendment  shall  authorize or permit any part of the
corpus or income of the Fund to be used for or diverted  to purposes  other than
for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their beneficiaries,  or eliminate
an optional form of  distribution.  In the case of a  mass-submitted  plan,  the
mass-submitter shall amend the Plan on behalf of the Sponsor.

15.2  AMENDMENT  BY EMPLOYER  The  Employer may amend any option in the Adoption
Agreement, and may include language as permitted in the Adoption Agreement,

      (a)   to satisfy Code Section 415,

      (b)   to  avoid  duplication of minimums under Code Section 416 because of
            the required aggregation of multiple plans,

The Employer may add certain model amendments  published by the Internal Revenue
Service which  specifically  provide that their adoption will not cause the Plan
to be treated as individually designed.

An Employer that has adopted a  Standardized  Regional  Prototype Plan (Adoption
Agreements  001, 002, 003,  007, or 008) may amend the trust  document  provided
such  amendment  merely  involves the  specifications  of the names of the Plan,
Employer,  Trustee, Plan Administrator and other fiduciaries,  the Trust year or
the name of any pooled Trust in which the Plan's Trust will participate.

An Employer that has adopted a Nonstandardized Regional Prototype Plan (Adoption
Agreement  004,  005 or 006)  will  not be  considered  to have an  individually
designed plan merely because the Employer  amends  administrative  provisions of
the Trust  document (such as provisions  relating to  investments  and duties of
Trustees) so long as the amended  provisions  are not in conflict with any other
provision  of the Plan and do not cause the plan to fail to  qualify  under Code
Section 401(a).

If the Employer  amends the Plan and Trust Account other than as provided above,
the Employer's Plan shall no longer  participate in this Prototype Plan and will
be considered an individually designed plan for which the Employer must obtain a
separate determination letter.

15.3 TERMINATION Employers shall have the right to terminate their Plans upon 60
days  notice in writing to the  Trustee.  If the Plan is  terminated,  partially
terminated,  or if there is a complete  discontinuance of contributions  under a
profit-sharing  plan  maintained  by the Employer,  all amounts  credited to the
accounts of Participants shall vest and become  nonforfeitable.  In the event of
termination,  the  Employer  shall  direct  the  Trustee  with  respect  to  the
distribution  of accounts to or for the  exclusive  benefit of  Participants  or
their beneficiaries.  In the event of a partial termination,  only those who are
affected by such  partial  termination  shall be fully  vested.  In the event of
termination,  the  Trustee  shall  dispose  of the Fund in  accordance  with the
written directions of the Plan Administrator, provided

                                       67

<PAGE> 75

that no liquidation of assets and payment of benefits, (or provision therefore),
shall  actually be made by the  Trustee  until  after it is  established  by the
Employer  in  a  manner  satisfactory  to  the  Trustee,   that  the  applicable
requirements, if any, of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and
the Internal  Revenue Code governing the termination of employee  benefit plans,
have been or are  being,  complied  with,  or that  appropriate  authorizations,
waivers, exemptions, or variances have been, or are being obtained.

15.4  QUALIFICATION OF EMPLOYER'S PLAN If the adopting  Employer fails to attain
or retain Internal Revenue Service qualification,  such Employer's Plan shall no
longer  participate  in this Regional  Prototype  Plan and will be considered an
individually designed plan.

15.5  MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS

      (a)   In  the  case  of any merger or consolidation of the Employer's Plan
            with, or transfer of assets or liabilities  of the  Employer's  Plan
            to, any other plan,  Participants  in the  Employer's  Plan shall be
            entitled  to  receive   benefits   immediately   after  the  merger,
            consolidation,  or transfer  which are equal to or greater  than the
            benefits they would have been entitled to receive immediately before
            the  merger,  consolidation,  or  transfer  if  the  Plan  had  then
            terminated.

      (b)   In  the  event  that the Trustee is an institution, that corporation
            into which the  Trustee or any  successor  trustee  may be merged or
            with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from
            any merger or  consolidation  to which the Trustee or any  successor
            trustee  may  be a  party,  or  any  corporation  to  which  all  or
            substantially all the trust business of the Trustee or any successor
            trustee may be  transferred,  shall be the successor of such Trustee
            without the filing of any  instrument or  performance of any further
            act, before any court.

15.6  RESIGNATION  AND REMOVAL  The Trustee may resign by written  notice to the
Employer  or may be removed by written  notice  from the  Employer.  Either such
notification  shall be  effective  60 days  after  delivery.  The  Employer  may
discontinue its participation in this Prototype Plan and Trust Account effective
upon 60 days written  notice to the Sponsor.  In such event the Employer  shall,
prior to the effective  date thereof,  amend the Plan to eliminate any reference
to this  Prototype  Plan and Trust  Account and  appoint a successor  trustee or
arrange for another  funding  agent.  The Trustee  shall deliver the Fund to its
successor  on the  effective  date of the  resignation  or  removal,  or as soon
thereafter  as  practicable,  provided  that  this  shall not waive any lien the
Trustee,  if an  institution,  may have  upon the Fund for its  compensation  or
expenses.  If the Employer fails to appoint a successor trustee with the said 60
days, or such longer period as the Trustee may specify in writing,  the Employer
shall be deemed the  successor  trustee.  The Employer  must then obtain its own
determination letter.

15.7 QUALIFICATION OF PROTOTYPE The Sponsor intends that this Regional Prototype
Plan will meet the requirements of the Code as a qualified Prototype  Retirement
Plan and Trust  Account.  Should the  Commissioner  of  Internal  Revenue or any
delegate  of the  Commissioner  at any time  determine  that the Plan and  Trust
Account fails to meet the  requirements  of the Code, the Sponsor will amend the
Plan and Trust Account to maintain its qualified status.

                                       68

<PAGE> 76

                                   ARTICLE XVI

                                  GOVERNING LAW

Construction,  validity and administration of the Regional Prototype  Retirement
Plan and Trust,  and any  Employer  Plan and Trust as embodied  in the  Regional
Prototype  document and accompanying  Adoption  Agreement,  shall be governed by
Federal law to the extent  applicable  and to the extent not  applicable  by the
laws of the  State/Commonwealth in which the principal office of the Employer is
located.

                                       69

<PAGE> 77

                     PART I - SECTION 401(A)(17) LIMITATION
                     [MAY BE ADOPTED BY DEFINED CONTRIBUTION
                           AND DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS]

In  addition  to  other  applicable  limitations  set  forth  in the  Plan,  and
notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,  for Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the annual  Compensation of each Employee
taken  into  account  under  the Plan  shall  not  exceed  the  OBRA '93  annual
compensation  limit.  The OBRA '93 annual  compensation  limit is  $150,000,  as
adjusted by the  Commissioner  for increases in the cost of living in accordance
with Section  401(a)(17)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. The  cost-of-living in
effect for a calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding 12 months,  over
which  Compensation  is  determined  (determination  period)  beginning  in such
calendar year. If a determination  period consists of fewer than 12 months,  the
OBRA '93  annual  compensation  limit  will be  multiplied  by a  fraction,  the
numerator of which is the number of months in the determination  period, and the
denominator of which is 12.

For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, any reference in this Plan
to the limitation  under Section  401(a)(17) of the Code shall mean the OBRA '93
annual compensation limit set forth in this provision.

If  Compensation  for any prior  determination  period is taken into  account in
determining  an  Employee's  benefits  accruing  in the current  Plan Year,  the
Compensation  for that  prior  determination  period is  subject to the OBRA '93
annual  compensation  limit in effect for that prior  determination  period. For
this purpose,  for  determination  periods beginning before the first day of the
first Plan Year  beginning  on or after  January  1,  1994,  the OBRA '93 annual
compensation limit is $150,000.

                                       70

<PAGE> 78

                                 MODEL AMENDMENT
                             REVENUE PROCEDURE 93-47

(This  model  amendment  allows   Participants   receiving   distribution   from
safe-harbored profit sharing plans to waive the 30-day period required under the
Unemployment  Compensation  Act of 1992.  Non-safe  harbored  plans  must  still
provide  notice  not less  than 30 days and not more  than 90 days  prior to the
distribution.)

If a  distribution  is one to which Section  401(a)(11)  and 417 of the Internal
Revenue Code do not apply,  such  distribution  may  commence  less than 30 days
after the  notice  required  under  Section  1.411(a)-11(c)  of the  Income  Tax
Regulations is given, provided that:

          (1)     the  plan  administrator  clearly informs the Participant that
                  the  Participant  has a right to a period  of at least 30 days
                  after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether
                  or  not  to  elect  a  distribution  (and,  if  applicable,  a
                  particular distribution option), and

          (2)     the  Participant,  after  receiving  the notice, affirmatively
                  elects a distribution.

                                       71

<PAGE> 79

                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

                                 NONSTANDARDIZED

                               ADOPTION AGREEMENT

                               REGIONAL AGREEMENT

                    PROTOTYPE CASH OR DEFERRED PROFIT-SHARING
                                 PLAN AND TRUST

                                  SPONSORED BY

                                      SBERA

The Employer  named below hereby  establishes a Cash or Deferred  Profit-Sharing
Plan for  eligible  Employees  as provided in this  Adoption  Agreement  and the
accompanying Regional Prototype Plan and Trust Basic Plan Document #R1.

 1.      EMPLOYER INFORMATION

         NOTE: IF  MULTIPLE  EMPLOYERS  ARE  ADOPTING  THE PLAN,  COMPLETE  THIS
               SECTION  BASED ON THE LEAD  EMPLOYER.  ADDITIONAL  EMPLOYERS  MAY
               ADOPT THIS PLAN BY ATTACHING EXECUTED SIGNATURE PAGES TO THE BACK
               OF THE EMPLOYER'S ADOPTION AGREEMENT.

         (a)   NAME AND ADDRESS:

               BERKSHIRE BANK
               24 NORTH STREET
               PITTSFIELD, MA  01201

         (b)   TELEPHONE NUMBER:       (413) 236-3150

         (c)   TAX ID NUMBER:          04-3312097

         (d)   FORM OF BUSINESS:

               [ ]  (i)   Sole Proprietor

               [ ]  (ii)  Partnership

               [x]  (iii) Corporation

               [ ]  (iv)  "S" Corporation (formerly known as Subchapter S)

               [ ]  (v)   Other:  ______

                                       1

<PAGE> 80

                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

         (e)   NAME(S) OF INDIVIDUAL(S) AUTHORIZED TO ISSUE
               INSTRUCTIONS TO THE TRUSTEE/CUSTODIAN:

               LINDA A. JOHNSTON

         (f)   NAME OF PLAN:     SBERA 401(K) PLAN AS ADOPTED BY
                                 BERKSHIRE BANK

         (g)   THREE DIGIT PLAN NUMBER
                 FOR ANNUAL RETURN/REPORT:   002

2.       EFFECTIVE DATE

         (a)   This is a new Plan having an effective date of _____________.

         (b)   This is an amended Plan.

               The effective date of the original Plan was APRIL 1, 1993.
                                                           -------------

               The effective date of the amended Plan is JANUARY 1, 2000.
                                                         ---------------

         (c)   If  different  from  above,  the  Effective  Date  for the Plan's
               Elective Deferral provisions shall be ______________.

3.       DEFINITIONS

         (a)   "Collective or Commingled Funds"

               [ ]  (i)   Not Applicable - Non-Institutional Trustee.

               [x]  (ii)  Investment  in  collective  or  commingled   funds  as
                          permitted  at  paragraph  13.3(b)  of the  Basic  Plan
                          Document  #R1  shall  only be  made  to the  following
                          specifically named fund(s):.

                          SBERA COMMON AND COLLECTIVE TRUST
                          ---------------------------------
                          ---------------------------------
                          ---------------------------------

                          Funds  made  available  after  the  execution  of this
                          Adoption   Agreement   will  be  listed  on  schedules
                          attached to the end of this Adoption Agreement.

         (b)   "Compensation" [paragraph 1.12]

               (i)   Compensation  Measurement  Period - Compensation  shall  be
                     determined on the basis of the:

                                        2

<PAGE> 81

                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

                     [x]   (1)   Plan Year.

                     [ ]   (2)   Employer's Taxable Year.

                     [ ]   (3)   Calendar Year.

                     Compensation  shall  be  determined  on  the  basis  of the
                     following  safe-harbor  definition of  Compensation  in IRS
                     Regulation Section 1.414(s)-1(c):

                     [ ]   (4)   Code Section 6041 and 6051 Compensation

                     [x]   (5)   Code Section 3401(a) Compensation, or

                     [ ]   (6)   Code Section 415 Compensation.

               (ii)  Application of Salary Savings Agreements:

                     Compensation  shall  exclude  Employer  contributions  made
                     pursuant to a Salary Savings Agreement under:

                     [ ]   (1)   Not applicable, no such agreement exists.

                     [x]   (2)   Not applicable, no Employer contributions  made
                                 pursuant to a Salary Savings Agreement shall be
                                 excluded.

                     [ ]   (3)   A  Cash  or Deferred  Profit-Sharing Plan under
                                 Code  Section  401(k)  or  Simplified  Employee
                                 Pension under Code Section 402(h)(1)(B).

                     [ ]   (4)   A flexible benefit plan under Code Section 125.

                     [ ]   (5)   A  tax  deferred  annuity  under  Code  Section
                                 403(b).

               (iii) Exclusions From Compensation:

                     (1)   overtime.

                     (2)   bonuses.

                     (3)   commissions.

                     (4)   _____________________

                     Type of Contribution(s)                   Exclusion(s)
                     -----------------------                   ------------

                                         3

<PAGE> 82
                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

                     Elective Deferrals [Section 7(b)]                       2
                                                                           -----

                     Matching Contributions [Section 7(c)]                   2
                                                                           -----

                     Qualified Non-Elective Contributions [Section 7(d)]
                     and Non-Elective Contributions [Section 7(e)]
                                                                           -----
               (iv)  Maximum Compensation

                     For purposes of the Plan,  Compensation shall be limited to
                     $____________,  the maximum amount which will be considered
                     for Plan  purposes.  [If an  amount is  specified,  it will
                     limit the  amount  of  contributions  allowed  on behalf of
                     higher compensated Employees. Completion of this section is
                     not intended to coordinate  with the $200,000 limit of Code
                     Section  415(d),  thus the  amount  should be less than the
                     $200,000 limit as adjusted for cost-of-living increases.]

         (c)   "Entry Date" [paragraph 1.30]

               (i)  The first day of the Plan  Year  during  which  an  Employee
                    meets the eligibility requirements.

               (ii) The  first day of the Plan Year nearest the date on which an
                    Employee meets the eligibility requirements.

               (iii)The earlier of the  first  day of the Plan Year or the first
                    day of the seventh month of the Plan Year coinciding with or
                    following   the  date  on  which  an   Employee   meets  the
                    eligibility requirements.

               (iv) The first day of the Plan Year  following  the date on which
                    the Employee  meets the  eligibility  requirements.  If this
                    election is made,  the Service  requirement  at 4(a)(ii) may
                    not exceed 1/2 year and the age  requirement at 4(b)(ii) may
                    not exceed 20 1/2.

               (v) The  first  day of the month coinciding with or following the
                    date  on   which   an   Employee   meets   the   eligibility
                    requirements.

               (vi) The  first  day  of the Plan Year,  or the  first day of the
                    fourth  month,  or the first day of the seventh month or the
                    first day of the tenth  month,  of the Plan Year  coinciding
                    with or  following  the date on which an Employee  meets the
                    eligibility requirements.

               Indicate Entry Date(s) to be used by specifying  option from list
               above:

                                        4

<PAGE> 83

                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

               Type of Contribution(s)                   Entry Date(s)
               -----------------------                   -------------

               For Discretionary Profit-Sharing Contributions
               under 7(e), (f) and (g)                                     V
                                                                       ---------

               For all other contributions (Option (i) not
               available for these contributions)                          V
                                                                       ---------

         (d)   "Hour of Service" [paragraph 1.41]

               Shall be  determined on the basis of the method  selected  below.
               Only one method may be  selected.  The method  selected  shall be
               applied to all Employees covered under the Plan as follows:

               [x]  (i)   On  the basis of actual hours for which an Employee is
                          paid or entitled to payment.

               [ ]  (ii)  On the  basis of days  worked.  An  Employee  shall be
                          credited  with ten  (10)  Hours  of  Service  if under
                          paragraph  1.41 of the Basic  Plan  Document  #R1 such
                          Employee  would be credited with at least one (1) Hour
                          of Service during the day.

               [ ]  (iii) On the basis of weeks  worked.  An Employee  shall  be
                          credited  with  forty-five  (45)  Hours of  Service if
                          under  paragraph  1.41 of the Basic Plan  Document #R1
                          such Employee  would be credited with at least one (1)
                          Hour of Service during the week.

               [ ]  (iv) On  the  basis  of  semi-monthly  payroll  periods.  An
                          Employee shall be credited with ninety-five (95) Hours
                          of Service if under  paragraph  1.41 of the Basic Plan
                          Document #R1 such  Employee  would be credited with at
                          least one (1) Hour of Service during the  semi-monthly
                          payroll period.

               [ ]   (v)  On the basis of months worked.  An  Employee  shall be
                          credited  with   one-hundred-ninety   (190)  Hours  of
                          Service  if under  paragraph  1.41 of the  Basic  Plan
                          Document #R1 such  Employee  would be credited with at
                          least one (1) Hour of Service during the month.

         (e)   "Limitation Year" [paragraph 1.44]

               The  12-consecutive  month  period  commencing  on  JANUARY 1 and
                                                                   ---------
               ending on DECEMBER 31.
                         -----------

                                        5

<PAGE> 84

                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

               If  applicable,  the Limitation  Year will be a short  Limitation
               Year  commencing  on  ____________  and ending on  _____________.
               Thereafter,  the  Limitation  Year  shall  end on the  date  last
               specified above.

         (f)   "Net Profit"

               [x]  (i)   Not  applicable (profits will not be required for any
                          contributions to the Plan).

               [ ]  (ii)  As defined  in  paragraph  1.48   of  the  Basic  Plan
                          Document #R1.

               [ ]  (iii) Shall be defined as:

                          -------------------------
                          -------------------------
                          (Only use if definition in paragraph 1.48 of the Basic
                          Plan Document #R1 is to be superseded.)

         (g)   "Plan Year" [paragraph 1.57]

               The  12-consecutive  month  period  commencing  on  JANUARY 1 and
                                                                   ---------
               ending on DECEMBER 31.
                         -----------
               If applicable, the Plan Year will be a short Plan Year commencing
               on __________ and ending on _____________.  Thereafter,  the Plan
               Year shall end on the date last specified above.

         (h)   "Qualified Early Retirement Age"

               For purposes of making  distributions  under the  provisions of a
               Qualified  Domestic  Relations  Order, the Plan's Qualified Early
               Retirement  Age with regard to the  Participant  against whom the
               order is entered [x] shall [ ] shall not be the date the order is
               determined to be qualified. If "shall" is elected, this will only
               allow payout to the alternate payee(s).

         (i)   "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity"

               The  safe-harbor  provisions  of paragraph  8.7 of the Basic Plan
               Document #R1 [x] are [ ] are not  applicable.  If not applicable,
               the survivor annuity shall be ______% (50%, 66-2/3%, 75% or 100%)
               of the annuity  payable during the lives of the  Participant  and
               Spouse. If no answer is specified, 50% will be used.

         (j)   "Taxable Wage Base" [paragraph 1.63]

               [x]  (i)  Not  Applicable - Plan  is  not  integrated with Social
                         Security.

               [ ]  (ii) The maximum  earnings  considered  wages  for such Plan
                         Year under Code Section  3121(a).

               [ ]  (iii)______%  (not more than 100%) of the amount  considered
                    wages for such Plan Year under Code Section 3121(a).

                                       6

<PAGE> 85
                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

               [ ]  (iv) $__________, provided that such amount is not in excess
                         of  the  amount  determined  under  paragraph  3(j)(ii)
                         above.

               [ ]  (v)  For the  1989  Plan  Year  $10,000.  For all subsequent
                         Plan  Years,  20% of the  maximum  earnings  considered
                         wages for such Plan Year under Code Section 3121(a).

               NOTE:     Using  less  than  the  maximum at (ii) may result in a
                         change in the  allocation  formula  in  Section  7.

         (k)   "Valuation Date(s)"

                         Allocations  to  Participant  Accounts  will be done in
                         accordance  with  Article V of the Basic Plan  Document
                         #R1:

                         (i)   Daily             (v)   Quarterly

                         (ii)  Weekly            (vi)  Semi-Annually

                         (iii) Monthly           (vii) Annually

                         (iv)  Bi-Monthly

                         Indicate  Valuation  Date(s)  to be used by  specifying
                         option from list above:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Type of Contribution(s)                              Valuation Date(s)
                         -----------------------                              -----------------
                         <S>                                                          <C>
                         After-Tax Voluntary Contributions [Section 6(b)]
                                                                                  ---------

                         Elective Deferrals [Section 6(a)]                            i
                                                                                  ---------

                         Matching Contributions [Section 7(c)]                        i
                                                                                  ---------

                         Qualified Non-Elective Contributions [Section 7(d)]
                                                                                  ---------

                         Non-Elective Contributions [Section 7(e), (f), (g)]          i
                                                                                  ---------

                         Minimum Top-Heavy Contributions [Section 7(i)]               i
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>

                                       7
<PAGE> 86

                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

      (l)   "Year of Service"

            (i)   For  Eligibility  Purposes:  The  12-consecutive month  period
                  during which an Employee is credited  with 1000 (not more than
                                                             ----
                  1,000) Hours of Service.

            (ii)  For  Allocation  Accrual  Purposes:  The  12-consecutive month
                  period  during which an Employee is credited  with 1 (not more
                                                                     -
                  than 1,000) Hours of Service.

            (iii) For Vesting  Purposes:  The 12-consecutive month period during
                  which an Employee is credited  with 1000 (not more than 1,000)
                  Hours of Service.

4.    ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS [ARTICLE II]

      (a)   Service:

            (i) For Elective  Deferrals,  and Required  Voluntary  Contributions
                or Employer  Contributions  [unless specified  otherwise at (ii)
                below]:

                [ ]  (1)   The Plan shall have no service requirement.

                [x]  (2)   The Plan shall cover only Employees having  completed
                           at  least  1 [not  more  than  three  (3)]  Years  of
                           Service. If more than one (1) is specified,  for Plan
                           Years beginning in 1989 and later, the answer will be
                           deemed to be one (1).

           (ii) For contributions   [not  covered  at  (i)  above]  specify  the
                Service requirements below:

                                                      Service
                  Type of Contribution              Requirement
                  --------------------              -----------

                  Employer Matching
                                                    -----------

                  Qualified Non-Elective
                                                    -----------

                  Descretionary Profit-Sharing
                                                    -----------

                  Required Voluntary
                                                    -----------

                                       8

<PAGE> 87

                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

                Not more than three (3) years may be specified. If more than two
                (2) years is  specified,  for Plan Years  beginning  in 1989 and
                later, the requirement will be deemed to be two (2) years.

            NOTE: If  the  eligibility   period   selected  is  or   includes  a
                  fractional  year, an Employee will not be required to complete
                  any specified number of Hours of Service to receive credit for
                  such  period.  Participants  will be  eligible  for  Top-Heavy
                  minimum  contributions after the period in (i) above, assuming
                  they satisfy the other requirements of this Section 4.

      (b)   Age:

            [ ] (i)   The Plan shall have no minimum age requirement.

            [x] (ii)  The Plan shall cover only  Employees  having  attained age
                      21 (not more than age 21).

      (c)   Classification:

            The Plan shall cover all  Employees who have met the age and service
            requirements with the following exceptions:

            [ ] (i)   No exceptions.

            [x] (ii)  The Plan  shall exclude  Employees  included  in a unit of
                      Employees  covered by a  collective  bargaining  agreement
                      between the  Employer  and  Employee  Representatives,  if
                      retirement   benefits  were  the  subject  of  good  faith
                      bargaining.   For  this   purpose,   the  term   "Employee
                      Representative"  does not  include any  organization  more
                      than half of whose  members are  Employees who are owners,
                      officers, or executives of the Employer.

            [ ] (iii) The  Plan  shall  exclude  Employees  who are  nonresident
                      aliens and who receive no earned  income from the Employer
                      which  constitutes  income from sources  within the United
                      States.

            [ ] (iv)  The   Plan   shall    exclude   from   participation   any
                      nondiscriminatory  classification of Employees  determined
                      as follows:

                      -----------------------------
                      -----------------------------
                      -----------------------------

                                       9

<PAGE> 88

                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

      (d)   Employees on Effective Date:

            [ ]  (i)   Not Applicable.   All  Employees  will  be  required   to
                       satisfy both the age and Service  requirements  specified
                       above.

            [ ]  (ii)  Employees  employed  on  the Plan's Effective Date do not
                       have to satisfy the Service requirements  specified above
                       at [ ] (a)(i), [ ] (a)(ii), [ ] both.

            [ ]  (iii) Employees  employed  on  the Plan's Effective Date do not
                       have to satisfy the age requirements specified above.

5.    RETIREMENT AGES

      (a)   Normal Retirement Age:

            If the Employer  imposes a requirement  that  Employees  retire upon
            reaching a specified  age, the Normal  Retirement Age selected below
            may not exceed the Employer imposed mandatory retirement age.

            [x]   (i)  Normal Retirement Age shall be 65 (not to exceed age 65).
                                                      --

            [ ]   (ii) Normal Retirement Age shall be the later of attaining age
                       ________________ (not to exceed age 65) or the __________
                       (not to exceed the 5th)  anniversary  of the first day of
                       the first  Plan Year in which the  Participant  commenced
                       participation in the Plan.

      (b)   Early Retirement Age:

            [ ]   (i)   Not Applicable.

            [x]   (ii)  The Plan shall have an Early Retirement Age of  55  (not
                        less than 55) and  completion of  ____________  Years of
                        Service.

6.    EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

      [x] (a)   Participants  shall  be  permitted to make Elective Deferrals in
                any amount from 1 % up to 15 % of their Compensation.
                                -         --

                If (a) is applicable,  Participants  shall be permitted to amend
                their  Salary  Savings  Agreements  to change  the  contribution
                percentage as provided below:

            [ ]   (i)   On the Anniversary Date of the Plan,

                                       10

<PAGE> 89

                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

            [ ]   (ii)  On the Anniversary Date of the Plan and on the first day
                        of the seventh month of the Plan Year,

            [x]   (iii) On the Anniversary Date of the Plan and on the first day
                        following any Valuation Date, or

            [ ]   (iv)  Upon 30 days notice to the Employer.

    [ ] (b)  Participants  shall  be  permitted  to  make  after  tax  Voluntary
             Contributions.

    [ ] (c)  Participants  shall  be  required  to  make  after  tax   Voluntary
             Contributions as follows (Thrift Savings Plan):

             [ ] (i)  ___________% of Compensation.

             [ ] (ii) A  percentage  determined  by  the  Employee on his or her
                      enrollment form.

    [ ] (d)  If  necessary  to  pass  the  Average  Deferral  Percentage   Test,
             Participants  [  ]  may  [  ]  may  not  have  Elective   Deferrals
             recharacterized as Voluntary Contributions.

        NOTE:   The Average Deferral Percentage Test will apply to contributions
                under (a) above. The Average  Contribution  Percentage Test will
                apply to contributions under (b) and (c) above, and may apply to
                (a).

7.    EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION THEREOF

        NOTE:   The Employer shall make contributions  to the Plan in accordance
                with the  formula or formulas  selected  below.  The  Employer's
                contribution  shall be subject to the  limitations  contained in
                Articles III and X. For this purpose,  a contribution for a Plan
                Year shall be limited for the Limitation Year which ends with or
                within such Plan Year. Also, the integrated  allocation formulas
                below  are for  Plan  Years  beginning  in 1989 and  later.  The
                Employer's allocation for earlier years shall be as specified in
                its Plan prior to amendment for the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

      (a)   Profits Requirement:

            (i)   Current or Accumulated Net Profits are required for:

                 [  ]  (A)   Matching Contributions.

                 [  ]  (B)   Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

                                       11

<PAGE> 90

                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

                 [  ]  (C)   Discretionary Contributions.

           (ii)  No Net Profits are required for:

                 [x]   (A)   Matching Contributions.

                 [  ]  (B)   Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

                 [x]   (C)   Discretionary Contributions.

              NOTE:   Elective Deferrals can always be contributed regardless of
                      profits.

[x]  (b)      Salary Savings Agreement:

              The Employer shall  contribute and allocate to each  Participant's
              account  an  amount  equal  to  the  amount   withheld   from  the
              Compensation  of such  Participant  pursuant  to his or her Salary
              Savings  Agreement.  If  applicable,  the  maximum  percentage  is
              specified in Section 6 above.

              An  Employee  who has  terminated  his or her  election  under the
              Salary Savings  Agreement other than for Hardship  reasons may not
              make another Elective Deferral:

              [  ](i)   until the first day of the next Plan Year.

              [x] (ii)  until  the  first  day of the [x] next valuation period.
                        [ ] second valuation period following  termination.  [ ]
                        third valuation period following termination.

              [  ](iii) for a period of _____________ month(s) (not to exceed 12
                        months).

[x]  (c)      Matching Employer Contribution [See paragraphs (h) and (i)]:

              [x]   (i)  PERCENTAGE MATCH:  The  Employer  shall  contribute and
                         allocate  to each  eligible  Participant's  account  an
                         amount  equal  to 100% of the  amount  contributed  and
                         allocated in accordance  with  paragraph 7(b) above and
                         (if  checked)  _______% of [ ] the amount of  Voluntary
                         Contributions  made in accordance with paragraph 4.1 of
                         the Basic Plan  Document  #R1. The  Employer  shall not
                         match Participant  Elective Deferrals as provided above
                         in  excess  of  $______  or  in  excess  of 3 % of  the
                         Participant's

                                       12

<PAGE> 91

                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

                         Compensation or if applicable,  Voluntary Contributions
                         in excess of  $_______  or in excess of  ______% of the
                         Participant's Compensation.  In no event will the match
                         on both Elective Deferrals and Voluntary  Contributions
                         exceed a combined amount of $______ or ________%.

              [ ]   (ii) DISCRETIONARY MATCH:  The Employer shall contribute and
                         allocate  to  each  eligible  Participant's  account  a
                         percentage  of  the  Participant's   Elective  Deferral
                         contributed  and allocated in accordance with paragraph
                         7(b)  above.  The  Employer  shall set such  percentage
                         prior to the end of the Plan Year.  The Employer  shall
                         not match Participant  Elective  Deferrals in excess of
                         $_____ or in  excess  of  _____%  of the  Participant's
                         Compensation.

              [ ]   (iii)TIERED  MATCH:   The  Employer  shall  contribute   and
                         allocate to each Participant's  account an amount equal
                         to  ____%  of the  first  ____%  of  the  Participant's
                         Compensation, to the extent deferred.

                         _______% of the next ____________% of the Participant's
                         Compensation, to the extent deferred.

                         ___________%   of  the   next   ____________%   of  the
                         Participant's  Compensation,  to the  extent  deferred.

                  NOTE:  Percentages specified in (iii)  above  may not increase
                         as  the   percentage  of   Participant's   contribution
                         increases.

              [ ]   (iv) Flat  Dollar  Match:  The Employer shall contribute and
                         allocate to each  Participant's  account $______ if the
                         Participant defers at least 1% of Compensation.

              [ ]   (v)  PERCENTAGE OF COMPENSATION MATCH:  The  Employer  shall
                         contribute and allocate to each  Participant's  account
                         ___% of Compensation if the Participant defers at least
                         1% of Compensation.

              [ ]   (vi) PROPORTIONATE  COMPENSATION  MATCH:  The Employer shall
                         contribute and allocate to each  Participant who defers
                         at least 1% of  Compensation,  an amount  determined by
                         multiplying  such Employer  Matching  Contribution by a
                         fraction the  numerator  of which is the  Participant's
                         Compensation  and  the  denominator  of  which  is  the
                         Compensation  of all  Participants  eligible to receive
                         such  an  allocation.   The  Employer  shall  set  such
                         discretionary contribution prior to the end of the Plan
                         Year.

                                       13

<PAGE> 92

                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

              [ ]   (vii) QUALIFIED MATCH:  Employer Matching Contributions will
                          be treated as Qualified Matching  Contributions to the
                          extent specified below:

                          [ ]  (A)   All Matching Contributions.

                          [ ]  (B)   None.

                          [ ]  (C)   ____________% of  the  Employer's  Matching
                                     Contribution.

                          [ ]  (D)   up to ____________% of  each  Participant's
                                     Compensation.

                          [ ]  (E)   The  amount  necessary  to  meet   the [  ]
                                     Average Deferral Percentage (ADP) test, [ ]
                                     Average Contribution Percentage (ACP) test,
                                     [ ] Both the ADP and ACP tests.

                   (viii) Matching  Contribution  Computation  Period:  The time
                          period upon which matching contributions will be based
                          shall be:

                          [x]  (A)   weekly

                          [ ]  (B)   bi-weekly

                          [ ]  (C)   semi-monthly

                          [ ]  (D)   monthly

                          [ ]  (E)   quarterly

                          [ ]  (F)   semi-annually

                          [ ]  (G)   annually

                  (ix)   ELIGIBILITY FOR MATCH: Employer Matching Contributions,
                         whether or not Qualified, will only be made on Employee
                         Contributions not withdrawn prior to the end of the [x]
                         valuation period [ ] Plan Year.

[ ]  (d)  Qualified Non-Elective Employer Contribution - [See paragraphs (h) and
          (i)] These contributions are fully vested when contributed.

          The Employer shall have the right to make an additional  discretionary
          contribution  which shall be  allocated to each  eligible  Employee in
          proportion  to  his  or  her  Compensation  as  a  percentage  of  the
          Compensation  of all eligible  Employees.  This part of the Employer's
          contribution  and the  allocation  thereof  shall be  unrelated to any
          Employee  contributions  made  hereunder.   The  amount  of  Qualified
          non-Elective  Contributions taken into account for purposes of meeting
          the ADP or ACP test requirements is:

          [ ] (i)   All such Qualified non-Elective Contributions.

          [ ] (ii)  The  amount  necessary  to  meet [  ] the ADP test, [  ] the
                    ACP test, [  ] Both the ADP and ACP tests.

          Qualified non-Elective Contributions will be made to:

                                       14

<PAGE> 93
                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

          [ ] (iii) All Employees eligible to participate.

          [ ] (iv)  Only   non-Highly   Compensated   Employees    eligible   to
                    participate.

[x] (e)   Additional  Employer  Contribution  Other  Than Qualified Non-Elective
          Contributions - Non-Integrated [See paragraphs (h) and (i)]

          The Employer shall have the right to make an additional  discretionary
          contribution  which shall be  allocated to each  eligible  Employee in
          proportion  to  his  or  her  Compensation  as  a  percentage  of  the
          Compensation  of all eligible  Employees.  This part of the Employer's
          contribution  and the  allocation  thereof  shall be  unrelated to any
          Employee contributions made hereunder.

[ ] (f)   Additional  Employer  Contribution  -  Integrated  Allocation  Formula
          [See paragraphs (h) and (i)]

          The Employer shall have the right to make an additional  discretionary
          contribution.  The Employer's  contribution for the Plan Year plus any
          forfeitures   shall  be   allocated   to  the   accounts  of  eligible
          Participants as follows:

          (i)  First,  to  the  extent  contributions   and   forfeitures    are
               sufficient,  all Participants will receive an allocation equal to
               3% of their Compensation.

          (ii) Next,   any  remaining  Employer  Contributions  and  forfeitures
               will be allocated to Participants who have Compensation in excess
               of  the  Taxable  Wage  Base  (excess  Compensation).  Each  such
               Participant  will receive an  allocation in the ratio that his or
               her excess  compensation bears to the excess  Compensation of all
               Participants.  Participants  may only receive an allocation of 3%
               of excess Compensation.

         (iii) Next,  any   remaining  Employer  contributions  and  forfeitures
               will be  allocated  to all  Participants  in the ratio that their
               Compensation  plus  excess   Compensation   bears  to  the  total
               Compensation  plus  excess   Compensation  of  all  Participants.
               Participants  may only  receive  an  allocation  of up to 2.7% of
               their   Compensation   plus  excess   Compensation,   under  this
               allocation  method.  If the Taxable  Wage Base defined at Section
               3(j) is less than or equal to the  greater  of  $10,000 or 20% of
               the  maximum,  the  2.7%  need  not be  reduced.  If  the  amount
               specified  is greater  than the  greater of $10,000 or 20% of the
               maximum  Taxable Wage Base,  but not more than 80%,  2.7% must be
               reduced to 1.3%. If the amount  specified is greater than 80% but
               less than 100% of the maximum Taxable Wage Base, the 2.7% must be
               reduced to 2.4%.

         NOTE: If  the  Plan  is  not  Top-Heavy  or  if  the Top-Heavy  minimum
               contribution  or  benefit is  provided  under  another  Plan [see
               Section 11(d)(ii)] covering the same Employees, subparagraphs (i)
               and (ii) above may be disregarded  and 5.7%,  4.3% or 5.4% may be
               substituted  for 2.7%,  1.3% or 2.4%  where it  appears  in (iii)
               above.

                                       15

<PAGE> 93
                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

         (iv)  Next,  any  remaining  Employer  contributions  and   forfeitures
               will  be  allocated  to all  Participants  (whether  or not  they
               received an  allocation  under the preceding  paragraphs)  in the
               ratio  that  each   Participant's   Compensation   bears  to  all
               Participants' Compensation.

[ ]  (g)   Additional  Employer  Contribution-Alternative Integrated  Allocation
           Formula [See paragraph (i)]

           The Employer shall have the right to make an additional discretionary
           contribution.  To the extent that such  contributions are sufficient,
           they shall be allocated as follows:

           _________% of each eligible Participant's  Compensation plus _______%
           of Compensation in excess of the Taxable Wage Base defined at Section
           3(j) hereof. The percentage on excess compensation may not exceed the
           lesser of (i) the amount first  specified  in this  paragraph or (ii)
           the greater of 5.7% or the percentage  rate of tax under Code Section
           3111(a)  as in effect on the first day of the Plan Year  attributable
           to the Old Age (OA)  portion  of the OASDI  provisions  of the Social
           Security  Act.  If the  Employer  specifies  a  Taxable  Wage Base in
           Section  3(j)  which is lower than the  Taxable  Wage Base for Social
           Security  purposes  (SSTWB) in effect as of the first day of the Plan
           Year, the percentage  contributed with respect to excess Compensation
           must be adjusted. If the Plan's Taxable Wage Base is greater than the
           larger  of  $10,000  or 20% of the SSTWB but not more than 80% of the
           SSTWB, the excess percentage is 4.3%. If the Plan's Taxable Wage Base
           is greater than 80% of the SSTWB but less than 100% of the SSTWB, the
           excess percentage is 5.4%.

     NOTE:  Only  one  plan  maintained  by  the Employer may be integrated with
            Social Security.

     (h)    Allocation of Excess Amounts (Annual Additions)

            In the event that the allocation  formula above results in an Excess
            Amount, such excess shall be:

            [x]  (i)   placed  in a suspense account accruing no gains or losses
                       for the benefit of the Participant.

            [ ]  (ii)  reallocated  as  additional Employer contributions to all
                       other  Participants  to the extent  that they do not have
                       any Excess Amount.

                                       16

<PAGE> 94

                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

     (i)    Minimum Employer Contribution Under Top-Heavy Plans:

            For any Plan Year during which the Plan is Top-Heavy, the sum of the
            contributions  and  forfeitures  as allocated to eligible  Employees
            under  paragraphs  7(d),  7(e),  7(f),  7(g) and 9 of this  Adoption
            Agreement shall not be less than the amount required under paragraph
            14.2 of the Basic Plan  Document  #R1.  Top-Heavy  minimums  will be
            allocated to:

            [x]   (i)   all eligible Participants.

            [  ]  (ii)  only eligible non-Key Employees who are Participants.

     (j)    Return   of   Excess   Contributions   and/or   Excess     Aggregate
            Contributions:

            In the  event  that one or more  Highly  Compensated  Employees  are
            subject  to both  the ADP and ACP  tests  and the sum of such  tests
            exceeds the Aggregate Limit, the limit will be satisfied by reducing
            the:

            [x]   (i)   the ADP of the affected Highly Compensated Employees.

            [  ]  (ii)  the ACP of the affected Highly Compensated Employees.

            [  ]  (iii) a  combination of the ADP and ACP of the affected Highly
                        Compensated Employees.

8.    ALLOCATIONS TO TERMINATED EMPLOYEES [PARAGRAPH 5.3]

      [ ]  (a)  The Employer will not allocate  Employer  related  contributions
                to Employees who terminate  during a Plan Year,  unless required
                to satisfy  the  requirements  of Code  Section  401(a)(26)  and
                410(b).   (These   requirements   are  effective  for  1989  and
                subsequent Plan Years.)

                                       17

<PAGE> 95
                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

      [x]  (b)  The Employer will allocate Employer matching  and other  related
                contributions  as  indicated  below to Employees  who  terminate
                during the Plan Year as a result of:

                Matching              Other
                --------              -----

                [x]                   [x]  (i)   Retirement.

                [x]                   [x]  (ii)  Disability.

                [x]                   [x]  (iii) Death.

                [  ]                  [  ] (iv)  Other termination of employment
                                                 provided  that the  Participant
                                                 has completed a Year of Service
                                                 as   defined   for   Allocation
                                                 Accrual Purposes.

                [  ]                  [  ] (v)   Other termination of employment
                                                 even though the Participant has
                                                 not   completed   a   Year   of
                                                 Service.

                [  ]                  [  ] (vi)  Termination  of employment (for
                                                 any reason)  provided  that the
                                                 Participant   had  completed  a
                                                 Year of Service for  Allocation
                                                 Accrual Purposes.

9.    ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES

      NOTE:  Subsections  (a), (b) and (c) below apply to forfeitures of amounts
             other than Excess Aggregate Contributions.

      (a)    Allocation Alternatives:

             If forfeitures are allocated to Participants, such allocation shall
             be done in the same manner as the Employer's contribution.

                                       18

<PAGE> 96

                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

      [x]   (i)   Not Applicable.  All contributions are always fully vested.

      [ ]   (ii)  Forfeitures  shall  be  allocated  to Participants in the same
                  manner as the Employer's contribution.

                  If  allocation  to  other   Participants   is  selected,   the
                  allocation shall be as follows:

                  [1]    Amount   attributable    to   Employer    Discretionary
                         Contributions and Top-Heavy  minimums will be allocated
                         to:

                         [  ]  all eligible Participants under the Plan.

                         [  ]  only   those  Participants   eligible   for    an
                               allocation  of  Employer   contributions  in  the
                               current year.

                         [  ]  only   those   Participants   eligible   for   an
                               allocation  of  matching   contributions  in  the
                               current year.

                 [2]    Amounts attributable to Employer Matching contributions
                         will be allocated to:

                         [  ]  all eligible Participants.

                         [  ]  only  those Participants eligible for allocations
                               of matching contributions in the current year.

      [ ]   (iii) Forfeitures   shall  be  applied  to  reduce  the   Employer's
                  contribution for such Plan Year.

      [ ]   (iv)  Forfeitures shall be applied to offset administrative expenses
                  of the Plan. If forfeitures exceed these expenses, (iii) above
                  shall apply.

(b)    Date for Reallocation:

NOTE:  If  no  distribution  has been made to a former Participant,  sub-section
       (i) below  will apply to such  Participant  even if the  Employer  elects
       (ii), (iii) or (iv) below as its normal administrative policy.

                                       19

<PAGE> 97
                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

          [ ]   (i)   Forfeitures   shall  be  reallocated  at  the  end  of the
                      Plan Year during which the former  Participant  incurs his
                      or her fifth consecutive one year Break In Service.

          [ ]   (ii)  Forfeitures  will  be  reallocated  immediately (as of the
                      next Valuation Date).

          [ ]   (iii) Forfeitures  shall  be reallocated at  the end of the Plan
                      Year during  which the former  Employee  incurs his or her
                      ______________  (1st,  2nd, 3rd, or 4th)  consecutive  one
                      year Break In Service.

          [ ]   (iv)  Forfeitures  will  be  reallocated  immediately (as of the
                      Plan Year end).

    (c)   Restoration of Forfeitures:

          If amounts are forfeited  prior to five  consecutive  1-year Breaks in
          Service,  the  Funds  for  restoration  of  account  balances  will be
          obtained from the following  resources in the order indicated (fill in
          the appropriate number):

          [ ]   (i)   Current year's forfeitures.

          [ ]   (ii)  Additional Employer contribution.

          [ ]   (iii) Income or gain to the Plan.

    (d)   Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be:

          [ ]   (i)   Applied to reduce Employer contributions.

          [ ]   (ii)  Allocated,  after all other forfeitures under the Plan, to
                      the  Matching  Contribution  account  of  each  non-Highly
                      Compensated  Participant  who made  Elective  Deferrals or
                      Voluntary  Contributions  in the  ratio  which  each  such
                      Participant's  Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the
                      total Compensation of all Participants for such Plan Year.
                      Such forfeitures cannot be allocated to the account of any
                      Highly Compensated Employee.

          Forfeitures of Excess  Aggregate  Contributions  will be so applied at
          the end of the Plan Year in which they occur.

                                       20

<PAGE> 98
                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

10.   CASH OPTION

      [ ]  (a)  The  Employer may permit a Participant to elect to defer to  the
                Plan, an amount not to exceed _______% of any Employer paid cash
                bonus made for such Participant for any year. A Participant must
                file an election  to defer such  contribution  at least  fifteen
                (15) days  prior to the end of the Plan  Year.  If the  Employee
                fails to make such an election,  the entire  Employer  paid cash
                bonus to which the  Participant  would be entitled shall be paid
                as cash and not to the Plan. Amounts deferred under this section
                shall  be  treated  for  all  purposes  as  Elective  Deferrals.
                Notwithstanding  the above,  the  election to defer must be made
                before the bonus is made available to the Participants.

      [x]  (b)  Not Applicable.

11.   LIMITATIONS ON ALLOCATIONS [ARTICLE X]

      [ ]   This  is  the  only  Plan the Employer maintains or ever maintained;
            therefore, this section is not applicable.

      [x]   The  Employer  does  maintain  or   has  maintained   another   Plan
            (including a Welfare  Benefit Fund or an individual  medical account
            [as defined in Code  Section  415(l)(2)],  under  which  amounts are
            treated as Annual  Additions) and has completed the proper  sections
            below.

            Complete  (a),  (b) and (c) only if the  Employer  maintains or ever
            maintained another qualified plan,  including a Welfare Benefit Fund
            or an  individual  medical  account  [as  defined  in  Code  Section
            415(l)(2)]  in  which  any  Participant  in this  Plan is (or was) a
            participant or could possibly become a participant.

      (a)   If  the  Participant  is  covered  under  another qualified  Defined
            Contribution Plan maintained by the Employer,  other than a Regional
            Prototype Plan:

            [x] (i)   the provisions of Article X of the Basic Plan Document #R1
                      will apply, as if the other plan were a Regional Prototype
                      Plan.

            [ ] (ii)  Attach   provisions  stating  the  method  under which the
                      plans will limit  total  Annual  Additions  to the Maximum
                      Permissible  Amount,  and will properly  reduce any Excess
                      Amounts, in a manner that precludes Employer discretion.

      (b)    If  a  Participant  is or ever has been a participant in a  Defined
             Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer:

                                       21
<PAGE> 99
                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

             Attach  provisions  which will satisfy the 1.0  limitation  of Code
             Section 415(e).  Such language must preclude  Employer  discretion.
             The  Employer   must  also  specify  the  interest  and   mortality
             assumptions  used  in  determining  Present  Value  in the  Defined
             Benefit Plan.

      (c)    The minimum contribution or benefit required under Code Section 416
             relating to Top-Heavy Plans shall be satisfied by:

             [ ]  (i)   This Plan.

             [x]  (ii)  SBERA  PENSION   PLAN  AS   ADOPTED  BY
                        ---------------------------------------
                        BERKSHIRE  BANK
                        ---------------
                        (Name of other qualified plan of the Employer).

             [ ] (iii)  Attach   provisions  stating the method under which  the
                        minimum  contribution  and  benefit  provisions  of Code
                        Section 416 will be satisfied. If a Defined Benefit Plan
                        is or was  maintained,  an  attachment  must be provided
                        showing  interest and mortality  assumptions used in the
                        Top-Heavy Ratio.

12.   VESTING [ARTICLE IX]

      Employees  shall have a fully  vested and  nonforfeitable  interest in any
      Employer   contribution  and  the  investment  earnings  thereon  made  in
      accordance  with  paragraphs  (select one or more  options) [x] 7(c),  [x]
      7(e),  [ ]  7(f),  [ ]  7(g)  and [ ]  7(i)  hereof.  Contributions  under
      paragraph 7(b), 7(c)(vii) and 7(d) are always fully vested. If one or more
      of the  foregoing  options are not selected,  such Employer  contributions
      shall be subject to the vesting table selected by the Employer.

      Each Participant shall acquire a vested and  nonforfeitable  percentage in
      his or her account balance attributable to Employer  contributions and the
      earnings  thereon under the procedures  selected below except with respect
      to any Plan Year  during  which the Plan is  Top-Heavy,  in which case the
      Two-twenty  vesting schedule [option  (b)(iv)] shall  automatically  apply
      unless the Employer has already elected a faster vesting schedule.  If the
      Plan is switched to option (b)(iv),  because of its Top-Heavy status, that
      vesting  schedule  will  remain in effect  even if the Plan later  becomes
      non-Top-Heavy  until the Employer  executes an amendment of this  Adoption
      Agreement indicating otherwise.

      (a)   Computation Period:

      The  computation  period for purposes of determining  Years of Service and
      Breaks in Service for purposes of computing a Participant's nonforfeitable
      right to his or her account balance derived from Employer contributions:

                                       22
<PAGE> 100
                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

      [x]  (i)  shall  not  be  applicable  since  Participants are always fully
                vested,

      [ ]  (ii) shall commence on the date on which an  Employee first  performs
                an  Hour  of  Service  for  the  Employer  and  each  subsequent
                12-consecutive  month period shall  commence on the  anniversary
                thereof, or

      [ ] (iii) shall commence on the first day of  the Plan Year  during  which
                an Employee  first  performs an Hour of Service for the Employer
                and each subsequent  12-consecutive  month period shall commence
                on the anniversary thereof.

      A  Participant  shall  receive  credit  for a Year of Service if he or she
      completes  at least 1,000  Hours of Service  [or if lesser,  the number of
      hours  specified  at  3(l)(iii) of this  Adoption  Agreement]  at any time
      during the 12-consecutive month computation period.  Consequently,  a Year
      of  Service  may be earned  prior to the end of the  12-consecutive  month
      computation  period and the Participant need not be employed at the end of
      the  12-consecutive  month computation period to receive credit for a Year
      of Service.

(b)   Vesting Schedules:

NOTE: The vesting  schedules  below only apply to a Participant who has at least
      one Hour of  Service  during or after the 1989 Plan Year.  If  applicable,
      Participants  who separated  from Service prior to the 1989 Plan Year will
      remain  under the  vesting  schedule  as in  effect  in the Plan  prior to
      amendment for the Tax Reform Act of 1986.

      (i)   Full and immediate vesting.

                                Years of Service
                                ----------------

                        1        2        3        4        5        6      7
                        -        -        -        -        -        -      -

            (ii)         %     100%
            (iii)        %        %     100%
            (iv)         %      20%      40%      60%      80%     100%
            (v)          %        %      20%      40%      60%      80%   100%
            (vi)       10%      20%      30%      40%      60%      80%   100%

                                       23
<PAGE> 101
                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

            (vii)        %        %        %        %     100%
            (viii)       %        %        %        %        %        %   100%

    NOTE:   The percentages selected for schedule (viii) may not be less for any
            year than the percentages shown at schedule (v).

            [x]  All contributions  other than those which are fully vested when
                 contributed will vest under schedule i above.
                                                     ---
            [ ]  Contributions  other  than  those  which  are fully vested when
                 contributed will vest as provided below:

               Vesting
           Option Selected           Type Of Employer Contribution
           ---------------           -----------------------------

             ----------              7(c) Employer Match on Salary Savings
             ----------              7(c) Employer Match on Employee Voluntary
             ----------              7(e) Employer Discretionary
             ----------              7(f)&(g) Employer Discretionary-Integrated

      (c)   Service disregarded for Vesting:

            [x]   (i)   Not Applicable.  All Service shall be considered.

            [ ]   (ii)  Service  prior  to the Effective  Date of this Plan or a
                        predecessor  plan shall be disregarded  when computing a
                        Participant's vested and nonforfeitable interest.

            [ ]   (iii) Service prior  to  a Participant  having attained age 18
                        shall be  disregarded  when  computing  a  Participant's
                        vested and nonforfeitable interest.

13.   SERVICE WITH PREDECESSOR ORGANIZATION

      For purposes of satisfying the Service requirements for eligibility, Hours
      of  Service   shall  include   Service  with  the  following   predecessor
      organization(s): (These hours will also be used for vesting purposes.)

      ------------------------------------
      ------------------------------------

                                       24

<PAGE> 102

                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012
14.   ROLL OVER/TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS

      (a)   Rollover  Contributions,  as described at paragraph 4.3 of the Basic
            Plan  Document  #R1,  [x]  shall  [ ]  shall  not be  permitted.  If
            permitted, Employees [x] may [ ] may not make Rollover Contributions
            prior to meeting the eligibility  requirements for  participation in
            the Plan.

      (b)   Transfer Contributions,  as  described at paragraph 4.4 of the Basic
            Plan  Document  #R1,  [x]  shall  [ ]  shall  not be  permitted.  If
            permitted,  Employees  [x]  may [ ] may not  Transfer  Contributions
            prior to meeting the eligibility  requirements for  participation in
            the Plan.

      NOTE: Even  if  available,  the  Employer   may  refuse  to  accept   such
            contributions  if its Plan meets the safe-harbor  rules of paragraph
            8.7 of  the  Basic  Plan  Document  #R1.

15.  HARDSHIP  WITHDRAWALS

     Hardship  withdrawals,  as provided for in paragraph  6.9 of the Basic Plan
     Document #R1, [x] are [ ] are not permitted.

16.  PARTICIPANT LOANS

     Participant  loans,  as provided  for in  paragraph  13.4 of the Basic Plan
     Document #R1, [x] are [ ] are not  permitted.  If permitted,  repayments of
     principal and interest shall be repaid to [ ] the Participant's  segregated
     account or [ ] the general Fund.

17.  INSURANCE POLICIES

     The insurance  provisions of paragraph  13.5 of the Basic Plan Document #R1
     [  ] shall [x] shall not be applicable.

18.  EMPLOYER INVESTMENT DIRECTION

     The Employer  investment  direction  provisions,  as set forth in paragraph
     13.6 of the Basic Plan Document #R1, [ ] shall [x] shall not be applicable.

19.   EMPLOYEE INVESTMENT DIRECTION

     (a) The Employee investment direction provisions, as set forth in paragraph
         13.7 of the  Basic  Plan  Document  #R1,  [x]  shall  [ ] shall  not be
         applicable.

         If applicable, Participants may direct their investments:

                                       25
<PAGE> 103
                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

         [  ]  (i)   among funds offered by the Trustee.

         [x]   (ii)  among any allowable investments.

   (b)   Participants  may direct the following kinds  of  contributions and the
         earnings thereon (check all applicable):

         [x]   (i)   All Contributions.

         [ ]   (ii)  Elective Deferrals.

         [ ]   (iii) Employee Voluntary Contributions (after-tax).

         [ ]   (iv)  Employee Mandatory Contributions (after-tax).

         [ ]   (v)   Employer Qualified Matching Contributions.

         [ ]   (vi)  Other Employer Matching Contributions.

         [ ]   (vii) Employer Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.

         [ ]   (viii)Employer Discretionary Contributions.

         [ ]   (ix)  Rollover Contributions.

         [ ]   (x)   Transfer Contributions.

         [ ]   (xi)  All of above which are checked, but only to the extent that
                     the Participant is vested in those contributions.

       NOTE: To  the  extent  that  Employee investment direction was previously
             allowed,  it shall  continue to be allowed on those amounts and the
             earnings thereon.

20.   EARLY PAYMENT OPTION

      (a)  A Participant who separates from Service prior to  retirement,  death
           or Disability  [x] may [ ] may not make  application  to the Employer
           requesting an early payment of his or her vested account balance.

      (b)  A Participant who has not separated from Service [  ] may [x] may not
           obtain a distribution  of his or her vested  Employer  contributions.
           Distribution can only be made if the Participant is 100% vested.

      (c)  A Participant who has attained the  Plan's  Normal Retirement Age and
           who has not  separated  from  Service  [ ] may [x] may not  receive a
           distribution of his or her vested account balance.

                                       26
<PAGE> 104
                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

      NOTE:  If the Participant has had the right to withdraw his or her account
             balance  in  the  past,   this   right  may  not  be  taken   away.
             Notwithstanding  the  above,  to  the  contrary,  required  minimum
             distributions  will be paid.  For timing of  distribution  see item
             21(a) below.

21.   DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS

      (a)   Timing of Distributions:

            In  cases  of  termination  for  other  than  death,  Disability  or
            retirement, benefits shall be paid:

            [x]  (i)  As soon as administratively feasible, following the  close
                      of the  valuation  period during which a  distribution  is
                      requested or is otherwise payable.

            [ ]  (ii) As soon as administratively  feasible following the  close
                      of the Plan Year during which a distribution  is requested
                      or is otherwise payable.

            [ ] (iii) As soon as administratively feasible, following  the  date
                      on  which a  distribution  is  requested  or is  otherwise
                      payable.

            [ ] (iv)  As soon as  administratively feasible, after the close  of
                      the  Plan  Year  during  which  the   Participant   incurs
                      _________ consecutive one-year Breaks in Service.

            [ ]  (v)  Only  after the Participant has achieved the Plan's Normal
                      Retirement Age, or Early Retirement Age, if applicable.

            In cases of death, Disability or retirement, benefits shall be paid:

            [x]  (vi) As  soon  as   administratively  feasible,  following  the
                      close of the valuation  period during which a distribution
                      is requested or is otherwise payable.

            [ ] (vii) As  soon  as administratively feasible following the close
                      of the Plan Year during which a distribution  is requested
                      or is otherwise payable.

            [ ](viii) As soon as administratively feasible,  following  the date
                      on  which a  distribution  is  requested  or is  otherwise
                      payable.

      (b)   Optional Forms of Payment:

            [ ] (i)   Lump Sum.

            [x] (ii)  Installment Payments.

            [ ] (iii) Life Annuity*.

                                       27
<PAGE> 105
                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

            [ ]  (iv) Life Annuity Term Certain*.
                      Life Annuity with payments guaranteed for __________ years
                      (not to exceed 20 years, specify all applicable).

            [ ]  (v)   Joint  and  [  ] 50%, [  ] 66-2/3%, [  ] 75% or [  ] 100%
                       survivor annuity* (specify all applicable).

            [ ]  (vi)  Other form(s) specified: ____________________________

            *Not available in Plan meeting  provisions of paragraph 8.7 of Basic
            Plan Document #R1.

      (c)   Recalculation of Life Expectancy:

            In determining required  distributions under the Plan,  Participants
            and/or their Spouse (Surviving  Spouse) [x] shall [ ] shall not have
            the right to have their life expectancy recalculated.

            If "shall",

            [ ]  only the Participant shall be recalculated.

            [ ]  both the Participant and Spouse shall be recalculated.

            [ ]  who is recalculated shall be determined by the Participant.

                                       28

<PAGE> 106
                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

22.   SIGNATURES

      (a)   EMPLOYER:

            Name and address of Employer if different  than specified in Section
            1 above.

            This  agreement  and the  corresponding  provisions  of the Plan and
            Trust Basic Plan  Document #R1 were adopted by the Employer the 18th
                                                                            ----
            day of February, 2000.
                   --------  ----

            Signed for the Employer by:

            Title:  Vice President, Human Resources

            Signature:                            /s/ Linda A. Johnston
                                                  ---------------------

            THE EMPLOYER  UNDERSTANDS THAT ITS FAILURE TO PROPERLY  COMPLETE THE
            ADOPTION AGREEMENT MAY RESULT IN DISQUALIFICATION OF ITS PLAN.

            Employer's  Reliance:  The  adopting  Employer  may  not  rely  on a
            notification  letter  issued by the National  Office of the Internal
            Revenue  Service as evidence  that the Plan is qualified  under Code
            Section  401.  In order to  obtain  reliance  with  respect  to Plan
            qualification,  the  Employer  must  apply  to the  appropriate  Key
            District Office for a determination letter.

            This Adoption  Agreement may only be used in conjunction  with Basic
            Plan Document #R1.

                                       29

<PAGE> 107
                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

22.   SIGNATURES

      (a)   EMPLOYER:

            Name and address of Employer if different  than specified in Section
            1 above.

            This  agreement  and the  corresponding  provisions  of the Plan and
            Trust Basic Plan  Document #R1 were adopted by the Employer the 15th
                                                                            ----
            day of February, 2000.
                   --------  ----

            Signed for the Employer by:

            Title:     Personnel Officer

            Signature:                            /s/
                                                  ----------------------------

            THE EMPLOYER  UNDERSTANDS THAT ITS FAILURE TO PROPERLY  COMPLETE THE
            ADOPTION AGREEMENT MAY RESULT IN DISQUALIFICATION OF ITS PLAN.

            Employer's  Reliance:  The  adopting  Employer  may  not  rely  on a
            notification  letter  issued by the National  Office of the Internal
            Revenue  Service as evidence  that the Plan is qualified  under Code
            Section  401.  In order to  obtain  reliance  with  respect  to Plan
            qualification,  the  Employer  must  apply  to the  appropriate  Key
            District Office for a determination letter.

            This Adoption  Agreement may only be used in conjunction  with Basic
            Plan Document #R1.

                                       30
<PAGE> 108

                                                              REGIONAL PROTOTYPE
                                                                CASH OR DEFERRED
                                                             PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                                                                            #012

      (b)   TRUSTEE:

            Name of Trustee:

            SAVINGS BANKS EMPLOYEES RETIREMENT ASSOCIATION

            The  Employer's  Plan  as  contained  herein  was  accepted  by  the
            Trustee(s) the _______ day of ________________, 19____.

      Signed for the Trustee by:

      Title:    Plan Administrator

      Signature:  _______________________

      (c)   SPONSOR:

            The  Employer's  Agreement and the  corresponding  provisions of the
            Plan  and  Trust/Custodial  Account  Basic  Plan  Document  #R1 were
            accepted by the Sponsor the __________ day of  ____________________,
            19______.

      Signed for the Sponsor by:

      Title:

      Signature:       _________________________

                                       31FIFTH RESTATED AND AMENDED

                     REVOLVING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

                                      AMONG

                           FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION,

                         LASALLE BUSINESS CREDIT, INC.,

                                 BANK LEUMI USA,

                             DIME COMMERCIAL CORP.,

                                 ALLFIRST BANK,

                          KEY CORPORATE CAPITAL, INC.,

              AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CHICAGO,

                                  WEBSTER BANK,

                               MELLON BANK, N.A.,

                        ALLOU HEALTH & BEAUTY CARE, INC.

                                       AND

                            ALLOU DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

                               Dated: May 5, 2000

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>     <C>                                                                                                      <C>
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS............................................................................................2

SECTION 2.        BORROWERS' LOAN ACCOUNT; REVOLVING LOANS.......................................................13
         2.1      Loans.   13
         2.2      Loan Account...................................................................................13
         2.3      Payment. 14
         2.4      Letters of Credit..............................................................................14
         2.5      Interest on Revolving Loans....................................................................15
         2.6      Eurodollar Interest Rate Option................................................................15
         2.7      Overadvances...................................................................................17
         2.8      Fees.    19

SECTION 3.        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.................................................................21
         3.1      Organization and Qualification.................................................................21
         3.2      Corporate Authority............................................................................21
         3.3      Valid Obligations..............................................................................22
         3.4      Approvals......................................................................................22
         3.5      Title to Properties; Absence of Liens..........................................................22
         3.6      Compliance.....................................................................................22
         3.7      Financial Statements...........................................................................22
         3.8      Solvency.......................................................................................23
         3.9      Events of Default..............................................................................23
         3.10     Taxes.   23
         3.11     Litigation.....................................................................................23
         3.12     Margin Rules...................................................................................24
         3.13     Restrictions on the Borrowers..................................................................24
         3.14     ERISA.   24
         3.15     Intellectual Property; Tradenames..............................................................25
         3.16     Environmental and Regulatory Compliance........................................................25
         3.17      Employment Contracts..........................................................................26

SECTION 4.        CONDITIONS OF LOANS............................................................................26
         4.1      Conditions of Initial Loans....................................................................26
         4.2      Conditions to all Revolving Loans..............................................................28
         4.3      Conditions to Restatement and Amendment........................................................29
         4.4      Heter Iska.....................................................................................31

SECTION 5.        COVENANTS......................................................................................31
         5.1      Financial Reporting............................................................................31
         5.2      Conduct of Business............................................................................33
         5.3      Maintenance and Insurance......................................................................33
</TABLE>

                                       ii

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>      <C>                                                                                                    <C>
         5.4      Taxes. ........................................................................................34
         5.5      Limitation of Indebtedness.....................................................................34
         5.6      Guaranties.....................................................................................34
         5.7      Restrictions on Liens..........................................................................34
         5.8      Merger, Acquisitions and Purchase and Sale of Assets...........................................35
         5.9      Investments and Loans..........................................................................35
         5.10     Capital Expenditures...........................................................................36
         5.11     Sale of Notes..................................................................................36
         5.12     Dividends, etc.................................................................................36
         5.13     ERISA Compliance...............................................................................36
         5.14     Pension Plans..................................................................................37
         5.15     Notification of Default........................................................................38
         5.16     Notification of Material Litigation............................................................38
         5.17     Notification of Material Adverse Change........................................................38
         5.18     Inspection by the Agent........................................................................38
         5.19     Maintenance of Books and Records...............................................................38
         5.20     Use of Proceeds................................................................................38
         5.21     Transactions with Affiliates...................................................................39
         5.22     Environmental Regulations......................................................................39
         5.23     Fiscal Year....................................................................................40
         5.24     Loss or Depreciation of Collateral.............................................................40
         5.25     Consolidated Tangible Net Worth................................................................40
         5.26     Interest Coverage..............................................................................40
         5.27     Leverage.......................................................................................40
         5.28     Joint and Several Liability....................................................................40
         5.29     Interest Rate Protection.......................................................................40
         5.30     The Fragrance Counter, Inc.....................................................................41
         5.31     Prepaid Inventory..............................................................................41
                  5.32     Appraisal.............................................................................41

SECTION 6.        SECURITY.......................................................................................41
         6.1      Security Interest..............................................................................41
         6.2      No Other Liens.................................................................................42
         6.3      Location of Records and Collateral.............................................................42
         6.4      Status of Collateral...........................................................................42
         6.5      Name Change....................................................................................42
         6.6      Collection of Accounts Receivable..............................................................43

SECTION 7.        EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION................................................................43

SECTION 8.  SET OFF; PARTICIPATIONS..............................................................................46

SECTION 9.        CONCERNING THE AGENT AND THE BANKS.............................................................46
         9.1      Appointment and Authorization..................................................................46
</TABLE>

                                      iii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>      <C>                                                                                                    <C>
         9.2      Agent and Affiliates...........................................................................46
         9.3      Future Advances................................................................................47
         9.4      Payments.......................................................................................48
         9.5      Interest, Fees and Other Payments..............................................................48
         9.6      Action by Agent................................................................................48
         9.7      Consultation with Experts......................................................................49
         9.8      Liability of Agent.............................................................................49
         9.9      Indemnification................................................................................50
         9.10     Independent Credit Decision....................................................................50
         9.11     Consents of All Lenders........................................................................51
         9.12     Successor Agent................................................................................51
         9.13     Agent's Minimum Commitment.....................................................................51

SECTION 10.       MISCELLANEOUS..................................................................................51
         10.1     Written Notices................................................................................51
         10.2     Term of Agreement..............................................................................53
         10.3     No Waivers.....................................................................................53
         10.4     Further Assurances.............................................................................53
         10.5     Governing Law..................................................................................53
         10.6     Payments in Immediately Available Funds........................................................54
         10.7     Expenses, Taxes and Indemnification............................................................54
         10.8     Amendments, Waivers, etc.......................................................................54
         10.9     Binding Effect of Agreement....................................................................56
         10.10    Computation of Interest and Fees...............................................................56
         10.11    Entire Agreement...............................................................................56
         10.12    Captions.......................................................................................57
         10.13    Counterparts...................................................................................57
         10.14     Severability..................................................................................57
         10.15     Consent of Guarantors.........................................................................57
         10.16     Acknowledgment by Subsidiaries................................................................57
         10.17    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL...........................................................................57
</TABLE>

                                       iv
<PAGE>

           EXHIBIT A Fifth Restated and Amended Revolving Credit Note
                          EXHIBIT B Disclosure Schedule
                         EXHIBIT C Existing Indebtedness
            EXHIBIT D Fifth Restated and Amended Closing Certificate
                EXHIBIT E Certificate of Chief Financial Officer

                                       v
<PAGE>

                           FIFTH RESTATED AND AMENDED
                           --------------------------
                     REVOLVING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
                     ---------------------------------------

         THIS FIFTH RESTATED AND AMENDED REVOLVING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
is made as of May 5, 2000, among ALLOU HEALTH & BEAUTY CARE, INC. (the
"Parent"), a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business and a
chief executive office at 50 Emjay Boulevard, Brentwood, New York 11717; ALLOU
DISTRIBUTORS, INC. ("Distributors"), a New York corporation having its principal
place of business and chief executive office at 50 Emjay Boulevard, Brentwood,
New York 11717; FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION ("FCC"), One Federal Street, Boston,
MA 02110; LASALLE BUSINESS CREDIT, INC. ("LBC"), 477 Madison Avenue, 20th Floor,
New York, NY, 10022; BANK LEUMI USA ("BLT"), 562 Fifth Avenue, New York, NY,
10036; ALLFIRST BANK ("Allfirst"), 25 South Charles Street, Baltimore, MD 21201;
DIME COMMERCIAL CORP. ("DCC"), 1180 Avenue of the Americas, Fifth Floor, New
York, NY 10036; KEY CORPORATE CAPITAL, INC.("KCC"), Structured Finance Group,
One Canal Plaza, 6th Floor, Portland, ME 04101; AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK AND TRUST
COMPANY OF CHICAGO ("ANB"), 120 S. LaSalle Street, 8th Floor, Chicago, IL 60603;
WEBSTER BANK ("Webster"), CityPlace II, 185 Asylum Street, 5th Floor, Hartford,
CT 06103; MELLON BANK, N.A. ("Mellon"), Edison Square West, 2035 Lincoln
Highway, Suite 1080, Edison, NJ 08817; and FCC (as successor to BankBoston, N.A.
("BKB") in connection with the merger of BKB and Fleet National Bank ("FNB")
(the "Merger")) as agent for the Lenders (the "Agent"). The Parent and
Distributors are hereafter referred to individually as a "Borrower" and
collectively (also with Subsidiaries executing and delivering the Subsidiary
Tie-In Agreement from time to time) as the "Borrowers". FCC, LBC, BLT, Allfirst,
DCC, KCC, ANB, Webster and Mellon are hereafter referred to collectively as the
"Lenders".

         Reference is made to the following facts:

         A. The Borrowers and certain of the Lenders (or their predecessors in
interest) have previously executed and delivered that certain Revolving Credit
and Security Agreement, dated December 10, 1991 (the "Original Loan Agreement"),
as amended and restated by that certain Fourth Restated and Amended Revolving
Credit and Security Agreement dated as of November 12, 1999 (the "Prior Loan
Agreement");

         B. The Borrowers have requested that the Prior Loan Agreement be
further amended to increase the Maximum Amount hereunder to $185,081,040, to
reflect the inclusion of FCC (as successor to BKB and Fleet Business Credit
Corporation in connection with the Merger) and Mellon among the Lenders, to
revise the Maturity Date, and to make certain other changes; and

         C. The Borrowers and the Lenders have deemed it advisable to
consolidate the Prior Loan Agreement and the amendments to be effected hereby,
by restating and amending the Prior Loan Agreement as set forth in this Fifth
Restated and Amended Revolving Credit and

<PAGE>

Security Agreement (hereinafter, as previously amended, and as amended hereby,
the "Loan Agreement" or this "Agreement").

         SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS. As used herein, the following terms shall have
the following meanings:

         1.1 "Account" and "Account Receivable" include all rights to payment
for goods sold or leased or for services rendered, all sums of money or other
proceeds due or becoming due thereon, all instruments pertaining thereto, all
guaranties and security therefor, and all goods giving rise thereto and the
rights pertaining to such goods, including the right of stoppage in transit, and
all related insurance.

         1.2 "Affiliate" means, with reference to any Person, (i) any director,
officer or employee of that Person, (ii) any other Person controlling,
controlled by or under direct or indirect common control of that Person, (iii)
any other Person directly or indirectly holding 5% or more of any class of the
capital stock or other equity interests (including options, warrants,
convertible securities and similar rights) of that Person and (iv) any other
Person 5% or more of any class of whose capital stock or other equity interests
(including options, warrants, convertible securities and similar rights) is held
directly or indirectly by that Person. For purposes of Sections 3.14, 5.13 and
5.14 hereof, "Affiliate" shall mean, within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c),
(m) or (o) of the Code, (i) any member of a controlled group of corporations
which includes any of the Borrowers, (ii) any trade or business, whether or not
incorporated, under common control with any of the Borrowers, (iii) any member
of an affiliated service group which includes any of the Borrowers, and (iv) any
member of a group including any of the Borrowers treated as a single employer by
regulation.

         1.3 "Agent" shall mean FCC acting in the capacity of agent for the
Lenders under this Agreement, and includes (where the context so admits) any
other Person or Persons succeeding to the functions of the Agent hereunder.

         1.4 "Appraisal" shall mean an appraisal of the net orderly liquidation
value of the Borrowers' Inventory performed at the expense of the Agent by an
independent appraiser, and upon such terms, conditions and assumptions, as the
Agent shall approve.

         1.5 "Base Accounts" shall mean the aggregate Accounts Receivable of the
Borrowers as to which the Agent has a perfected first security interest and the
Borrowers have furnished to the Agent information as required by Section 5.1
(viii) and (ix). If and when a Base Account exists by virtue of constituting
proceeds of Base Inventory, the Inventory giving rise to the Base Account
automatically loses its status as Base Inventory.

         1.6 "Base Inventory" shall mean Inventory consisting solely of national
brand name products, as to which any of the Borrowers has acquired title, the
Agent has acquired a perfected first security interest and the Borrowers have
furnished to the Agent information as required by Section 5.1 (viii) and (ix),
but shall not include any Inventory consisting of Allou label goods, or

                                       2
<PAGE>

any goods, merchandise or other personal property owned by any other Person and
held by any of the Borrowers on consignment or otherwise. Inventory immediately
loses the status of Base Inventory if and when one of the Borrowers sells it,
otherwise passes title thereto or consumes it or the Agent releases or transfers
its security interest therein.

         1.7 "Base Rate" shall mean the greater of (i) that rate of interest
announced from time to time by FCC at its head office as its Base Rate, and (ii)
the rate of interest equal to the sum of (A) 150 basis points and (B) the rate
of interest equal to the average of the rates on overnight federal funds
transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal
funds brokers (the "Overnight Rates"), as published by the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York or, if the overnight Rates are not so published for any day, the
average of the quotations for the Overnight Rates received by the Agent from
three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Agent, as the
same may be changed from time to time.

         1.8 "Base Rate Margin" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.5
hereof.

         1.9 "Borrowers" or "Borrower" shall mean the Parent and Distributors
jointly and severally, and on a consolidated and individual basis as the context
may require in the sole judgment of the Agent, jointly and severally with any
Subsidiary either executing and delivering to the Lenders and the Agent a
Subsidiary Tie-In Agreement or hereafter becoming a party to such Subsidiary
Tie-In Agreement.

         1.10 "Borrowers' Accountants" shall mean independent certified public
accountants reasonably acceptable to the Agent. The Agent hereby acknowledges
that the Borrowers' Accountants currently may include Mayer Rispler and Company.

         1.11 "Borrowing Base" shall mean an amount equal to the sum of (x) the
Borrowing Base Percentage of the Net Outstanding Amount of Base Accounts, (y)
the Borrowing Base Percentage of the Net Security Value of Base Inventory, and
(z) 55% of the Eligible Documentary Letters of Credit (provided that for
purposes of clauses (y) and (z) of this Section, the aggregate amount determined
by such percentages plus the aggregate amount of any outstanding Overadvances
shall not exceed the sum of $120,000,000). Whenever the Borrowing Base is used
as a measure of loans it shall be computed as of, and the loans referred to
shall be those reflected in the Loan Account at, the time in question.

         1.12 "Borrowing Base Percentage of the Net Outstanding Amount of Base
Accounts" shall mean 85% of the Net Outstanding Amount of Base Accounts;
provided, however, in the event that, and for so long as, the percentage of the
Borrowers' Base Accounts remaining past due for more than sixty (60) days from
their original due date exceeds fifteen (15) percent of the Borrowers' Base
Accounts, the Borrowing Base Percentage of the Net Outstanding Amount of Base
Accounts shall be reduced from 85% to 80%.

         1.13 "Borrowing Base Percentage of the Net Security Value of Base
Inventory" shall mean 60% of the Net Security Value of Base Inventory, until
such time as the Appraisal shall

                                       3
<PAGE>

have been completed and delivered to the Agent. Immediately upon delivery of the
Appraisal to the Agent, the "Borrowing Base Percentage of the Net Security Value
of Base Inventory" shall mean the lesser of (i) 60% of the Net Security Value of
Base Inventory, and (ii) the percentage of the Net Security Value of Base
Inventory calculated by dividing (y) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of
Base Inventory as determined in the Appraisal by (z) the Net Security Value of
Base Inventory included in the Appraisal.

         1.14 "Business" shall mean the assets of and the existing business now
operated by the Borrowers as wholesale distributor of brand name and private
label health and beauty aid products, cosmetics and fragrances, non-narcotic
prescription drugs, non-perishable sundries consisting of items typically sold
in pharmacies or convenience stores, and non-perishable packaged food items, and
as manufacturer of brand name and private label health and beauty aid products,
cosmetics and fragrances.

         1.15 "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or
Jewish Holiday, on which the head office of the Agent is open for transactions
of all of its normal and customary business, it being recognized that a Business
Day relating to interest calculated or a portion of the Loan payable by
reference to the Eurodollar Rate shall be any such day, other than a Saturday,
Sunday or Jewish Holiday, on which dealings are carried on in the Eurodollar
interbank market and dollar settlements of such dealings may be effected in New
York, New York.

         1.16 "Capital Expenditures" shall mean any expenditure for fixed
assets, leasehold improvements, capital leases under GAAP, installment purchases
of machinery and equipment, acquisitions of real estate and other similar
expenditures including expenditures in the construction in progress account of
the Borrowers.

         1.17 "Cash Equivalents" shall mean for the Borrowers on a consolidated
basis the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalents, as determined in
accordance with GAAP, plus the then Net Outstanding Amount of Base Accounts.

         1.18 "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

         1.19 "Collateral" shall mean any and all real and personal property of
the Borrowers, whether tangible or intangible, in which the Agent now has, is
granted by this Agreement or otherwise, or hereafter acquires a security
interest or any other lien (including, without limitation, by way of mortgage,
pledge or assignment) to secure the Obligations.

         1.20 "Commitment" shall mean, with respect to a particular Lender, the
product of such Lender's Commitment Percentage multiplied by the Maximum Amount.

         1.21 "Commitment Percentage" shall mean in relation to each Lender the
percentage set forth opposite its name below:

                                       4
<PAGE>

          LENDERS                    PERCENTAGE                COMMITMENT

          FCC                         27.01519%                $50,000,000

          ANB                         16.52305%                $30,581,040

          ALLFIRST                    8.10456%                 $15,000,000

          DCC                         8.10456%                 $15,000,000

          LBC                         6.48365%                 $12,000,000

          KCC                         8.10456%                 $15,000,000

          BLT                         5.40304%                 $10,000,000

          WEBSTER                     6.75380%                 $12,500,000

          MELLON                      13.50760%                $25,000,000

         1.22 "Consolidated Tangible Net Worth" shall mean the amount which is
equal to the consolidated net worth of the Borrowers, computed in accordance
with GAAP and with Inventory and cost of goods sold determined on the average
cost basis consistent with the method of inventory valuation used in the
preparation of the Initial Financial Statement, minus (i) to the extent not
otherwise approved in advance by the Agent, any write-up in the book value of
any asset of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary resulting from revaluation thereof
after the date of the Initial Financial Statement, (ii) the book value, net of
applicable reserves, of all intangible assets of the Borrowers and any
Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, goodwill, trademarks, trade names,
copyrights, patents and any similar rights, and unamortized debt discount and
expense, (iii) the value, if any, attributable to any capital stock of the
Borrowers or any Subsidiary held in treasury, (iv) the value, if any,
attributable to any notes or subscriptions receivable due from stockholders in
respect of capital stock, and (v) intercompany accounts with Subsidiaries and
Affiliates (including receivables due from any Subsidiaries and Affiliates).

         1.23 "Credit Notes" shall have the meanings set forth in Section 2.1
hereof.

         1.24 "Current Assets" shall mean the current assets of the Borrowers as
determined in accordance with GAAP.

         1.25 "Current Liabilities" shall mean the aggregate amount of
Indebtedness of the Borrowers which may properly be classified as current
liabilities in accordance with GAAP and in any event including, without
limitation, the portion of any direct or indirect Indebtedness and other
liabilities of the Borrowers which are payable on demand, within one year from
the creation thereof or within one year from the date as of which any such
calculation of Current Liabilities is made.

                                       5
<PAGE>

         1.26 "Default" shall mean the occurrence of any event or condition
which, with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, will become an
Event of Default.

         1.27 "Deposit Account Security Agreement" shall mean that certain
Deposit Account Security Agreement, of even date herewith, among the Borrowers,
the Agent and FNB as the depository bank, executed and delivered as contemplated
by the terms of Section 4.3 hereof.

         1.28 "Disclosure Letter" shall mean that certain letter from the
Borrowers to the Agent and the Lenders disclosing information as contemplated by
the terms of the Original Loan Agreement, as amended and updated from time to
time.

         1.29 "EBIT" for any period shall mean an amount equal to Net Income for
such period, (a) plus the following, to the extent deducted in computing such
Net Income: (i) interest on Indebtedness for borrowed money and (ii) taxes; and
(b) minus, to the extent added in computing such Net Income, all extraordinary
items net of any tax effect caused by such items (to the extent not already
reflected in clause (a)(ii) above).

         1.30 "Eligible Documentary Letters of Credit" shall mean documentary
Letters of Credit issued by the Agent solely to the extent such Letters of
Credit are issued for the importation or other purchase of finished goods
Inventory that would otherwise constitute Base Inventory at such time as the
Agent acquires a perfected first security interest therein, provided that such
Inventory is not otherwise included in the Borrowing Base.

         1.31 "Encumbrances" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.7
hereof.

         1.32 "ERISA" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.14 hereof.

         1.33 "Eurodollar Rate" means, with respect to any Interest Period, in
the case of any Euroloan Rate Amount, the annual rate of interest determined by
the Agent, at or before 11:00 a.m. (Boston time) (or as soon thereafter as
practicable) on the second Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest
Period, to be the annual rate of interest at which deposits of U.S. dollars are
offered to the Agent by prime banks in whatever Eurodollar interbank market may
be selected by the Agent in its sole discretion, acting in good faith, at or
about the time of determination and in accordance with the usual practice in
such market for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in immediately
available funds and having a maturity equal to such Interest Period in an amount
equal (as nearly as may be) to such Euroloan Rate Amount. Each such
determination by the Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest computational
error.

         1.34 "Euroloan Rate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(i)
hereof.
         1.35 "Euroloan Rate Amount" means, in relation to any Interest Period,
any portions of the principal amount of any Revolving Loans on which the
Borrowers elect pursuant to Section 2.6(i) hereof to pay interest at a rate
determined by reference to the Euroloan Rate.

         1.36 "Euroloan Rate Margin" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
2.6 hereof.

                                       6
<PAGE>

         1.37 "Event of Default" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1
hereof.

         1.38 "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied.

         1.39 "Guarantors" shall mean Victor Jacobs, Herman Jacobs and Jacob
Jacobs.

         1.40 "Guaranties" shall mean the Restated and Amended Limited
Guaranties of the Guarantors, each dated as of October 22, 1997.

         1.41 "Indebtedness" with respect to any Person shall mean and include,
without duplication, (i) all items which, in accordance with GAAP, would be
included as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person, but excluding
anything in the nature of capital stock, surplus capital and retained earnings,
(ii) the face amount of all banker's acceptances and of all letters of credit
issued by any bank for the account of such Person and all drafts drawn
thereunder, (iii) the total amount of all indebtedness secured by any
Encumbrances to which any property or asset of such Person is subject, whether
or not the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed, and (iv) the
total amount of all indebtedness and obligations of others which such Person has
directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed (otherwise than for collection or
deposit in the ordinary course of business), discounted with recourse or agreed
(contingently or otherwise) to purchase or repurchase or otherwise acquire,
including, without limitation, any agreement (a) to advance or supply funds to
such other Person to maintain working capital, equity capital, net worth or
solvency, or (b) otherwise to assure or hold harmless such other Person against
loss in respect of its obligations.

         1.42 "Initial Financial Statement" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.7 hereof.

         1.43 "Insolvent" or "Insolvency" shall mean that there shall have
occurred one or more of the following events with respect to a Person:
dissolution; termination of existence; insolvency within the meaning of the
United States Bankruptcy Code or other applicable statute; such Person's
inability to pay its debts as they come due; appointment of a receiver of any
part of the property of, execution of a trust mortgage or an assignment for the
benefit of creditors by, or the filing of a petition in bankruptcy or the
commencement of any proceedings under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws, or any
laws relating to the relief of debtors, readjustment of indebtedness or
reorganization of debtors, or the offering of a plan to creditors for
composition or extension, except for any such involuntary proceeding commenced
against such Person which is dismissed within 60 days after the commencement
thereof without the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a
trustee.

         1.44 "Interest Period" means, any period relating to a Euroloan Rate
Amount, the commencement and duration of which shall be determined in accordance
with Section 2.6 hereof.

                                       7
<PAGE>

         1.45 "Inventory" shall mean goods, merchandise and other personal
property, now owned or hereafter acquired by any of the Borrowers, which are
held for sale or lease or are furnished or to be furnished under a contract of
service or are raw materials, work in process or materials used or consumed or
to be used or consumed in the business of any of the Borrowers.

         1.46 "Jewish Holiday" shall mean any of the Jewish holidays specified
on Exhibit B.

         1.47 "Leases" shall mean any agreement granting any of the Borrowers
the right to occupy space in a structure or real estate for any period of time
or any capital lease or other lease of or agreement to use personal property
including, but not limited to, machinery, equipment, furniture and fixtures,
whether evidenced by written or oral lease, contract, sales agreement or other
agreement no matter how characterized.

         1.48 "Lease Financing Facility" shall mean the Master Lease Finance
Agreement dated as of April 24, 1996, and Equipment Schedule No. 1 thereto,
between Distributors and BancBoston Leasing Inc., related lease documents and
the transactions contemplated thereby.

         1.49 "Letters of Credit" shall mean letters of credit issued at sight
or at time (including documentary bankers acceptances) in the form customarily
issued by FNB as standby or documentary or commercial letters of credit, issued
by FNB at the request made to the Agent by any of the Borrowers and for the
account of any of the Borrowers.

         1.50 "Loan" and "Loans" shall mean the Revolving Loans, as defined in
Section 2.1.

         1.51 "Loan Account" shall mean the account on the books of the Agent in
which will be recorded Revolving Loans, including Overadvances, if any, made by
each of the Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to this Agreement, payments made
on such Loans and Overadvances, if any, and other appropriate debits and credits
as provided by this Agreement.

         1.52 "Loan Documents" shall mean this Loan Agreement and any other
documents, instruments or agreements executed and delivered in connection with
or as contemplated by this Loan Agreement.

         1.53 "Machinery and Equipment" shall mean any tangible personal
property which is not Inventory.
         1.54 "Maturity Date" shall mean the earlier of (a) the first
anniversary of the date hereof, or, in the event that such date is not a
Business Day, the Maturity Date shall mean the first Business Day immediately
following the first anniversary of the date hereof, or (b) as such Maturity Date
may be otherwise accelerated under the terms of Section 7.1 hereof.

         1.55     "Maximum Amount" shall mean $185,081,040.00.

                                       8
<PAGE>

         1.56 "Net Income" shall mean the consolidated gross revenues of the
Borrowers, for the period in question, less all expenses and other proper
charges (including taxes on income), all determined in accordance with GAAP, and
with inventory and cost of goods sold determined on the average cost basis
consistent with the method of inventory valuation used in the preparation of the
Initial Financial Statement, but in any event , excluding from Net Income: (i)
any gain or loss arising from any write-up of assets, except the extent
inclusion thereof shall be approved in writing by the Agent; (ii) earnings of
any Subsidiary (other than a Borrower), or of any business entity (other than a
Subsidiary) in which any of the Borrowers has an ownership interest, except to
the extent such net earnings shall have actually been received by the Borrowers
in the form of cash distributions; (iii) any gains or losses on the sale or
other disposition of investments or fixed or capital assets, any taxes on any
such excluded gains, and tax deductions or credits on account of any such
excluded losses (iv) the proceeds of any life insurance policy; (v) any deferred
or other credit representing any excess of the equity of any Subsidiary at the
date of acquisition thereof over the amount invested in such Subsidiary; and
(vi) any reversal of any contingency reserve, except to the extent that
provision for such contingency reserve shall be made from income arising during
such period; and (vii) except to the extent already deducted from gross revenues
in the calculation of Net Income, all salaries, bonuses, dividends or any other
payments or compensation of any kind paid or distributed to any employees and/or
Affiliates of the Borrowers.

         1.57 "Net Outstanding Amount of Base Accounts" shall mean the net
amount of Base Accounts outstanding after (a) eliminating from the aggregate
amount of outstanding Base Accounts such Accounts, past due under the original
terms of sale or unpaid more than 60 days after original due date or, if subject
to specific dating programs approved by the Agent, eliminating from the
aggregate amount of outstanding Base Accounts such Accounts more than 150 days
after the original invoice date; and (b) deducting from the aggregate face
amount of the remaining Base Accounts (i) Accounts owing from Affiliates; (ii)
all Accounts owing from any account debtor in the event that 20% or more of the
Accounts due from such account debtor to any of the Borrower are more than 60
days past due after the original due date, if subject to specific dating
programs approved by the Agent, more than 120 days after the original invoice
date; and (iii) all payments, adjustments, and credits applicable thereto and
all amounts due thereon considered by the Agent to be difficult to collect or
uncollectible by reason of return, rejection, repossession, loss or damage of or
to the merchandise giving rise thereto, a merchandise or other dispute,
insolvency of the account debtor or any other reason; all as determined by the
Agent in its discretion, which determination shall be final and binding upon the
Borrowers absent manifest error.

         1.58 "Net Security Value of Base Inventory" shall mean the net value of
Base Inventory, calculated at the lesser of fair market value or cost determined
on the average cost basis consistent with the method of inventory valuation used
in the preparation of the Initial Financial Statement, after subtracting the
value of any Base Inventory which is damaged or defective and after taking into
account charges and liens, other than those of the Agent, of all kinds against
the Base Inventory, changes in the market value thereof, and transportation,
processing and other handling charges affecting the value thereof, all as
determined by the Agent

                                       9
<PAGE>

in its sole and unrestricted discretion, which determination shall be final and
binding upon the Borrowers absent manifest computational error.

         1.59 "Obligations" shall mean any and all obligations of any of the
Borrowers to the Agent, to FNB or to any of the Lenders of every kind and
description, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, primary or secondary,
due or to become due, now existing in connection with or hereafter arising out
of (i) this Agreement, as amended, modified or restated from time to time, (ii)
any other Loan Document, as amended, modified or restated from time to time, and
(iii) the provision of any commercial banking services (including, without
limitation, cash management services) by the Agent or FNB to any of the
Borrowers, regardless of how they arise or by what agreement or instrument they
may be evidenced or whether evidenced by any agreement or instrument, and
includes obligations to perform acts and to refrain from acting as well as
obligations to pay money.

         1.60 "Operating Cash Flow" shall mean for any fiscal period an amount
equal to (i) Net Income for such period, (ii) plus interest, taxes and all
depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges taken in accordance with
GAAP and deducted in computing Net Income for such period, (iii) minus taxes
actually paid during such period and, (iv) minus Capital Expenditures made
during such period (excluding Capital Expenditures financed by any third party
which is not one of the Lenders).

         1.61 "Overadvance" and "Overadvances" shall have the meanings set forth
in Section 2.7 hereof.

         1.62 "Parent" shall mean Allou Health & Beauty Care, Inc., a Delaware
corporation of which Distributors is a wholly-owned subsidiary.

         1.63 "Pension Plan" and "Pension Plans" shall have the meanings set
forth in Section 3.14 hereof.

         1.64 "Person" includes an individual, a company, a corporation, an
association, a partnership, a limited liability company, a joint venture, an
unincorporated trade or business enterprise, a trust, an estate, or a government
(national, regional or local) or an agency, instrumentality or official thereof.

         1.65 "PBGC" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.14 hereof.
         1.66 "Plan" and "Plans" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
3.14 hereof.

         1.67 "Pledge Agreement" shall mean the Pledge Agreements dated as of
December 10, 1991 by and among the Parent and the Agent, as amended from time to
time, with respect to the capital stock of Distributors and all Subsidiaries of
the Parent and Distributors.

         1.68 "Prohibited Transactions" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 3.14 hereof.

                                       10
<PAGE>

         1.69 "Renewal Fee" shall mean a fee to be paid by the Borrowers to each
Lender for its extension of credit facilities under this Agreement, said fee as
to each Lender to be in the amount set forth opposite its name below:

             LENDER                                         RENEWAL FEE
             ------                                         -----------

             FCC                                                  $50,000.00

             ANB                                                  $38,953.00

             LBC                                                         N/A

             ALLFIRST                                             $15,000.00

             DCC                                                  $15,000.00

             KCC                                                  $20,250.00

             BLT                                                         N/A

             WEBSTER                                                     N/A

             MELLON                                               $62,500.00

         1.70 "Reserve Charge" means, for each day on which any Euroloan Rate
Amount is outstanding, a reserve charge in an amount equal to the product of:

                  (i) the outstanding principal amount of the Euroloan Rate
         Amount; multiplied by

                  (ii)(a) the Eurodollar Rate (expressed as a decimal) divided
         by one minus the Reserve Rate, minus

                      (b) the Eurodollar Rate (expressed as a decimal);
         multiplied by

                  (iii) 1/360.

         1.71 "Reserve Rate" means the rate in effect from time to time,
expressed as a decimal, at which each Lender would be required to maintain
reserves under Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System (or any successor or similar regulation relating to such reserve
requirements) against its respective Commitment Percentage of "Eurocurrency
Liabilities" (as such term is used in such Regulation D) if such liabilities
were outstanding.

         1.72 "Revolving Loan" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1
hereof.

         1.73 "Subsidiary" shall mean, with reference to any Person, any
corporation, association, joint stock company, business trust or other similar
organization of whose total

                                       11
<PAGE>

capital stock or voting stock such Person directly or indirectly owns or
controls more than 50% thereof or any partnership or other entity in which such
Person directly or indirectly has more than a 50% interest or which is
controlled directly or indirectly by such Person.

         1.74 "Subsidiary Tie-In Agreement" shall mean the Subsidiary Tie-In
Agreement, as originally executed and delivered on December 10, 1991 and as
amended from time to time, among the Borrowers, Subsidiaries of the Parent and
Distributors and the Lenders. Such Subsidiary Tie-In Agreement may be amended
from time to time to add additional Borrowers or otherwise.

         1.75 "Total Interest" shall mean for any fiscal period an aggregate
amount equal to all expenses incurred, accrued or actually paid by any of the
Borrowers constituting interest expense, as determined in accordance with GAAP,
plus payments included in any rental payments under equipment leases (including
the Lease Financing Facility ) constituting implicit interest payments not
otherwise included in such interest expense under GAAP.

         1.76 "Total Liabilities" shall mean all of the liabilities of the
Borrowers as determined in accordance with GAAP.

         1.77 "Working Capital" shall mean an amount for the Borrowers,
determined in accordance with GAAP, equal to the excess of Current Assets over
Current Liabilities.

For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or
unless the context otherwise requires:

                  (i) references to any Person defined in this Section 1 refer
         to such Person and its successor in title and assigns or (as the case
         may be) his successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and
         other legal representatives;

                  (ii) references to this Agreement refer to such document as
         originally executed, or if subsequently varied or supplemented from
         time to time, as so varied or supplemented and in effect at that
         relevant time of reference thereof;

                  (iii) words importing the singular only shall include the
         plural and vice versa, and words importing the masculine gender shall
         include the feminine gender and vice versa, and all references to
         dollars shall be to United States Dollars; and

                  (iv) accounting terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement
         or any of the other documents, instruments or agreements executed and
         delivered in connection herewith or contemplated hereby shall have the
         meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP.

         SECTION 2.        BORROWERS' LOAN ACCOUNT; REVOLVING LOANS.

                                       12
<PAGE>

         1.1 Loans. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement, and in reliance upon the representations, warranties and covenants of
the Borrowers made herein, each of the Lenders severally agrees to make loans
(including Overadvances as defined in and made available in accordance with the
terms of Section 2.7 hereof) ("Revolving Loans") to the Borrowers at the
Borrowers' request from time to time, from and after the date hereof and prior
to the Maturity Date up to a maximum aggregate principal amount outstanding
(after giving effect to all amounts requested) at any one time equal to such
Lender's Commitment; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Revolving
Loans outstanding at any time (excluding Overadvances) plus the aggregate face
amount of Letters of Credit outstanding at such time shall not exceed the lesser
of (i) the Maximum Amount and (ii) the Borrowing Base at such time, and
provided, further, that at the time the Borrowers request a Revolving Loan and
after giving effect to the making thereof there has not occurred and is not
continuing an Event of Default or Default. The Revolving Loans shall be made pro
rata in accordance with each Lender's Commitment Percentage in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation Section 9 hereof.
Except as otherwise permitted under Section 2.7 hereof for certain Overadvances,
the Borrowers jointly and severally agree that it shall be a payment Event of
Default under Section 7.1(i) hereof, without notice or demand of any kind, if at
any time the aggregate debit balance of the Loan Account plus the aggregate face
amount of Letters of Credit outstanding at such time shall exceed the lesser of
(i) the Maximum Amount and (ii) the Borrowing Base, unless the Borrowers shall,
upon demand by the Agent, promptly pay cash to the Agent to be credited to the
Loan Account in such amount as shall be necessary to eliminate the excess. All
requests for Revolving Loans shall be in such form and shall be made in such
manner as is consistent with the Agent's customary practices. The Revolving
Loans shall be evidenced by Fifth Restated and Amended Revolving Credit Notes
(collectively, the "Credit Notes") in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the aggregate principal
amount of Revolving Loans outstanding at any time (including Overadvances) plus
the aggregate face amount of Letters of Credit outstanding at such time shall
not exceed the Maximum Amount.

         1.2 Loan Account. The Agent shall enter Revolving Loans as debits in
the Loan Account for each of the Lenders. The Agent shall also record in the
Loan Account all payments made by the Borrowers on account of Revolving Loans
(including Overadvances), and may also record therein, in accordance with
customary accounting practices, other debits and credits, including customary
banking charges and all interest, fees, charges and expenses chargeable to the
Borrowers under this Agreement. The debit balance of the Loan Account shall
reflect the aggregate amount of the Borrowers' Obligations to the Lenders from
time to time by reason of Revolving Loans (including Overadvances) and other
appropriate charges hereunder. At least once each month the Agent shall render a
statement of account showing as of its date the debit balance of the Loan
Account for each of the Lenders and in the aggregate which, unless within thirty
(30) days of such date notice to the contrary is received by the Agent from the
Borrowers or any Lender, shall be considered correct and accepted by the
Borrowers and the Lenders and conclusively binding upon them absent manifest
error.

                                       13
<PAGE>

         1.3 Payment. Subject to the terms of Section 2.6 and 2.8.3 hereof the
Borrowers may prepay outstanding Revolving Loans (including Overadvances) and
the Obligations evidenced by the Credit Notes in whole or in part at any time
without premium or penalty. Amounts so paid and other amounts may be borrowed
and reborrowed from time to time as provided in Section 2.1. On the Maturity
Date, the Borrowers shall repay to the Agent all outstanding Revolving Loans
(including Overadvances) and the Credit Notes, together with all unpaid interest
thereon and all fees and other amounts due hereunder. All of the other
indebtedness evidenced by the Credit Notes, shall, if not sooner paid, also be
absolutely due and payable on the Maturity Date. In the case of any partial
payment of the Credit Notes, the total amount of such partial payment shall be
allocable among the Credit Notes, subject to adjustment as provided in Section
9.4 hereof, pro rata in accordance with the Commitment Percentage of each of the
Lenders.

         1.4 Letters of Credit. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of
this Agreement, and in reliance upon the representations, warranties and
covenants of the Borrowers made herein, the Agent agrees, as agent for and under
the joint responsibilities of the Lenders, to cause FNB to issue to the extent
permitted by law or the Uniform Customs Practices of the International Chamber
of Commerce governing Letters of Credit (Publication No. 500 or any successor
thereto), Letters of Credit upon the application of the Borrowers during the
period from the date hereof to the Maturity Date; provided that the aggregate
principal amount of Letters of Credit outstanding for the account of the
Borrowers at any time shall not (i) exceed $15,000,000 (not more than
$10,000,000 of which shall be documentary Letters of Credit and not more than
$5,000,000 of which shall be standby Letters of Credit), or (ii) cause the
aggregate debit balance in the Loan Account at such time plus the aggregate face
amount of Letters of Credit then outstanding to exceed the lesser of (y) the
Maximum Amount or (z) the Borrowing Base; and provided, further that at the time
the Borrowers request the issuance of a Letter of Credit and after giving effect
to the issuance thereof, there has not occurred and is not continuing any Event
of Default or Default. All Letters of Credit shall expire not later than the
Maturity Date. Without limiting the foregoing, if any Letter of Credit would by
its terms expire after the Maturity Date, the Borrowers shall, on the Maturity
Date, cause another letter of credit issued by another bank to be substituted
therefor or cause another bank satisfactory to the Agent to indemnify FNB, and
the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders, to the Agent's satisfaction against
any and all liabilities and obligations in respect to such Letter of Credit and,
in such event, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until all
of the Obligations under any such Letters of Credit have been paid in full to
the Agent for the account of the Lenders and FNB.

         Amounts drawn under the Letters of Credit shall be immediately paid by
the Agent to FNB and shall become immediately due and payable, jointly and
severally, by the Borrowers to the Agent and, if not so paid to the Agent, shall
be added to the Loan Account as Revolving Loans as of the date funds are
advanced under such Letter of Credit and shall be immediately due and payable
upon the maturity of the Credit Notes.

         In order to evidence such Letters of Credit, each of the Borrowers
shall enter into, with FNB or the Agent, such agreements and execute such
instruments and documents as FNB or the Agent customarily requires in like
transactions, including, but not limited to, a letter of credit

                                       14
<PAGE>

application and agreement. The Borrowers hereby acknowledge and agree that each
of their presidents, vice presidents and chief financial officers is authorized
to sign applications for the issuance of Letters of Credit and that the
execution and submission thereof to FNB or the Agent by any such officer for the
account of any of the Borrowers shall be for the benefit and liability hereunder
of each of the Borrowers.

         1.5 Interest on Revolving Loans. Subject to the terms of Section 2.6
and Section 2.7 hereof, the Revolving Loans shall bear interest at a rate per
annum equal to 0.750% (the "Base Rate Margin") above the Base Rate in effect
from time to time. If the Borrowers obtain equity capital or subordinated debt
in an amount equal to or greater than $20,000,000 upon terms and conditions
acceptable to the Agent, and there is no Overadvance then outstanding under
Section 2.7 hereof and no Default or Event of Default then exists, the Base Rate
Margin will be reduced to 0.50%. If any Loan or any portion thereof is not paid
when due, so long as any overdue amount remains unpaid, then the unpaid balance
of such Loan shall bear interest, in lieu of interest otherwise payable, to the
extent permitted by law, compounded monthly at an interest rate equal to 4%
above the Base Rate in effect from time to time after such Loan or any portion
thereof becomes overdue. Interest on Loans based on the Base Rate shall be
payable, jointly and severally, by the Borrowers to the Agent monthly in arrears
on the first Business Day of each month. Any change in the Base Rate shall
result in a change on the same day in the rate of interest to accrue from and
after such day on the unpaid balance of principal of the Loans. Interest
accruing on the unpaid balance of Loans from time to time shall be calculated on
the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

         1.6 Eurodollar Interest Rate Option.

         (i) At the option of the Borrowers, so long as no Event of Default or
Default has occurred and is then continuing, the Borrowers may elect from time
to time prior to three months before the Maturity Date to have all or a portion
of the unpaid principal amount of any Revolving Loan bear interest during any
particular Interest Period at the Euroloan Rate (as hereinafter defined);
provided that: (i) the number of any such portions with respect to which such an
election has been made remaining outstanding at any point in time does not
exceed three, and (ii) any such portion of any Revolving Credit Loan shall be in
an amount not less than $5,000,000 or some greater integral multiple of $500,000
with respect to any single Interest Period. Any election by the Borrowers to
have interest calculated at the Euroloan Rate shall be made by notice (which
shall be irrevocable) to the Agent at least three (3) Business Days prior to the
first day of the proposed Interest Period, specifying the Euroloan Rate Amount
and the duration of the proposed Interest Period (which must be for one, two or
three full months). Any such election of a Euroloan Rate shall lapse at the end
of the expiring Interest Period unless extended by a further election notice as
hereinbefore provided. Each Euroloan Rate Amount shall bear interest during each
Interest Period relating thereto at an annual rate (the "Euroloan Rate") equal
to the Eurodollar Rate plus 2.50% (the "Euroloan Rate Margin"). If the Borrowers
obtain equity capital or subordinated debt in an amount equal to or greater than
$20,000,000 upon terms and conditions acceptable to the Agent, and there is no
Overadvance then outstanding under Section 2.7 hereof, the Euroloan Rate Margin
will be reduced to 2.25%.

                                       15
<PAGE>

Interest on each Euroloan Rate Amount shall be payable on the last day of each
Interest Period relating thereto.

         (ii) The Borrowers shall jointly and severally pay to the Agent the
Reserve Charge, if any, with respect to Euroloan Rate Amounts of the Revolving
Loans outstanding from time to time on the dates interest is payable on such
Euroloan Rate Amounts.

         (iii) The Agent shall forthwith upon determining any Euroloan Rate
provide notice thereof to the Borrowers and the Lenders. Each such notice shall
be conclusive and binding upon the Borrowers absent manifest computational
error.

         (iv) If, with respect to any Interest Period, the Agent is unable to
determine the Euroloan Rate relating thereto, or adverse or unusual conditions
in or changes in applicable law relating to the applicable Eurodollar interbank
market make it illegal or, in the reasonable judgment of the Agent,
impracticable, to fund therein the Euroloan Rate Amount or make the projected
Euroloan Rate unreflective of the actual costs of funds therefor to the Agent or
any Lender, or if it shall become unlawful for the Agent or any Lender to charge
interest on the Loan on a Euroloan Rate basis, then in any of the foregoing
events the Agent shall so notify the Borrowers and interest will be calculated
and payable in respect of such projected Interest Period (and thereafter for so
long as the conditions referred to in this sentence shall continue) by reference
to the Base Rate in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

         (v) No Interest Period may be selected by the Borrowers for any
Euroloan Rate Amount which ends beyond the Maturity Date. If any Interest Period
would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day for Euroloan Rate
purposes, that Interest Period shall end on the Business Day next preceding or
next succeeding such day as determined by the Agent in accordance with its usual
practices and notified to the Borrowers at the beginning of such Interest
Period.

         (vi) If for any reason any payment or prepayment of principal of a
Euroloan Rate Amount is made on any day prior to the last day of an Interest
Period, then the Borrowers shall reimburse the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders,
for the loss, if any, computed pursuant to the following formula:

                  L  =     (R-T) x P x  D            + RC
                           --------------
                           360

                  L = amount of loss to be reimbursed to the Agent (for the
                  account of the Lenders).

                  R = the Euroloan Rate at the time of the payment.

                                       16
<PAGE>

                  T = effective interest rate in which United States Treasury
                  bills maturing on the last day of the then current Interest
                  Period and in the same amount as the unpaid principal amount
                  of the Loan can be purchased by the Agent on the day of such
                  payment of principal.

                  D = the number of days remaining in the Interest Period as of
                  the date of such payment.

                  P = the amount of principal paid.

                  RC = the Reserve Charge due through the date of payment.

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Lenders) the amount
of loss, computed in accordance with the foregoing formula, upon presentation by
the Agent of a statement setting forth the Agent's calculation of the amount of
such loss, which notice shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrowers
absent manifest computational error.

         1.7 Overadvances.

         (i) Upon request of the Borrowers, the Agent may permit loans when the
debit balance in the Loan Account plus the aggregate face amount of Letters of
Credit outstanding exceeds the Borrowing Base or which loans will cause the
debit balance in the Loan Account plus the aggregate face amount of Letters of
Credit outstanding to exceed the Borrowing Base. The Agent may require that such
request be made in writing, setting forth the dollar amount of such contemplated
overadvance, and be submitted to the Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior
to the Borrowers' intended borrowing creating such overadvance. The Agent, as
agent for and on behalf of the Lenders, shall consider any such request and may
determine to make such loan or loans in its sole and unrestricted discretion,
subject to clause (ii) of this Section 2.7. Any such overadvances shall be made
for the debit account of each of the Lenders and the Lenders shall reimburse the
Agent for the making of any such loan as though such loan were a Loan duly made
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (any such loan or loans being
herein referred to individually as an "Overadvance" and collectively as
"Overadvances"). The Agent shall enter such Overadvances, along with all
interest, expenses and charges relating thereto, as debits in the Loan Account.
All Overadvances shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to 2.50% above
the Base Rate in effect from time to time provided that if any Overadvance or
any portion thereof is not paid when due, then the unpaid balance of such
overadvance shall bear interest, in lieu of interest otherwise payable, to the
extent permitted by law, compounded monthly at an interest rate equal to 4%
above the Base Rate in effect from time to time after such overadvance or any
portion thereof becomes overdue. Interest on Overadvances shall be payable,
jointly and severally, by the Borrowers to the Agent for the account of the
Lenders monthly in arrears on the first Business Day of each month. Any change
in the Base Rate shall result in a change on the same day in the rate of
interest to accrue from and after such date on the unpaid balance of principal
of any Overadvance. Interest accruing on the unpaid balance of

                                       17
<PAGE>

overadvances from time to time shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day
year for the actual number of days elapsed.

         (ii) Although it will be within the discretion of the Agent to approve
or reject requests from the Borrowers for Overadvances under this Agreement, and
Overadvances shall otherwise only be permitted as contemplated hereby, in no
event shall:

                  (a) the aggregate amount of Overadvances pursuant to Section
         2.7(i) at any one time outstanding exceed the lesser of: (1)(w) the
         maximum aggregate amount of $7,500,000 between the date hereof and June
         30, 2000, (x) the maximum aggregate amount of $5,000,000 between July
         1, 2000 and September 29, 2000, (y) the maximum aggregate amount of
         $2,500,000 between September 30, 2000 and December 29, 2000, and (z) $0
         from and after December 30, 2000; or (2) the then applicable Borrowing
         Base Percentage of the Net Security Value of Base Inventory plus 5%;

                  (b) the debit balance in the Loan Account at any one time
         outstanding exceed the Maximum Amount minus the aggregate face amount
         of Letters of Credit outstanding;

                  (c) the aggregate amount of Overadvances pursuant to Section
         2.7(i) at any one time outstanding plus the sum of the Borrowing Base
         Percentage of the Net Security Value of Inventory and 55% of the
         Eligible Documentary Letters of Credit exceed $120,000,000; and

                  (d) any Overadvance be made at such time as there exists an
         Event of Default or Default.

         In addition, the Borrowers hereby jointly and severally covenant and
agree to cause there to be outstanding no Overadvances for thirty consecutive
days during the period from October 1 through November 30 of each year prior to
the Maturity Date. Failure of the Borrowers to maintain any of the foregoing
conditions, covenants or agreements shall constitute a payment Event of Default
pursuant to Section 7.1(i), and shall be deemed to be a failure to perform an
obligation hereunder.

            1.8 Fees.

                  2.8.1 The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the benefit of
the Lenders pro rata in proportion to their respective Commitment Percentages a
commitment fee, computed on the average daily debit balance in the Loan Account
for the prior month and payable monthly in arrears on the first Business Day of
each month, equal to 0.250% per annum of the excess of (i) the Maximum Amount
over (ii) the principal amount of Revolving Loans outstanding from time to time.

                  2.8.2 The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent for the benefit of
the Lenders in proportion to their respective Commitment Percentages for
issuance of each Letter of Credit a

                                       18
<PAGE>

fee quarterly in arrears that is either (i) a fee equal to the greater of 1.50%
per annum of the face amount of each standby Letter of Credit or such minimum
fee for each such Letter of Credit as may be generally in effect from time to
time, or (ii) a fee equal to the greater of 0.250% of the face amount of each
sight documentary Letter of Credit or such minimum fee for each such Letter of
Credit as may be generally in effect from time to time, or (iii) a fee equal to
the greater of 1.50% per annum of the face amount of each time documentary
Letter of Credit or such minimum fee for each such Letter of Credit as may be
generally in effect from time to time; plus such fees and charges as are
customarily charged by the Agent.

                  2.8.3    Intentionally deleted.

                  2.8.4 The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent any and all charges
customarily made by the Agent against Borrowers.

                  2.8.5 If after the date hereof, the Agent or any of the
Lenders shall have determined that the adoption of any applicable law, rule,
regulation, guideline, directive or request (whether or not having the force of
law) regarding capital requirements for banks or bank holding companies, or any
change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by
any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by the Agent or any of
the Lenders with any of the foregoing effective after the date hereof, imposes
or increases a requirement by the Agent or any of the Lenders to allocate
capital resources to the Lenders' commitment to make Loans or issue and maintain
Letters of Credit hereunder which has or would have the effect of reducing the
return on the Agent's or such Lender's capital to a level below that which the
Agent or such Lender could have achieved (taking into consideration the Agent's
or such Lender's then existing policies with respect to capital adequacy and
assuming full utilization of the Agent's or such Lender's capital) but for such
adoption, change or compliance by any amount deemed by the Agent to be material,
then: (i) the Agent shall promptly after its determination of such occurrence
give notice thereof to the Borrowers; and (ii) the Borrowers shall pay to the
Agent, for the benefit of such Lender bearing such reduced return as an
additional fee from time to time within thirty (30) days after the Borrowers
receive written notice thereof such amount as the Agent or such Lender certifies
to be the amount that will compensate it for such reduction. A certificate of
the Agent or such Lender claiming compensation under this Section shall be
conclusive absent manifest computational error. Such certificate shall set forth
in reasonable detail the nature of the occurrence giving rise to such
compensation, the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder and
the method by which such amounts were determined. In determining such amount,
the Agent and each Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution
methods. In lieu of the payments provided for in clause (ii) of this Section,
the Borrowers may, within 120 days of the Agent's notice pursuant to clause (i)
of this Section, prepay such Lender all Obligations then accruing to such Lender
and terminate all of such Lender's rights and obligations pursuant to this
Agreement without payment of any fee pursuant to Section 2.8.3 hereof, if
applicable, on account of such prepayment. In the event of any such prepayment,
the Maximum Amount shall be reduced by the amount of such Lender's

                                       19
<PAGE>

Commitment or an additional bank satisfactory to the Borrowers and the Agents
may be included as a Lender hereunder.

                  2.8.6 Anything hereinbefore to the contrary notwithstanding,
if any future applicable law or any future amendment to any present applicable
law (which expression, as used in this Agreement, includes statutes and rules
and regulations thereunder and interpretations thereof by any competent court or
by any governmental or other regulatory body or official charged with the
administration or the interpretation thereof and requests, directives,
instructions and notices at any time or from time to time heretofore or
hereafter made upon or otherwise issued to the Agent or any Lender by any
central bank or other fiscal, monetary or other authority, whether or not having
the force of law) becoming effective after the date hereof shall (i) subject the
Agent or any Lender to any tax, levy, impost, duty, charge, fee, deduction or
withholding of any nature with respect to this Agreement, the Maximum Amount of
the Revolving Loans or the payment to the Agent or such Lender of any amounts
due to it hereunder, or (ii) materially change the basis of taxation of payments
to the Agent or such Lender of the principal or the interest on or any other
amounts payable to the Agent or such Lender hereunder, or (iii) impose or
increase or render applicable any special or supplemental special deposit or
reserve or similar requirements or assessment against assets held by, or
deposits in or for the account of, or any liabilities of, or loans by an office
of the Agent or any Lender in respect of the transactions contemplated herein,
or (iv) impose on the Agent or any Lender any other conditions or requirements
with respect to this Agreement, the Maximum Amount or any Loan, and the result
of any of the foregoing is (A) to increase the cost to the Agent or such Lender
of making, funding or maintaining all or any part of the Loans, or (B) to reduce
the amount of principal, interest or other amount payable to the Agent or such
Lender hereunder, or (C) to require the Agent or such Lender to make any payment
or to forego any interest or other sum payable hereunder, the amount of which
payment or foregoing interest or other sum is calculated by reference to the
gross amount of any sum receivable or deemed received by the Agent or such
Lender from the Borrowers hereunder, then, and in each such case not otherwise
provided for hereunder, the Borrowers will, within thirty (30) days after
receipt of written notice from the Agent accompanied by calculations thereof in
reasonable detail, pay to the Agent or such Lender such additional amounts as
will be sufficient to compensate the Agent or such Lender for such additional
cost, reduction, payment or foregoing interest or other sum, provided that the
foregoing provisions of this sentence shall not apply in the case of any
additional cost, reduction, payment or foregoing interest or other sum resulting
from any taxes charged upon or by reference to the overall net income, profits
or gains of the Agent or any Lender.

                  2.8.7 The Borrowers authorize the Agent to charge to the Loan
Account or to any deposit account which any of the Borrowers may maintain with
the Agent or any Lender the interest, fees, charges, taxes and expenses provided
for in this Agreement or any other document executed or delivered in connection
herewith and any payments due to the Agent in respect of Letters of Credit.

         SECTION 3.        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

                                       20
<PAGE>

         Each of the Borrowers jointly and severally represents, warrants and
covenants, as to itself and as to each of the other Borrowers, individually and
on a consolidated basis as the context may require, to the Agent and the Lenders
as follows:

            1.9 Organization and Qualification. Each of the Borrowers (i) is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws
of the State of its incorporation as indicated on Exhibit B attached hereto;
(ii) has all requisite corporate power and authority to own its property and
conduct its business as now conducted and as presently contemplated; (iii) is
duly qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction (which jurisdictions
are listed on Exhibit B attached hereto) where the nature of its properties or
its business (present or proposed) requires such qualification, except where the
failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the business,
properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of such Borrower individually
or all of the Borrowers taken as a whole; and (iv) has no Subsidiaries other
than those listed on Exhibit B attached hereto.

            1.10 Corporate Authority. The execution, delivery and performance of
this Agreement and the Credit Notes and the transactions and other documents
contemplated hereby and thereby (including the granting of the security interest
hereunder) are within each Borrower's corporate authority, have been authorized
by all necessary corporate proceedings on the part of each Borrower, and do not
and will not contravene any provision of law, or any provision of each
Borrower's charter document or its by-laws, or contravene any provisions of, or
constitute an Event of Default or Default hereunder or a default under any other
material agreement, instrument, judgment, order, decree, permit, license or
undertaking binding upon or applicable to the Borrowers or any of their
properties, or result in the creation, other than in favor of the Agent, of any
mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the
properties or assets of the Borrowers.

            1.11 Valid Obligations. This Agreement and all of its terms and
provisions (including the security interest granted hereunder) are, and the
Obligations of the Borrowers under each of the Credit Notes, when each Credit
Note is duly executed and delivered for value, will be, legal, valid and binding
Obligations of each of the Borrowers enforceable in accordance with their terms,
subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors' rights
in general and the availability of equitable remedies.

            1.12 Approvals. The execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement and the Credit Notes and the transactions and other documents
contemplated hereby and thereby do not require any approval or consent of, or
filing or registration with, any governmental or other agency or authority or
any other Person, except as disclosed on Exhibit B attached hereto.

                                       21
<PAGE>

            1.13 Title to Properties; Absence of Liens. As of the date of this
Agreement, the Borrowers have good and marketable title to all of their
respective properties, assets and rights of every name and nature now purported
to be owned by it, including without limitation the Collateral, the Business and
the properties, assets and rights reflected in the Initial Financial Statement,
in each case free from all liens, charges and encumbrances whatsoever except as
set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto. All real property owned or leased by the
Borrowers is described in Exhibit B attached hereto.

            1.14 Compliance. The Borrowers have all necessary permits,
approvals, authorizations, consents, licenses, franchises, registrations and
other rights and privileges (including patents, trademarks, trade names and
copyrights) to allow them to own and operate their business without any
violation of law or the rights of others; and the Borrowers are duly authorized,
qualified and licensed under and in compliance with all applicable laws,
regulations, authorizations and orders of public authorities.

            1.15 Financial Statements. The Borrowers have furnished to the Agent
the audited consolidated balance sheet and statement of income of the Business
as at March 31, 1999 and June 30, 1999 and for the 12 month and 3 month periods,
respectively, then ended separating out the Parent and its Subsidiaries on the
one hand from Distributors and its Subsidiaries on the other hand (the "Initial
Financial Statement"), which was prepared in accordance with GAAP, certified (as
to any audited statements) by Mayer Rispler and Company and fairly presents the
financial position of the Business with respect to its assets and liabilities as
at the close of business on such dates and the results of operations for the 12
month and 3 month periods, respectively, then ended. The Borrowers have also
furnished to the Agent projections, dated on or about August 12, 1999, of the
Borrowers' future results of operations on a consolidated basis for five fiscal
years, which represent the Borrowers' good faith estimates as of the date
thereof and as of the date hereof based upon the assumptions stated therein
which assumptions the Borrowers believe were and continue to be fair, reasonable
and proper in light of current and reasonably foreseeable business conditions.
At the date hereof, none of the Borrowers have any Indebtedness or other
liabilities, debts or obligations, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or
otherwise, and whether due or to become due, including, but not limited to,
liabilities or obligations on account of taxes or other governmental charges,
that are not set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto. Since the Initial Financial
Statement there have been no changes in the assets, liabilities, financial
condition or business of the Borrowers or the Business the effect of which has,
individually or in the aggregate, been materially adverse, except as set forth
on Exhibit B attached hereto.

            1.16 Solvency. Each of the Borrowers has and, after giving effect to
the Loans, will have, assets (both tangible and intangible) having a fair
saleable value in excess of the amount required to pay the probable liability on
its then-existing debts (whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or
unliquidated, fixed or contingent); each of the Borrowers has and will have
access to adequate capital for the conduct of its business and the discharge of
its debts incurred in connection therewith as such debts mature; none of the
Borrowers was Insolvent immediately prior to the consummation of the Loans and
immediately after giving effect thereto none of the Borrowers will be Insolvent.

                                       22
<PAGE>

            1.17 Events of Default. As of the date of this Agreement, no Event
of Default or Default exists.

            1.18 Taxes. Each of the Borrowers and each of their respective
Subsidiaries, if any, has filed all federal, state and other tax returns
required to be filed, and all taxes, assessments and other such governmental
charges due from such Person have been fully paid, except those being contested
in good faith legal proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have
been established, are being maintained and are fully reflected in such Person's
financial statements. Neither any Borrower nor any Subsidiary has executed any
waiver that would have the effect of extending the applicable statute of
limitations in respect of tax liabilities. Each of the Borrowers and each of
their respective Subsidiaries, if any, has established on its books reserves
adequate for the payment of all federal, state and other tax liabilities.

            1.19 Litigation. Except as set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto,
there is no litigation, proceeding or governmental investigation, administrative
or judicial, pending or threatened against the Borrowers, any Subsidiary or the
Business which, if decided adversely to any of Borrowers or a Subsidiary might
have a materially adverse effect on the business, properties or condition
(whether financial or otherwise) of such Person individually, the Borrowers
taken as a whole, Subsidiaries or the Business or on the ability of such Person
or Persons to perform its or their obligations hereunder, under the Credit Notes
or under any other agreement or document contemplated hereby.

            1.20 Margin Rules. No portion of any Loan is to be used for the
purpose of purchasing or carrying any "margin security" or "margin stock" as
such terms are used in Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System.

            1.21 Restrictions on the Borrowers. None of the Borrowers is party
to or bound by any contract, agreement or instrument, or subject to any charter
or other corporate restriction, materially and adversely affecting its business,
property, assets, operations or conditions, financial or otherwise.

                                       23
<PAGE>

            1.22 ERISA. (i) Each "Employee Pension Benefit Plan" (as such term
is defined in Section 3 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder ("ERISA")) now or
heretofore maintained by any of the Borrowers or any Affiliate (individually the
"Pension Plan" and collectively the "Pension Plans") and any "Employee Welfare
Benefit Plan" (as such term is defined in Section 3 of ERISA) now or heretofore
maintained by any of the Borrowers or any Affiliate (individually the "Plan" and
collectively the "Plans") is listed on Exhibit B attached hereto and is in
substantial compliance with ERISA (to the extent that ERISA is applicable); (ii)
except as set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto, there are no benefits vested
under any Pension Plan; (iii) no Pension Plan, Plan or trust created thereunder,
no trustee thereof, no administrator or fiduciary (other than an unrelated third
party administrator or fiduciary) thereof, and neither any of the Borrowers nor
any Affiliate has engaged in a "Prohibited Transaction" (as such term is defined
in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code ("Prohibited Transaction"))
which would subject any such Pension Plan, Plan, trust created thereunder,
trustee, administrator or fiduciary thereof or any of the Borrowers or any
Affiliate or any party dealing with any such Pension Plan, Plan or trust to a
material tax or penalty on a "Prohibited Transaction" imposed under Section 4975
of the Code or Section 502 of ERISA; (iv) no Pension Plan or trust created
thereunder has been the subject of a Reportable Event (as such term is defined
in Section 4043 of ERISA), including, without limitation, the termination of any
Pension Plan or trust, (v) if and to the extent that either any of the Borrowers
or any Affiliate is a party to a multi-employer Plan (as defined in Section 4001
of ERISA), then neither any such Borrower nor any Affiliate has incurred
withdrawal liability, within the meaning of Section 4201 of ERISA, with respect
to any such multi-employer Plan and neither any of the Borrowers nor any
Affiliate has any knowledge that any such multi-employer plan to which such
Borrower or any Affiliate thereof is required to contribute is in reorganization
or is insolvent pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA; (vi) no Pension Plan
which is not a multi-employer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization; (vii)
neither any of the Borrowers nor any Affiliate has ceased operations at a
facility with the result that such Borrower or any Affiliate thereof is to be
treated as a substantial employer as provided in Section 4062(e) of ERISA, or
has withdrawn from a Pension Plan with respect to which it was a "substantial
employer"; (viii) neither any of the Borrowers nor any Affiliate and no Pension
Plan or trust created thereunder has incurred any "accumulated funding
deficiency" (as such term is defined in Section 412 of the Code and Section 302
of ERISA) whether or not waived, since the effective date of ERISA; (ix) no
condition exists which presents a material risk to any of the Borrowers or any
Affiliate of incurring a liability to or on account of a Pension Plan or Plan
pursuant to any of the foregoing sections of the Code and ERISA; (x) the
aggregate current value of all assets of each Pension Plan which is a
single-employer plan (i.e., a plan which is not referred to in clause (v)
hereof), based upon actuarial assumptions, each of which is reasonable (taking
into account the experience of the plans and reasonable expectations), is at
least equal to the aggregate current value of all accrued benefits under such
Pension Plan, and each such Pension Plan is fully funded on a termination basis;
and (xi) no Pension Plan and neither any of the Borrowers nor any Affiliate has
incurred any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any
governmental authority succeeding to any and all of the functions of said
corporation (the "PBGC") over and above premiums required by law.

                                       24
<PAGE>

            1.23 Intellectual Property; Tradenames. All (i) patents and patent
applications in any country or jurisdiction and (ii) trademarks and service
marks and United States, state and foreign registrations thereof and
applications therefor in which any of the Borrowers has an ownership interest
are listed on Exhibit B attached hereto. All tradenames of the Borrowers are
listed on Exhibit B attached hereto.

            1.24 Environmental and Regulatory Compliance. As to each of the real
properties owned or leased by any of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries,
all as described on Exhibit B, each such property is presently in compliance in
all material respects with and has in full force and effect all material permits
or approvals required by all applicable building, zoning, anti-pollution,
hazardous substance, hazardous material, oil, environmental, health, safety or
other laws, ordinances or regulations and the Borrowers have not received
notification that any of the foregoing properties is in violation of any of the
foregoing provisions, except for any non-compliance with respect to or lack of
possession of the foregoing which does not have or will not have a material
adverse effect on the business or properties of the Borrowers. Except as set
forth on Exhibit B, none of the Borrowers has ever generated, stored, or
disposed of any hazardous substances, hazardous materials, or oil on any of such
properties or any portion thereof and none of the Borrowers is aware of the
presence, generation, storage or disposal of such substances on any of such
properties or any portion thereof by any of the Borrowers or any prior owner or
prior occupant or prior user thereof or by anyone else, nor is any of the
Borrowers aware of any spill or release of a hazardous or toxic waste, substance
or constituent, or other substance, into the environment on or, from any of such
properties. Except as set forth on Exhibit B, no inquiry, notice or threat to
give notice by any governmental authority has been received by any of the
Borrowers with respect to the generation, storage or disposal or release or
threat of release thereof, or with respect to any violation of any federal,
state or local environmental, health or safety statute or regulation. Except as
set forth on Exhibit B, no underground storage tanks or surface impoundments are
on any of the properties owned or leased by any of the Borrowers. For the
purposes of this Section, (i) "hazardous substances" shall mean "hazardous
substances" as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
and Liability Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. ss.9601, et seq., and regulations
thereunder or under the provisions of any other applicable state, county or
municipal law, ordinance, rule or regulation, (ii) "hazardous material" and
"oil" shall mean "hazardous material" and "oil", respectively, as defined in the
Massachusetts Oil and Hazardous Material Release Prevention and Response Act, as
amended, M.G.L. Chapter 21E, and regulations thereunder or under the provisions
of any other applicable state, county or municipal law, ordinance, rule or
regulation, and (iii) "release" or "threat of release" shall mean such terms as
they are defined in any of the foregoing laws, ordinances, rules or regulations,
as applicable.

                                       25
<PAGE>

1.25 Employment Contracts. Set forth on Exhibit B is a list of all written and
oral employment and similar contracts, agreements and understandings between any
of the Borrowers and any of their employees and/or Affiliates currently binding
upon any of the Borrowers, copies or summaries of which have been provided to
the Agent prior to the date hereof (other than contracts, agreements and
understandings between any of the Borrowers and its employees who are not
Affiliates, whose employment was entered into in the ordinary course of
business, whose employment is terminable at will by either party and who is not
entitled to any special bonus or other compensation measured or determined by or
directly contingent upon the economic performance of the Borrowers individually
or taken as a whole).

         SECTION 4.        CONDITIONS OF LOANS.

            1.26 Conditions of Initial Loans. The obligations of the Lenders to
make the initial Revolving Loan under the Original Loan Agreement were subject
to the fulfillment on or prior to the date thereof of the following conditions
precedent:

                  4.1.1 Receipt by BKB of the following documents, certificates
and opinions in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and duly executed
and delivered by the parties thereto:

                  (a)      The Original Loan Agreement;

                  (b)      The Credit Notes, each substantially in the form of
                           Exhibit A thereto;

                  (c)      Subsidiary Tie-In Agreement from Subsidiaries of
                           Distributors listed on the Disclosure Letter
                           ("Subsidiary Tie-In Agreement");

                  (d)      Joint and Several Guaranties from Victor Jacobs,
                           Herman Jacobs and Jacob Jacobs, guarantying the
                           Obligations incurred by the Borrowers with respect to
                           any Overadvance pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof;

                  (e)      Pledge from the Parent of all of the issued and
                           outstanding capital stock of Distributors to secure
                           the Obligations hereunder (the "Pledge Agreement");

                  (f)      Pledge from Distributors of all of the issued and
                           outstanding capital stock of the Subsidiaries of
                           Distributors executing and delivering the Subsidiary
                           Tie-In Agreement to secure the Obligations;

                  (g)      UCC-11 Search Reports;

                  (h)      UCC-1 Financing Statements;

                                       26
<PAGE>

                  (i)      Personal financial statements of Victor Jacobs,
                           Herman Jacobs and Jacob Jacobs (also known as Victor
                           Jacobowitz, Herman Jacobowitz and Jacob Jacobowitz);

                  (j)      A certified copy of resolutions of each of the
                           Borrowers' Boards of Directors evidencing the due
                           authorization, execution and delivery of this
                           Agreement, the documents referred to herein and the
                           transactions contemplated hereby to which each is a
                           party;

                  (k)      Certificates as of the date hereof signed by the
                           Secretary of each of the Borrowers regarding the
                           incumbency and true signature of the officers
                           authorized to sign the documents referred to in this
                           Section 4.1.1 and all other documents and instruments
                           related to the Loans and the transactions
                           contemplated hereby;

                  (1)      Certificates of insurance or insurance binders
                           evidencing compliance with Section 5.3 hereof;

                  (m)      A favorable legal opinion addressed to BKB and each
                           of the Lenders from Parker Chapin Flattau and Klimpl,
                           LLP, counsel to the Borrowers, Victor Jacobs, Herman
                           Jacobs and Jacob Jacobs;

                  (n)      Certifications from governmental officials evidencing
                           the legal existence and corporate and tax good
                           standing of each of the Borrowers as of the most
                           recent practicable date;

                  (o)      Certified copies of each of the Borrowers'
                           Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws;

                  (p)      Closing Certificate executed by the chief financial
                           officer of each of the Borrowers substantially in the
                           form of Exhibit D thereto;

                  (q)      Waiver from each of the Borrowers' landlords in form
                           satisfactory to BKB;

                  (r)      Payout Letters from The Bank of New York and any
                           other financial institutions currently lending to the
                           Borrowers which were listed on Exhibit B thereto, and
                           delivery of discharges, releases and terminations of
                           all existing liens of any nature on the Collateral,
                           except such liens as were expressly permitted by the
                           terms of the Original Loan Agreement; and

                  (s)      Borrowing Base Certificate.

                                       27
<PAGE>

                  4.1.2 The representations and warranties contained in Section
3 were to have been true and accurate in all material respects on and as of the
date of the initial Revolving Loan, the Borrowers were to have performed and
complied in all material respects with all covenants and conditions required in
the Original Loan Agreement to be performed or complied with by them prior to
the making of such Loan, and no event was to have occurred and be continuing and
no condition was to have existed, or was to have resulted from the Loans to be
made on the date of the Original Loan Agreement or the transactions contemplated
by the Original Loan Agreement, which would constitute, or with the passage of
time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute, an Event of Default.

                  4.1.3 The Borrowers were to have provided BKB with such
additional instruments, certificates, opinions and other documents as BKB or its
counsel reasonably requested.

                  4.1.4 There was not to have been any material adverse change
in any of the Borrowers' business, properties or condition (financial or
otherwise).

                  4.1.5 The Borrowers were to have reimbursed BKB for all of the
fees and disbursements of legal counsel to the Agent, which shall have been
incurred by BKB in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and
delivery of the Original Loan Agreement and the closing of the transactions
contemplated thereby.

1.27 Conditions to all Revolving Loans. The obligation of the Lenders to make
any Revolving Loan under this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment to the
satisfaction of the Agent immediately prior to or contemporaneously with such
Revolving Loan of each of the following conditions:

                  4.2.1 The representations and warranties contained in this
Agreement or otherwise made in writing by or on behalf of the Borrowers pursuant
hereto or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be true
and correct in all material respects at the time of each such Revolving Loan
(except for representations and warranties limited as to time or with respect to
a specific event, which representations and warranties shall continue to be
limited to such time or event) with and without giving effect to the Revolving
Loans to be made at such time and the application of the proceeds thereof. The
Agent may without waiving this condition consider it fulfilled, and a
representation by each of the Borrowers to such effect made, if no written
notice to the contrary, dated the date of such Revolving Loan, is received from
the Borrowers. In the event that the Borrowers submit a written notice as
contemplated by the preceding sentence, the conditions set forth in this Section
4.2.1 will be considered fulfilled if such notice specifies in reasonable detail
the exceptions to the representations and warranties as of the date of such
Revolving Loan, the exceptions as stated in such notice are satisfactory to the
Agent and the Agent so notifies the Borrowers.

                                       28
<PAGE>

                  4.2.2    At the time of each such Revolving Loan:

                           (a)      the Borrowers shall have performed and
                                    complied in all material respects with all
                                    agreements and conditions contained in this
                                    Agreement required to be performed or
                                    complied with by it prior to or at such
                                    time;

                           (b)      no condition or event that constitutes an
                                    Event of Default or Default shall have
                                    occurred and be continuing; and

                           (c)      there shall have been no material adverse
                                    change in the condition (financial or
                                    otherwise), business or properties of any of
                                    the Borrowers since June 30, 1999.

1.28     Conditions to Restatement and Amendment.

                  4.3.1 The willingness of the Lenders to enter into this
Agreement is subject to the receipt by the Agent and certain of the Lenders, as
specified below, of the following in form and substance satisfactory to the
Agent and such Lenders:

                  (a) Each of the Lenders shall have received a Credit Note
         substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement signed by the
         Borrowers;

                  (b)      Intentionally deleted;

                  (c)      Intentionally deleted;

                  (d) The Agent shall have received certified copies of
         resolutions of each Borrower's respective Boards of Directors, each
         Borrower's charters and by-laws, and a list of each Borrower's
         corporate officers with specimen signatures, in sufficient numbers for
         itself and each of the Lenders, such resolutions evidencing the due
         authorization of this Agreement and the entering into of the
         transactions contemplated hereby;

                  (e) The Agent shall have received a favorable legal opinion
         addressed to the Agent and each of the Lenders from Parker Chapin LLP,
         counsel to the Borrowers, in sufficient quantities for itself and each
         of the other Lenders;

                  (f) The Agent shall have received certifications from
         governmental officials evidencing the legal existence and corporate
         good standing of each of the Borrowers as of the most recent
         practicable date;

                  (g) The Agent shall have received a Fifth Restated and Amended
         Closing Certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer of each of
         the Borrowers substantially

                                       29
<PAGE>

         in the form of Exhibit D hereto, in sufficient numbers for itself and
         each of the other Lenders;

                  (h) the Borrowers shall have provided to the Agent
         certification from governmental officials evidencing the tax good
         standing of each of the Borrowers in the State of New York and, to the
         extent incorporated or qualified to do business therein, California;

                  (i)      Receipt by each Lender of its Renewal Fee;

                  (j) Receipt by the Agent of a fee letter with respect to an
         arrangement fee and agent fee, and payment of the same by the
         Borrowers;

                  (k) Reimbursement of the Agent by the Borrowers for all of the
         fees and disbursements of legal counsel to the Agent, which shall have
         been incurred by the Agent in connection with the preparation,
         negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the closing
         of the transactions contemplated hereby;

                  (l) Such landlord waivers and bailee waivers as the Agent may
         require;

                  (m) The Borrowers shall have been in compliance (measured as
         of March 31, 2000) with all of the covenants set forth in the Prior
         Loan Agreement;

                  (n)      UCC-11 search reports with respect to the Borrowers;

                  (o) The Borrowers shall have pledged, conveyed and granted a
         security interest in all deposit accounts located at the Agent or FNB
         pursuant to the Deposit Account Security Agreement; and

                  (p) The Borrowers shall have provided the Agent with such
         additional instruments, certificates and other documents as the Agent
         shall reasonably request.

                  4.3.2 The willingness of the Lenders to enter into this
Agreement is also subject to the absence of any material adverse change or
material disruption in the financial, banking or capital markets, which, in the
reasonable judgement of the Agent or Fleet Boston Robertson Stephens Inc. would
have a material adverse effect on the syndication or arrangement of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         1.29 Heter Iska. This Agreement is being entered into by BLT in
accordance with BLT's heter iska.

         SECTION 5.        COVENANTS.

                                       30
<PAGE>

         During the term of this Agreement and so long as any Indebtedness of
the Borrowers in respect of any Loan or any Obligation remains outstanding:

         1.30 Financial Reporting. The Borrowers shall furnish to the Agent in
sufficient copies for distribution to each of the Lenders:

                  (i) as soon as available to the Borrowers, but in any event
         within 90 days after each fiscal year-end, consolidated and, if
         required by the Agent, consolidating balance sheets of the Borrowers
         separating out the Parent and its Subsidiaries on the one hand from
         Distributors and its Subsidiaries on the other hand, as at the end of,
         and related consolidated and, if required by the Agent, consolidating
         statements of income, retained earnings and cash flow for, such year
         prepared in accordance with GAAP and, in the case of such consolidated
         statements, certified by the Borrowers' Accountants; and concurrently
         with such financial statements, a written statement by the Borrowers'
         Accountants that, in the making of the audit necessary for their report
         and opinion upon such financial statements, they have obtained no
         knowledge of any Event of Default or Default, or, if in the opinion of
         such accountant such Event of Default or Default exists, they shall
         disclose in such written statement the nature and status thereof;

                  (ii) as soon as available to the Borrowers, but in any event
         within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrowers
         consolidated and, if required by the Agent, consolidating balance
         sheets of the Borrowers separating out the Parent and its Subsidiaries
         on the one hand from Distributors and its Subsidiaries on the other
         hand, as at the end of, and related consolidated and, if required by
         the Agent, consolidating statements of income, retained earnings and
         cash flow for, the portion of the year then ended, for the fiscal
         quarter then ended and for the twelve months then ended, prepared in
         accordance with GAAP and, in the case of such consolidated statements,
         certified by the principal financial officer of each of the Borrowers;

                  (iii) promptly as they become available, a copy of each report
         (including any so-called management letters) submitted to any of the
         Borrowers or any Subsidiary by independent certified public accountants
         in connection with each annual audit of the books of such Borrower or
         such Subsidiary by such accountants or in connection with any interim
         audit thereof pertaining to any phase of the business of the Borrowers
         or any Subsidiary;

                  (iv) promptly as they become available, copies of all such
         financial statements, proxy material and reports as any of the
         Borrowers or any Subsidiaries shall send to or make available to
         stockholders or holders of any Indebtedness of any of the Borrowers or
         any Subsidiaries or shall file with the United States Securities and
         Exchange Commission, or announcements made to the general public by any
         of the Borrowers or any Subsidiary;

                                       31
<PAGE>

                  (v) from time to time, such other financial data and
         information about any of the Borrowers, any Subsidiaries and the
         Collateral as the Agent may reasonably request;

                  (vi) concurrently with each delivery of financial statements
         pursuant to clause (i) and clause (ii) of this Section 5.1, a report in
         substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto signed on behalf of the
         Borrowers by the chief financial officer of each of the Borrowers;

                  (vii) within 60 days prior to the beginning of each fiscal
         year, consolidated and, if required by the Agent, consolidating
         projections for the Borrowers separating out the Parent and its
         Subsidiaries on the one hand from Distributors and its Subsidiaries on
         the other hand, for the next three fiscal years beginning with such
         fiscal year, including projected balance sheets, income statements,
         cash flow statements and such other statements as the Agent may
         reasonably request and in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent,
         all prepared on a basis consistent with the financial statements
         required by clause (i);

                  (viii) as soon as available to the Borrowers, reports (in form
         satisfactory to the Agent) of the value of the Borrowing Base including
         without limitation (a) Account Receivable reports daily within one
         Business Day; (b) Inventory reports semi-monthly as of the first and
         fifteenth of each month within fifteen days of each such date; and (c)
         Account Receivable aging reports monthly within fifteen days of the end
         of each month;

                  (ix) for the purposes of computing the Borrowing Base,
         information adequate to identify Inventory and Accounts Receivable at
         times and in form and substance as may be requested by the Agent, and
         if requested by the Agent, accompanied by pledges or designations of
         Inventory and agings or assignments of Accounts in form and substance
         satisfactory to the Agent, which assignments shall give Agent full
         power to collect, compromise or otherwise deal with the assigned
         Accounts as the sole owner thereof on behalf of the Lenders;

                  (x) if required by the Agent, quarterly reports of sales and
         gross profits on a divisional basis for the immediate preceding quarter
         by the thirtieth day of the calendar month following the end of such
         quarter; and

                  (xi) when required by the Agent, but in any event annually,
         updated inventory appraisals satisfactory to the Agent (obtained, with
         the exception of the Appraisal, at the Borrowers' expense for each
         annual appraisal) from such appraisers as are acceptable to the Agent.

         1.31 Conduct of Business. Each of the Borrowers hereby covenants and
agrees, jointly and severally, for itself individually and on behalf of all of
the Borrowers individually and taken as a whole, that it and they will:

                                       32
<PAGE>

                  (i) duly observe and comply in all material respects with all
         applicable laws and all requirements of any governmental authorities
         relative to its corporate existence, rights and franchises, to the
         conduct of its business and to its property and assets; will maintain
         and keep in full force and effect all licenses and permits necessary to
         the proper conduct of its business, except where the failure to do so
         would not have a material adverse effect on the business, properties or
         condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrowers and any
         Subsidiaries, individually or taken as a whole; and will maintain its
         existence in good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation as of
         the date hereof;

                  (ii) maintain its and their corporate existence and existing
         corporate structure, and remain or engage in substantially the same
         business as the Business and in no unrelated business, except that the
         Borrowers may, upon notice to the Agent, withdraw from any business
         activity which their respective Boards of Directors deem unprofitable
         or unsound; and

                  (iii) cause all Collateral, to the extent warehoused at
         locations not owned or leased by the Borrowers, to be segregated from
         the property of others and clearly marked to indicate its ownership by
         the Borrowers.

         1.32 Maintenance and Insurance. The Borrowers will maintain and keep
their properties in good repair, working order and condition, and from time to
time make all needful and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, additions and
improvements thereto so that their business may be properly and advantageously
conducted at all time. The Borrowers at all times will maintain insurance, in
such amounts (including, without limitation, so-called "all-risk" coverage at
replacement value and "broad form" liability coverage), against such hazards and
liabilities and for such purposes as the Agent shall determine is reasonable to
insure the value of the Collateral and as is customary in the industry for
companies of established reputation engaged in the same or similar businesses
and owning or operating similar properties. The Agent, as agent for and on
behalf of the Lenders, shall be named as loss payee and additional insured and
shall be given 30 days advance notice of any cancellation of or failure to renew
insurance. If the Borrowers fail to provide or cause to be provided such
insurance, the Agent, in its sole discretion, may provide such insurance and
charge the cost to the Loan Account or to any of the Borrowers' deposit accounts
with any of the Lenders. Any payment not recovered from the Borrowers shall bear
interest at the then rate of interest under the Credit Notes from such time as
the Agent incurs such expense. Neither the Agent nor the Lenders shall, by the
fact of the Agent's approving, disapproving, accepting, obtaining or failing to
obtain any such insurance, incur any liability for the form or legal sufficiency
of insurance contracts, solvency of insurance companies or payment of lawsuits,
and the Borrowers hereby expressly assume full joint and several responsibility
therefor and liability, if any, thereunder.

                                       33
<PAGE>

         1.33 Taxes. The Borrowers will pay or cause to be paid all taxes,
assessments or governmental charges on or against any of them, or their
properties prior to such taxes becoming delinquent; except for any tax,
assessment or charge (other than any charge for environmental cleanup costs
referred to in Section 5.22) which is being contested in good faith by proper
legal proceedings and with respect to which adequate reserves have been
established and are being maintained.

         1.34 Limitation of Indebtedness. None of the Borrowers will create,
incur, assume or suffer to exist, or in any manner become or be liable directly
or indirectly with respect to, any Indebtedness except: (i) the Obligations;
(ii) Indebtedness existing on the date of this Agreement and set forth on
Exhibit C hereto; (iii) Indebtedness for the purchase price of capital assets
incurred in the ordinary course of business, to the extent such purchase is
permitted by Section 5.10; (iv) Indebtedness for taxes, assessments or
governmental charges to the extent that payment therefor shall at the time not
be required to be made in accordance with Section 5.4; and (v) Indebtedness on
open account for the purchase price of services, materials and supplies incurred
by any of the Borrowers in the ordinary course of business (not as a result of
borrowing), so long as all of such open account Indebtedness shall be promptly
paid and discharged when due or in conformity with customary trade terms and
practices, except for any such open account Indebtedness which is being
contested in good faith by the Borrowers, as to which adequate reserves required
by GAAP have been established and are being maintained and as to which no
encumbrance has been placed on any property of any of the Borrowers.

         1.35 Guaranties. None of the Borrowers shall become or be liable by way
of guaranty, surety or other arrangement for the Indebtedness or obligations of
any nature or kind of any other Person (including any Subsidiary), except for
endorsement of instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business.

         1.36 Restrictions on Liens. None of the Borrowers will create, incur,
assume or suffer to exist any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien or other
charge or encumbrance including the lien or retained security title of a
conditional vendor ("Encumbrances") upon or with respect to any property or
assets, real or personal, of any such Persons, or assign or otherwise convey any
right to receive income, except:

                  (i) Encumbrances existing on the date of this Agreement and
         set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto, including liens in connection
         with the Lease Financing Facility; or

                  (ii) liens for taxes, fees, assessments and other governmental
         charges to the extent that payment of the same is not required in
         accordance with the provisions of Section 5.4; or

                  (iii)    Encumbrances in favor of the Agent; or

                                       34
<PAGE>

                  (iv) Encumbrances securing Indebtedness for the purchase price
         of capital assets to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted by
         Section 5.5 (iii), provided that (a) each such Encumbrance is given
         solely to secure the purchase price of such property, does not extend
         to any other property and is given at the time of acquisition of the
         property, and (b) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the
         lesser of the cost of such property or its fair market value at the
         time of acquisition; or

                  (v) liens of mechanics, laborers, materialmen, carriers and
         warehousemen arising by operation of law to secure payment for labor,
         materials, supplies or services incurred in the ordinary course of the
         Borrowers' business, but only if the payment thereof is not at the time
         required and such liens do not, individually or in the aggregate,
         materially detract from the value or limit the use of any property
         subject thereto; or

                  (vi) deposits made in the ordinary course of the Borrowers'
         business in connection with workmen's compensation, unemployment
         insurance, social security and other similar laws.

         1.37 Merger, Acquisitions and Purchase and Sale of Assets. None of the
Borrowers will consolidate or merge with or into any other corporation or other
entity, will acquire the assets or stock of any entity nor will sell, lease,
transfer or otherwise dispose of any portion of its assets other than in the
ordinary course of business.

         1.38 Investments and Loans. None of the Borrowers will make or have
outstanding at any time any investments in or loans to any other Person
(including any Subsidiary other than one of the Borrowers), whether by way of
advance, guaranty, extension of credit, capital contribution, purchase of
stocks, notes, bonds or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness, or
acquisition of limited or general partnership interests, other than: (i) in
direct obligations of the United States of America, maturing within one year of
their issuance; (ii) in time certificates of deposit or repurchase agreements,
maturing within one year of their issuance, from banks in the United States
having capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $200,000,000; (iii)
in short term commercial paper with the highest rating by Moody's or Standard
and Poor's rating services and issued by corporations headquartered in the
United States, in currency of the United States of America; (iv) stock of
Subsidiaries owned on the date hereof as set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto;
and (v) other short term loans to any other Person (subject to the terms of
Section 5.21 hereof) in aggregate principal amount not in excess of $250,000 at
any one time outstanding.

         1.39 Capital Expenditures.

         (a) The Borrowers shall not make any Capital Expenditures in excess of
$2,000,000 in the aggregate during any fiscal year period of the Borrowers from
and after the date hereof, commencing with the yearly period beginning on March
31, 2000, except with the prior written consent of the Agent.

                                       35
<PAGE>

         (b) Notwithstanding any other provisions in connection with the Lease
Financing Facility, the Agent and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that neither
the Agent nor the Lenders have any security interest, and hereby release any
security interest that may have been held, in the property described in the
Lease Financing Facility.

         1.40 Sale of Notes. The Borrowers shall not sell, discount or dispose
of any note, instrument, account, or other obligation owing to the Borrowers,
except to the Agent.

         1.41 Dividends, etc.

         (a) None of the Borrowers shall pay, make or declare any cash or
property dividend or distribution to any Person who holds an equity interest in
any of the Borrowers, whether evidenced by a security or not, other than (i)
regular compensation and bonuses paid to employees of the Borrowers in the
ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, and (ii) dividends
payable solely in common stock of any of the Borrowers.

         (b) None of the Borrowers will purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise
acquire for value any of their capital stock, whether now or hereafter
outstanding, or any options, warrants or similar rights to purchase such stock
or any security convertible into or exchangeable for such stock.

         1.42 ERISA Compliance. None of the Borrowers and their Affiliates, if
any, no Pension Plan, Plan or trust created thereunder, and no trustee,
administrator or fiduciary thereof shall engage in any Prohibited Transaction;
none of the Borrowers and their Affiliates and no Pension Plan or trust created
thereunder shall incur any "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in
Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA) whether or not waived, or
shall fail to satisfy any additional funding requirements set forth in Section
412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA; none of the Borrowers and their
Affiliates, no trustee thereof and no administrator or fiduciary thereof shall
terminate any Pension Plan in a manner which could result in the imposition of a
lien on any property of any of the Borrowers or any of their Affiliates; and
each Plan and Pension Plan shall comply in all material respects with ERISA.

         1.43 Pension Plans.

         (a) With respect to any Pension Plan, the Borrowers shall, or shall
cause their Affiliates to:

                  (i) fund on a timely basis each Pension Plan as required by
                  the provisions of Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of
                  ERISA;

                  (ii) cause each Pension Plan to pay all benefits when due in
                  accordance with applicable law; and

                                       36
<PAGE>

                  (iii) furnish to the Agent (A) written notice of the
                  occurrence of a Reportable Event (as such term is defined in
                  Section 4043 of ERISA), given within thirty (30) days after
                  any of the Borrowers or any Affiliate knows or has reason to
                  know that a Reportable Event has occurred with respect to a
                  Pension Plan; (B) a copy of any request or waiver of the
                  funding standards or an extension of the amortization periods
                  required under Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of
                  ERISA, such copy to be furnished no later than the date of
                  submission of the request to the Department of Labor or to the
                  Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"), as the case may be; (C)
                  a copy of any notice of intent to terminate any Pension Plan
                  such copy to be furnished no later than the date of submission
                  to the PBGC or, if earlier, the date on which those
                  participating in the Pension Plan are notified of the intended
                  termination; and (D) notice that any of the Borrowers or any
                  Affiliate, will or may incur any liability to or on account of
                  a Pension Plan under Section 4062, 4063, 4064, 4201 or 4204 of
                  ERISA, such notice to be given within ten (10) days after any
                  of the Borrowers or any Affiliate knows or has reason to know
                  thereof. Any notice to be provided to the Agent under this
                  Section shall include a certificate of the chief financial
                  officer of the Borrower giving such notice setting forth
                  details as to such occurrence and the action, if any, which
                  such Borrower or the Affiliate is required or proposes to
                  take, together with any notices required or proposed to be
                  filed with or by such Borrower, any Affiliate, the PBGC, the
                  IRS, the trustee or the plan administrator with respect
                  hereto.

         (b) The Borrowers shall furnish to the Agent, no later than fifteen
(15) days after the date of filing, a copy of the annual report of each Pension
Plan or Plan (Form 5500 or comparable form) required to be filed with the IRS
and/or the Department of Labor.

         (c) Promptly after the adoption of any Plan or Pension Plan subject to
ERISA, or of any amendment to any Pension Plan which results in a significant
underfunding within the meaning of Section 401(a)(29) of the Code and Section
307 of ERISA, the Borrowers shall notify the Agent of such adoption and of the
vesting and funding schedules and other principal provisions thereof.

         1.44 Notification of Default. Upon becoming aware of the existence of
any condition or event which would cause an Event of Default or Default, the
Borrowers shall promptly give the Agent written notice thereof specifying the
nature and duration thereof and the action being or proposed to be taken with
respect thereto.

         1.45 Notification of Material Litigation. The Borrowers will promptly
notify the Agent in writing of any litigation or of any investigative
proceedings of a governmental agency or authority commenced or threatened
against it or any of their respective Subsidiaries which would or might be
materially adverse to the business or the financial condition of any of the
Borrowers or the Business.

                                       37
<PAGE>

         1.46 Notification of Material Adverse Change. The Borrowers will notify
the Agent of any occurrence, condition or event affecting any of the Borrower or
any Subsidiary which might constitute a material adverse change in or which
might have a material adverse effect on the Collateral, the Business or the
business, properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the
Borrowers.

         1.47 Inspection by the Agent. The Borrowers will permit the Agent or
its designees, at any reasonable time during normal business hours and from time
to time, to visit and inspect the properties of the Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries, if any, to examine and make copies of and take abstracts from the
books and records of the Borrowers and any Subsidiaries and to discuss the
affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrowers and any Subsidiaries with
appropriate officers. Without in any way limiting the foregoing, the Borrowers
understand that the Agent intends to conduct field audits of the Borrowers at
least three (3) times per year. The Borrowers shall also permit the Agent to
arrange for verification of Accounts Receivable, under reasonable procedures,
directly with account debtors or by other methods.

         1.48 Maintenance of Books and Records. The Borrowers and their
Subsidiaries, if any, will keep adequate books and records of account in which
true and complete entries will be made reflecting all of their business and
financial transactions, and such entries will be made in accordance with GAAP
and applicable law including, without limitation, laws with respect to
questionable, improper or corrupt payments.

         1.49 Use of Proceeds. The Borrowers will use the proceeds of the Loans
solely for the working capital needs of the Borrowers.

         1.50 Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrowers will not, and will not
permit their Subsidiaries, if any, to, directly or indirectly enter into any
purchase, sale, lease or other transaction with any Affiliate except in the
ordinary course of business on terms that are no less favorable to the Borrowers
than those which might be obtained at the time in a comparable arm's length
transaction with any Person who is not an Affiliate, other than loans to
employees of the Borrowers (other than the Guarantors) not exceeding in
aggregate principal amount $200,000 at any one time outstanding.

         1.51 Environmental Regulations.

         (a) The Borrowers will, and will cause their Subsidiaries, if any, to,
comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations
relating to pollution control, hazardous materials and hazardous wastes in all
jurisdictions in which any of them operates now or in the future, and the
Borrowers will, and will cause their Subsidiaries, if any, to, comply in all
material respects with all such laws and regulations that may in the future be
applicable to the Business, the Borrowers, the Subsidiaries and their properties
and assets.

         (b) If any of the Borrowers shall (i) receive notice that any violation
of any federal, state or local environmental law or regulation may have been
committed or is about to be

                                       38
<PAGE>

committed by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) receive notice that any
administrative or judicial complaint or order has been filed or is about to be
filed against a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries alleging a violation of any
federal, state or local environmental law or regulation or requiring a Borrower
or such Subsidiary to take any action in connection with the release of toxic or
hazardous wastes or materials into the environment or (iii) receive any notice
from a federal, state, or local governmental agency or private party alleging
that a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may be liable or responsible for any
costs associated with a response to or cleanup of a release of hazardous wastes
or materials into the environment or any damages caused thereby, the Borrowers
shall provide the Agent with a copy of such notice within five (5) business days
after a Borrower's receipt thereof. Within fifteen (15) business days after a
Borrower has learned of the enactment or promulgation of any federal, state or
local environmental law/or regulation which may result in any material adverse
change in the business, properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of any
of the Borrowers, the Borrowers shall provide the Agent with notice thereof.

         (c) From and after the Agent's request, not later than thirty (30) days
following the end of each calendar quarter, the Borrowers shall deliver to the
Agent a written report, in a form and with such specificity as is satisfactory
to the Agent, describing the Borrowers' actions taken during such calendar
quarter to assure their compliance with this Section and all applicable
environmental laws and regulations (including the receipt of any notice that any
administrative or judicial complaint or order has been filed or is about to be
filed against any of the Borrowers, regardless of whether such notice is
required to be delivered by the Borrowers pursuant to subparagraph (b) above) as
well as the status of any pending environmental matters described in Exhibit B
attached hereto.

         1.52 Fiscal Year. The Borrower and their Subsidiaries, if any, shall
have fiscal years ending on March 31 of each year and shall not change such
fiscal years without the prior written consent of the Agent.

         1.53 Loss or Depreciation of Collateral. In the event that any of the
following events alone or in the aggregate has an adverse impact on the
Borrowers in excess of $100,000, the Borrowers shall notify the Agent
immediately of the occurrence of each of the following events: (i) loss or
depreciation in value of Base Inventory and the amount of the loss or
depreciation; (ii) rejection, return, repossession or loss of any goods giving
rise to any Base Account; (iii) damage to any such goods; (iv) any request by an
account debtor for credit or adjustment of an Account; (v) any adjustment by any
of the Borrowers on the amount owing on an account; (vi) any merchandise or
other dispute; (vii) any other event affecting Base Inventory or Base Accounts
or the value or amount thereof. All loss or depreciation in value of Base
Inventory shall be immediately reflected in the Net Security Value of Base
Inventory, and all payments on Base Accounts and all adjustments and credits
with respect thereto, whether unilateral, negotiated or otherwise, shall be
immediately reflected in the Net Outstanding Amount of Base Accounts.

                                       39
<PAGE>

         1.54 Consolidated Tangible Net Worth. The Borrowers will maintain
Consolidated Tangible Net Worth of not less than $58,216,000.00 plus 50% of the
Net Income (greater than zero) of the Borrowers for each calendar quarter ending
after March 31, 1999, plus 75% of all additional capital paid into the Borrowers
on account of any sale of capital stock or the exercise of any option or warrant
or otherwise from and after March 31, 1999.

         1.55 Interest Coverage. The Borrowers will not permit the ratio of the
Borrowers' consolidated Operating Cash Flow (excluding The Fragrance Counter,
Inc.'s Operating Cash Flow) divided by Total Interest as of the end of each
calendar quarter following the date hereof for the single quarter then ending to
be less than (i) 1.30 to 1 for the quarter ending on June 30, 2000, and (ii)
1.50 to 1 for each calendar quarter ending thereafter.

         1.56 Leverage. The Borrowers will not permit the ratio of Total
Liabilities divided by Consolidated Tangible Net Worth as of the end of each
calendar quarter following the date hereof to be more than 3.00 to 1.

         1.57 Joint and Several Liability. Each of the Borrowers shall be
jointly and severally liable for all Obligations and any other liability or
obligations of any of the Borrowers to the Agent or the Lenders under this
agreement. The Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, pursue any remedies at law
or in equity, or exercise or enforce any rights hereunder against any of the
Borrowers or any group of the Borrowers in its unrestricted discretion without
any obligation to pursue any other remedies or rights against any of the other
Borrowers.

         1.58 Interest Rate Protection. The Borrowers at their option may
maintain in effect interest rate protection arrangements, in form and in
substance satisfactory to the Agent and with a counterparty satisfactory to the
Agent, at all times from the date hereof to the Maturity Date, or such earlier
date upon which the Loan and this Agreement are terminated. The Borrowers shall
not, without approval from the Agent, modify, terminate or transfer such
arrangements during such period.

         1.59 The Fragrance Counter, Inc. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, the Lenders hereby acknowledge and consent to the sale of all of
the capital stock of The Fragrance Counter, Inc. now owed by the Borrowers
(acknowledged by the Borrowers to be 13% of the aggregate number of issued and
outstanding shares of such stock); provided, however, that (a) such sale must
occur either in connection with or following an initial public offering of all
of the issued and outstanding shares of such stock, (b) at the time of such sale
there does not then exist any Event of Default or Default, and (c) immediately
upon the consummation of such sale, the Borrowers shall apply the proceeds of
such sale to reducing the then outstanding principal balance of the Revolving
Loans.

         1.60 Prepaid Inventory. The Borrowers shall not at any time acquire
Inventory, on a prepaid basis, in an aggregate amount greater than
$20,000,000.00, or in an amount greater than $5,000,000.00 from any one supplier
or seller of such Inventory.

                                       40
<PAGE>

         1.61 Appraisal. The Borrowers shall provide to the Agent the Appraisal
on or before June 30, 2000.

         SECTION 6.        SECURITY.

         1.62 Security Interest. As security for the payment and performance of
all Obligations (including without limitation the Loans, other advances and
Letters of Credit), the Agent, as agent for and on behalf of the Lenders, shall
have and each of the Borrowers hereby grants to the Agent, as agent for and on
behalf of the Lenders, a continuing security interest in all personal property
and fixtures of the Borrowers of every kind and description, tangible or
intangible, whether now or hereafter existing, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to the following: all
Inventory of the Borrowers; all furniture, fixtures and similar property of the
Borrowers; all Machinery and Equipment of the Borrowers; all accounts of the
Borrowers; all contract rights of the Borrowers; all other rights of the
Borrowers to the payment of money, including without limitation amounts due from
Affiliates, tax refunds, and insurance proceeds; all interest of the Borrowers
in goods as to which an Account shall have arisen; all files, records (including
without limitation computer programs, tapes and related electronic data
processing software) and writings of the Borrowers or in which any of the
Borrowers has an interest in any way relating to the foregoing property; all
goods, instruments, documents of title, policies and certificates of insurance,
securities, chattel paper, deposits, cash or other property owned by any of the
Borrowers or in which any of the Borrowers has an interest which are now or may
hereafter be in the possession of the Agent or any of the Lenders or as to which
the Agent or any of the Lenders may now or hereafter control possession by
documents of title or otherwise; all general intangibles of the Borrower
(including without limitation all patents, trademarks, trade names, service
marks, copyrights and applications for any of the foregoing; all rights to use
patents, trademarks, trade names, service marks and copyrights of any Person;
and any rights of the Borrowers to retrieval from third parties of
electronically processed and recorded information pertaining to any of the types
of collateral referred to in this Section 6.1); any other property of the
Borrowers, real or personal, tangible or intangible, in which the Agent or any
of the Lenders now has or hereafter acquires a security interest or which is now
or may hereafter be in the possession of the Agent or any of the Lenders; any
sums at any time credited by or due from the Agent or any of the Lenders to any
of the Borrowers, including deposits; and proceeds and products of and
accessions to all of the foregoing.

         1.63 No Other Liens. None of the Borrowers shall sell, assign,
transfer, set over to, or grant a security interest to any Person in or
otherwise encumber the property and sums described in Section 6.1, except (i) in
favor of the Agent or as otherwise specifically permitted in Section 5.7 of this
Agreement, and (ii) the sale of Inventory and obsolete machinery and equipment
in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices.

                                       41
<PAGE>

         1.64 Location of Records and Collateral. The Borrowers shall give the
Agent written notice of each location at which Collateral is now or hereafter
kept and of each office of the Borrowers at which the records of the Borrowers
pertaining to Accounts Receivable and contract rights are kept. Except as such
notice is given or as is otherwise set forth on Exhibit B, all Collateral is and
shall be kept, and all records of the Borrowers pertaining to Accounts
Receivable and contract rights are and shall be kept, at the Borrowers'
addresses as they appear at the beginning of this Agreement.

         1.65 Status of Collateral. At the time any Account, Inventory or other
property of the Borrowers becomes subject to a security interest in favor of the
Agent hereunder, one of the Borrowers shall be the lawful owner thereof and
shall have good right to pledge, sell, assign, transfer or grant a security
interest in the same to the Agent. Each such Account shall be a valid Account
representing indebtedness incurred by the account debtor for goods held subject
to delivery instructions or theretofore shipped or delivered pursuant to a
contract of sale or for services theretofore performed by a Borrower in the
ordinary course of the Borrowers' business; there shall be no setoffs or
counterclaims against the Account; no agreement under which any goods may be
returned shall have been made with the account debtor except in the ordinary
course of business and consistent with the Borrowers' past practices; and no
agreement under which any discount may be claimed shall have been made with the
account debtor unless written notice has theretofore been or is concurrently
given to the Agent.

         1.66 Name Change. The Borrowers shall give the Agent thirty (30) days
prior written notice of any change in the name or corporate form of any of the
Borrowers or in the name under which the Business is transacted.

         1.67 Collection of Accounts Receivable.

         (a) Subject to the terms of Section 6.6(b), until the Agent requests
that debtors on Accounts Receivable be notified of the Agent's security
interest, the Borrower shall continue to collect Accounts Receivable. Subject to
the terms of Section 6.6(b) until the making of such a request, the Borrowers
shall hold proceeds received from collection as trustee for the Agent and the
Lenders without commingling the same with other funds of the Borrowers and shall
turn the same over to the Agent, as agent for and on behalf of the Lenders, or
to such bank as may be approved by the Agent, immediately upon receipt in the
identical form received. The Borrowers shall, at the request of the Agent
(following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default or
Default), notify the Account debtors of the security interest of the Agent in
any Account and that payment thereof is to be made directly to the Agent, and
the Agent may itself at anytime (following the occurrence and during the
continuation of an Event of Default or Default), without notice to or demand
upon the Borrowers, so notify Account debtors. The making of such a request or
the giving of any such notification shall not affect the duties of the Borrowers
described above or in Section 6.6(b) with respect to proceeds of collection of
Accounts Receivable received by the Borrowers.

                                       42
<PAGE>

         (b) The Borrowers hereby acknowledge that the Agent has requested and
hereby Borrowers notify their Account debtors to pay all Accounts directly into
a so called "lock box" maintained with the Agent for application as provided in
Section 6.6(c). This request and the giving of any such notification shall not
affect the duties of the Borrowers described above in Section 6.6(a) or this
Section 6.6(b) with respect to proceeds of collection of Accounts Receivable
received by the Borrowers.

         (c) The Agent shall credit the proceeds of collection of Accounts
Receivable received by the Agent to the Loan Account in respect of outstanding
Loans and other amounts due, such credits to be entered as of the second
Business Day after receipt thereof by the Agent. Such credits shall be
conditional upon final payment in cash or solvent credits of the items giving
rise to them. If any item is not so paid, the Agent, in its discretion, whether
or not the item is returned, may either reverse any credit given for the item or
charge the amount of the item against the deposits or other sums which may be
due to the Borrowers from the Agent or any Lender. Upon elimination of any debit
balance of the Loan Account, proceeds of collection and other receipts may then,
except as otherwise provided in Section 7.3, be credited to any deposit account
which any of the Borrowers may maintain with the Agent (or FNB (if and to the
extent the Agent has been granted a perfected security interest in such account
pursuant to the terms of the Deposit Account Security Agreement)) or, if there
is no such account, held pending instructions from the Borrowers.

         SECTION 7.        EVENTS OF DEFAULT; ACCELERATION.

         7.1 Any or all of the Obligations of the Borrowers to the Agent and the
Lenders shall, at the option of those Lenders whose Commitment Percentages equal
in the aggregate 60% or more of the Commitment Percentages held by all the
Lenders and automatically upon the occurrence of any of the Events of Default
described in clauses (vi) or (vii) below, and notwithstanding the provisions of
an instrument evidencing an Obligation, be immediately due and payable without
notice or demand upon the occurrence and continuation of any of the following
events of default (individually, an "Event of Default"): (i) default in the
payment or performance, when due or payable, of any Obligation (other than
Obligations for which notice and an opportunity to cure are provided in Section
7.1(iv) hereof) by the Borrowers or by any endorser, guarantor or surety for any
Obligation, or of any payment Obligation under any Letter of Credit application
or Letter of Credit issued by the Agent; (ii) the making by the Borrowers of any
misrepresentation to the Agent and the Lenders contained in this Agreement or
otherwise, whether or not for the purpose of obtaining credit or an extension of
credit; (iii) failure by the Borrower to comply in every material respect or
maintain material compliance with any covenant set forth in Section 5 hereof
(other than Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3 (other than the failure to maintain insurance
as required by Section 5.3 or the termination, lapse or expiration of any
insurance policy required by Section 5.3 during any grace period), 5.4, 5.5,
5.6, 5.9, 5.13, 5.14, 5.15, 5.16, 5.17, 5.19, 5.21 and 5.22); (iv) the
Borrowers' failure to pay any fees or charges in connection with the commercial
banking services provided to the Borrowers by the Agent or to comply in every
material respect or maintain material compliance with any one or more of the
covenants set forth in Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3 (other than the failure to
maintain insurance as

                                       43
<PAGE>

required by Section 5.3 or unless any insurance policy required by Section 5.3
will lapse, terminate or expire during any grace period), 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.9,
5.13, 5.14, 5.15, 5.16, 5.17, 5.19, 5.21 and 5.22 which failure to pay or comply
shall continue uncured ten (10) Business Days after the officers of any of the
Borrowers have knowledge or the Borrowers receive written notice from the Agent
of such failure; (v) issuance of an injunction or attachment for an aggregate
amount in excess of $250,000, against property of any of the Borrowers or any
endorser, guarantor or surety for any Obligation which is not dismissed or
bonded, to the satisfaction of the Agent, within sixty (60) days after issuance;
(vi) calling of a meeting of creditors, appointment of a committee of creditors
or liquidating agents or offering of a composition or extension to creditors by,
for or with the consent or acquiescence of any of the Borrowers or any endorser,
guarantor or surety for an Obligation; (vii) Insolvency of any of the Borrowers
or any endorser, guarantor or surety for any Obligation; (viii) the occurrence
of any material default under any agreement, note or other instrument evidencing
or relating to any obligation of any of the Borrowers to any other Person or
entity for the payment of money; or (ix) any money judgment or judgments
aggregating in excess of $750,000 are entered against any of the Borrowers or
any endorser, guarantor or surety of any Obligation which is not dismissed
within sixty (60) days; (x) Victor Jacobs, Herman Jacobs and Jacob Jacobs no
longer owning in the aggregate on a fully diluted basis capital stock of the
Parent entitling them to vote greater than 50% of the votes attributable to the
issued and outstanding voting securities of the Parent, or any two of them no
longer being actively involved in the management of the Borrowers because of
death, disability or any other reason, or any one of them terminating his
obligations under, and in accordance with the terms of, the Guaranty executed
and delivered by him as contemplated by Section 4.3 hereof; or (xi) the
occurrence of any material change in the condition or affairs (financial or
otherwise) of the Borrowers or any endorser, guarantor or surety for any
Obligation which causes the Agent in its reasonable judgment to deem itself and
the Lenders insecure.

         7.2 The term "obligation of any of the Borrowers to any other Person or
entity" as used in Section 7.1 includes the liabilities and obligations of the
Borrowers to any other Person or entity to the same extent as if the definition
of "Obligations" set forth in Section 1 were recited here with "Agent and the
Lenders" changed to "any other Person or entity."

         7.3 Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and at any time
thereafter (such default not having been cured), the Agent shall have the right
to take immediate possession of the Collateral, and for that purpose the Agent
may, so far as the Borrowers can give authority therefor enter upon any premises
on which Collateral may be situated and remove the same therefrom. The Borrowers
waive demand and notice with respect to and assent to any repossession of
Collateral. The Agent may dispose of Collateral in any order and in any manner
it chooses and may refrain from the sale of any real property, held as
Collateral, until the sale of personal property. Except for Collateral which is
perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or which is of a type
customarily sold on a recognized market, the Agent shall give to the Borrowers
at least ten (10) Business Days' prior written notice of the time and place of
any public sale of Collateral or of the time after which any private sale or any
other intended disposition is to be made. The residue of any proceeds of
collection or sale, after satisfying all Obligations in such order of preference
as the Agent may determine and making proper

                                       44
<PAGE>

allowance for interest on Obligations not then due, shall be credited to any
deposit account which any of the Borrowers may maintain with the Agent, or, if
there is no such account, held pending instructions from the Borrowers. The
Borrowers shall remain liable for any deficiency.

         7.4 The Agent may at any time in its sole discretion (whether or not an
Event of Default has occurred) transfer any securities or other property
constituting Collateral into its own name or that of its nominee and receive the
income thereon and hold the same as security for Obligations or apply it on
principal or interest due on Obligations. Insofar as Collateral shall consist of
Accounts or instruments, the Agent may, without notice to or demand on the
Borrowers, demand and collect such Collateral as the Agent may determine,
whether or not Obligations are then due and whether or not an Event of Default
has occurred, and for the purpose of realizing the Agent's rights therein as
Agent for and on behalf of the Lenders, the Agent may receive, open and dispose
of mail addressed to a Borrower and endorse notes, checks, drafts, money orders,
documents of title or other evidences of payment, shipment or storage or any
form of Collateral on behalf of and in the name of any of the Borrowers. The
powers conferred on the Agent by this Section are solely to protect the interest
of the Agent and the Lenders and shall not impose any duties on the Agent to
exercise any powers.

         7.5 In addition to all other rights and remedies provided hereunder or
by law, the Agent and the Lenders shall have in any jurisdiction where
enforcement hereof is sought the rights and remedies of a secured party under
the Uniform Commercial Code of Massachusetts as in effect from time to time.

         SECTION 8. SET OFF; PARTICIPATIONS. Regardless of the adequacy of
Collateral:

         8.1 Any deposits or other sums at any time credited by or due from the
Agent or any Lender to any of the Borrowers may at any time be applied to or set
off against any Obligation on which any Borrower is primarily liable and may at
or after the maturity thereof be applied to or set off against Obligations on
which a Borrower is secondarily liable.

         8.2 The Borrowers invite any bank or other financing institution which
may consider investing or participating in the Loans (each such financing
institution being referred to in this Section as a "Participant") to rely upon
all of the representations, warranties, covenant and other provisions of this
Agreement, the Credit Notes and the other agreements, instruments and documents
referred to herein or contemplated hereby in making such investment or
participation and agree that its becoming a Participant in the Loans shall
constitute an acceptance of such offer and shall make the Participant a creditor
of the Borrowers.

         8.3 Any deposits or other sums which at any time may be credited to any
of the Borrowers by or due to it from any Participant may at any time be applied
to or set off by such Participant against the then outstanding Indebtedness of
the Borrowers hereunder.

         SECTION 9.        CONCERNING THE AGENT AND THE BANKS.

                                       45
<PAGE>

         1.68 Appointment and Authorization. Each of the Lenders hereby appoints
FCC, acting through its head office, to serve as Agent under this Agreement and
under other documents, instruments and agreements executed and delivered in
connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and irrevocably
authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on such Lender's behalf under
this Agreement and such other documents, instruments and agreements and to
exercise such powers and to perform such duties under this Agreement and such
other documents, instruments and agreements as are delegated to the Agent by the
terms hereof or thereof, together with all such powers as are reasonably
incidental thereto.

         1.69 Agent and Affiliates. FCC shall have the same rights and powers
under this Agreement and documents, instruments and agreements executed and
delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as
each other Lender and may exercise or refrain from exercising the same as though
it were not the Agent, and FCC and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend
money to, and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrowers or any
Affiliate of the Borrowers as if it were not the Agent hereunder and under such
other documents, instruments or agreements. Except as otherwise provided by the
terms of this Agreement, nothing herein shall prohibit any of the Lenders from
accepting deposits from, lending money to or generally engaging in any kind of
business with the Borrowers or any Affiliate of the Borrowers.

         1.70 Future Advances.

         (a) In order to more conveniently administer the Loans, each Lender
does hereby authorize the Agent and FCC to make all Loans and advances, subject
to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and not to exceed in the aggregate
the sum of all of the Lenders' Commitments, to the Borrowers, which are
requested by the Borrowers during any Business Day. Without in any manner
altering the extent to which the Lenders have any obligation or commitment to
the Borrowers to make Revolving Loans hereunder, including, without limitation,
pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 4.2 hereof, each Lender does hereby further
irrevocably agree, subject to the terms of Section 9.3(b), whether or not this
Agreement has been terminated, an Event of Default has occurred, the Agent has
accelerated the Obligations or the Agent is proceeding to liquidate the
Collateral, to transfer to the Agent by 2:00 p.m. on the last Business Day of
each calendar week (the "Settlement Day") sufficient immediately available
federal funds to reimburse FCC for its respective Commitment Percentage of all
Loans and other advances (not to exceed each Lender's Commitment) made through
the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day after taking
into account all payments and prepayments of principal of Loans or other
advances received by the Agent through the close of business on such immediately
preceding Business Day. The Agent shall pay in immediately available federal
funds to each of the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective
Commitment Percentages by 2:00 p.m. on the Settlement Day, the amount, if any,
by which the aggregate of all such payments and prepayments exceed the aggregate
amount of all such Loans or other advances. All payments and prepayments from
the Borrowers or as proceeds of Collateral received by the Agent shall be held
in trust for the benefit of the Lenders.

                                       46
<PAGE>

         (b) Notwithstanding the terms of Section 9.3(a), at such time as (i)
the Lenders have exercised their option pursuant to Section 7.1 to cause all of
the Obligations to be immediately due and payable and there is then no
irrevocable prior commitment to fund any additional Loans or other advances
hereunder, or (ii) there has occurred and is continuing the occurrence of an
Event of Default with respect to any of the Borrowers under clause (vi) or (vii)
of Section 7.1, each of the Lenders shall be obligated to fund additional Loans
or other advances hereunder in accordance with the terms of Section 9.3(a)
solely upon the written consent or approval of those Lenders whose Commitment
Percentages equal in the aggregate 60% or more of the Commitment Percentages
held by all the Lenders. In no event shall a Lender be required to advance any
amount in excess of its Commitment Percentage.

         (c) Funds provided by the Agent as repayment to FNB upon a sight or
time draft presented to FNB under a Letter of Credit issued pursuant to the
terms of Section 2.4 hereof, and any payments made by the Agent on behalf of the
Borrowers, including, without limitation, pursuant to the terms of Section 5.3
hereof, shall constitute Loans or other advances initially made by the Agent at
such time as such funds are actually provided, or such payments are made, by the
Agent. All Loans and other advances made by the Agent on behalf of any Lender
shall be, for purposes of interest income and other charges, considered loans
from such Lender to the Borrowers and reflected in the Loan Account at such time
as the Agent receives from such Lender funds as provided in this Section 9.3,
and prior to such time such Loans and advances shall be considered, for purposes
of interest income and other charges, loans from FCC and so reflected in the
Loan Account. For purposes of accruing interest, Loans from each Lender shall be
considered to be Loans from such Lender until such time as such Lender receives
from the Agent funds repaying such Loans as reflected in the Loan Account. In
addition, any collection of Collateral, including, but not limited to, any
collections of Accounts shall be applied to reduce any debit balance in the Loan
Account so that the debit balance of the Loan Account equals each Lender's
respective Commitment Percentages. The Agent may at any time upon notice to any
Lender (i) refuse to make Loans and advances on behalf of such Lender unless
such Lender shall have provided to the Agent immediately available federal funds
sufficient to cause the Loan Account to equal and reflect such Lender's
respective Commitment Percentage; (ii) require such Lender to fund such Loans
and advances before making such Loans and advances to the Borrowers requesting
the same; or (iii) require that such Lender immediately transfer to the Agent
prior to the time such funds would otherwise be required hereunder immediately
available federal funds sufficient to cause the Loan Account to equal each
Lender's respective Commitment Percentage (it being acknowledged, however, that
the Agent will attempt to require any Lender to fund its share of any Loan or
advance prior to the time such funding would otherwise be required hereunder to
the extent such share exceeds $100,000, provided that the foregoing shall in no
way diminish the Agent's rights under clauses (i) through (iii), inclusive, of
this sentence, which rights it may exercise in its sole discretion).
Notwithstanding the provisions hereof, the obligations to make Loans and
advances under the terms of this Agreement shall be the several and not joint
obligation of each Lender, and any advances made by the Agent on behalf of a
Lender are strictly for the administrative convenience of the parties and shall
in no way diminish such Lender's liability to the Agent, subject to the terms of
Section 9.3(b), to repay the Agent for such Loans and advances.

                                       47
<PAGE>

         1.71 Payments. INTENTIONALLY DELETED.

         1.72 Interest, Fees and Other Payments. (i) All payments of interest
received by the Agent in respect of Loans or other advances, except as otherwise
provided by the terms of this Agreement, and all other fees and premiums
received by the Agent hereunder or in respect of Loans or other advances shall
be shared by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Commitment
Percentages. (ii) All payments received by the Agent pursuant to Section 10.7 of
this Agreement shall be applied by the Agent to reimburse each Lender, on
account of the tax, charge or expense in respect of which such payment is made.

         1.73 Action by Agent.

                  (i) The obligations of the Agent hereunder are only those
         expressly set forth herein. The Agent shall have no duty to exercise
         any right, power or remedy hereunder or under any other document,
         instrument or agreement executed and delivered in connection with or as
         contemplated by this Agreement or to take any affirmative action
         hereunder or thereunder.

                  (ii) The Agent shall keep the Loan Account and other records
         of the Loans, other advances and payments hereunder, shall give and
         receive notices and other communications to be given or received by the
         Agent hereunder on behalf of the Banks, and shall provide to the
         Lenders notices it receives from the Borrowers pursuant to Sections
         2.6, 5.15, 5.16 and 5.17 hereof.

                  (iii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an
         Event of Default, the Agent and those Lenders whose Commitment
         Percentages equal in the aggregate 60% or more of the Commitment
         Percentages held by all the Lenders may exercise their option on behalf
         of the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.1 hereof to declare all
         Obligations immediately due and payable, and the Agent may exercise its
         option to take such action as may appear necessary or desirable to
         collect the Obligations and enforce the rights and remedies of the
         Agent or the Lenders with respect to the Collateral.

                  (iv) Whether or not an Event of Default shall have occurred,
         the Agent may from time to time exercise the rights of the Agent and
         Lenders hereunder or under the other documents, instrument or
         agreements executed or delivered in connection with or as contemplated
         by this Agreement as it may deem necessary or desirable to protect the
         Collateral and the interests of the Agent and the Lenders therein.

                                       48
<PAGE>

         1.74 Consultation with Experts. The Agent shall be entitled to retain
and consult with legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts
selected by it and shall not be liable to the Lenders for any action taken,
omitted to be taken or suffered in good faith by it in accordance with the
advice of such counsel, accountants or experts. The Agent may employ agents and
attorneys-in-fact and shall not be liable to the Lenders for the default or
misconduct of any such agents or attorneys.

         1.75 Liability of Agent. The Agent shall exercise the same care to
protect the interests of each Lender as it does to protect its own interests, so
that so long as the Agent exercises such care it shall not be under any
liability to any Lender, except for the Agent's gross negligence or willful
misconduct with respect to anything it may do or refrain from doing. Subject to
the immediately proceeding sentence, neither the Agent nor any of its directors,
officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or not taken
by it in connection herewith in its capacity as Agent. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, neither the Agent nor any of its directors,
officers, agents or employees shall be responsible for or have any duty to
ascertain, inquire into or verify: (i) any statement, warranty representation
made in connection with this Agreement or any other document, instrument or
agreement executed and delivered in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) the performance or observance of any of the
covenants or agreements of the Borrowers; (iii) the satisfaction of any
condition specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 hereof, except receipt of items
required to be delivered to the Agent; (iv) the validity, effectiveness,
enforceability or genuineness of this Agreement, the Credit Notes or any other
document, instrument or agreement executed and delivered in connection with or
as contemplated by this Agreement; or (v) the existence, value, collectibility
or adequacy of the Collateral or any part thereof or the validity,
effectiveness, perfection or relative priority of the liens and security
interests of the Lenders (through the Agent) therein. The Agent shall not incur
any liability by acting in reliance upon any notice, consent, certificate,
statement or other writing (which may be a bank wire, telex or similar writing)
believed by it to be genuine or to be signed by the proper party or parties.

         1.76 Indemnification. Each Lender agrees to indemnify the Agent (to the
extent the Agent is not reimbursed by the Borrowers), ratably in accordance with
its Commitment Percentage, from and against any cost, expense (including
reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements), claim, demand, action, loss or
liability which the Agent may suffer or incur in connection with this Agreement
or any document, instrument or agreement executed and delivered in connection
with or as contemplated by this Agreement, or any action taken or omitted by the
Agent hereunder or thereunder, or the Agent's relationship with the Borrowers
hereunder, including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of defending
itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or
performance of any of its powers and duties hereunder and of taking or
refraining from taking any action hereunder, except for any such cost, expense,
claim, demand, action, loss or liability arising out of the Agent's gross
negligence or willful misconduct. No payment by any Lender under this Section
shall in any way relieve the Borrowers of their Obligations under this Agreement
with respect to the amounts so paid by any Lender, and the Lenders shall be
subrogated to the rights of the Agent, if any, in respect thereto.

                                       49
<PAGE>

         1.77 Independent Credit Decision. Each of the Lenders represents and
warrants to the Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the
Agent or any other Lender and based on the financial statements referred to in
Section 3.7 and such other documents and information as it has deemed
appropriate, made its own independent credit analysis and decision to enter into
this Agreement. Each of the Lenders acknowledges that it has not relied upon any
representation by the Agent and that the Agent shall not be responsible for any
statements in or omissions from any documents or information concerning the
Borrowers, this Agreement, the Credit Notes or any other document or instrument
executed and delivered in connection with or as contemplated by this Agreement
or the Original Loan Agreement. Each of the Lenders acknowledges that it will,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender and based
on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
continue to make its own credit decision in taking or not taking action under
this Agreement.

         1.78 Consents of All Lenders. Under any circumstances where the
consent, waiver, approval or similar decision of all of the Lenders must be
requested by the Borrowers under the terms of this Agreement, in the event that
FCC, acting on its own account and not as Agent, has given any such consent,
waiver, approval or otherwise, each of the other Lenders hereby agrees with FCC,
and the Borrowers, for the benefit of the Borrowers, that any such consent,
waiver, approval or otherwise will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed by
such Lender.

         1.79 Successor Agent. FCC, or any successor Agent, may resign as Agent
at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Lenders and the Borrowers,
or may be removed with or without cause upon at least 30 days prior written
notice by and from Lenders whose Commitment Percentages equal in the aggregate
at least 67% of the Commitment Percentages of all of the Lenders (including the
Agent). Upon any such resignation, the Lenders shall have the right to appoint a
successor Agent, and upon any such removal, such removal shall be of no force or
effect until a successor Agent has been appointed by Lenders other than the
Agent then being removed whose Commitment Percentages equal in the aggregate
greater than 50% of the Commitment Percentages held by all Lenders other than
the Agent then being removed, and such successor Agent has accepted such
appointment. In the event of such a resignation, if no successor Agent shall
have been so appointed by the Lenders, and shall have accepted such appointment,
within 30 days after the retiring Agent's giving of notice of resignation, then
the retiring Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent,
which shall be a commercial bank (or Affiliate thereof) or savings and loan
association organized under the laws of the United States of America or any
State thereof or under the laws of another country which is doing business in
the United States of America or any State thereof (i) the senior debt
obligations of which (or such bank or savings and loan's parent's senior
unsecured debt obligations) are rated not less than BBB or its equivalent by
Standard & Poors and (ii) which has total assets in excess of TEN BILLION AND
NO/100 DOLLARS ($10,000,000,000.00). Upon the acceptance of any appointment as
Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon
succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties
of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all
further duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring Agent's
resignation or removal hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Section 9
shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it
while it was Agent under this Agreement.

                                       50
<PAGE>

         1.80 Agent's Minimum Commitment. FCC agrees with, and solely for the
benefit of, the Lenders that for so long as it continues as Agent hereunder it
shall maintain a Commitment hereunder of at least $10,000,000.

         SECTION 10.       MISCELLANEOUS.

         1.81 Written Notices. Any notices, expressly required by this Agreement
to be in writing, to any party hereto shall be deemed to have been given when
delivered by hand, when sent by confirmed telecopier, one (1) Business Day after
it is delivered to any overnight delivery service freight pre-paid or five (5)
Business Days after deposit in the United States mails, postage prepaid,
certified mail, return receipt requested and addressed to such party at its
address given at the beginning of this Agreement or at any other address
specified in writing. Written notices to the Borrowers shall be sent to the
attention of David Shamilzadeh, Director and Chief Financial Officer, or to such
other officer as may be designated by the Borrowers, with a courtesy copy to
Henry I. Rothman, Esquire, Parker Chapin LLP, The Chrysler Building, 405
Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10174. Written notices to the Agent or the
Lenders shall be sent to them as follows:

         (i)      if to FCC or the Agent, to it at
                  One Federal Street
                  Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                  Mail Code: MA DE 10-30-7X
                  Attn: Michelle Ayer, Assistant Vice President

         (ii)     if to ANB, to it at
                  Asset Based Finance Group
                  120 S. LaSalle Street - 8th Floor
                  Chicago, Illinois 60603
                  Attn: Dennis E. Harrison

         (iii)    if to LBC, to it at
                  565 Fifth Avenue, 17th Floor
                  New York, New York  10017
                  Attn:  Lawrence P. Garni

         (iv)     if to BLT to it at
                  562 Fifth Avenue
                  New York, New York 10036
                  Attn: Paul Tine, Vice President

                                       51
<PAGE>

         (v)      if to Allfirst, to it at
                  25 South Charles Street
                  Baltimore, Maryland  21201
                  Attn:  John T. Penny

         (vi)     if to DCC, to it at
                  Asset Based Lending Dept.
                  1180 Avenue of the Americas
                  Fifth Floor
                  New York, New York  10036
                  Attn: James A. Fisher

         (vii)    if to KCC, to it at
                  Structured Finance Group
                  One Canal Plaza, 6th Floor
                  Portland, Maine  04101
                  Attn: Alex Strazzella

         (viii)   if to Webster, to it at
                  CityPlace II
                  185 Asylum Street - 5th Floor
                  Hartford, CT  06103
                  Attn:  Charles C. Thomas

         (ix)     if to Mellon, to it at
                  Edison Square West
                  2035 Lincoln Highway
                  Suite 1080
                  Edison, NJ 08817
                  Attn: Alfred J. Joseph, V.P.

or such other officer as may be designated by the Agent or the Lenders. Any
notice, unless otherwise specified, may be given orally or in writing.

         1.82 Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue in force and
effect so long as any commitment, any portion of the Loans or any Obligation of
the Borrowers for any interest, fee, charge or expense shall be outstanding.

         1.83 No Waivers. No failure or delay by the Agent or any Lender in
exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver
thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege.
The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any
rights or remedies otherwise provided by law.

                                       52
<PAGE>

         1.84 Further Assurances. The Borrowers shall do, make, execute and
deliver all such additional and further acts, things, assurances, and
instruments as the Agent or any Lender may reasonably require more completely to
vest in and assure to the Agent and the Lenders their rights hereunder and under
the Credit Notes, in the Collateral and to carry into effect the provisions and
intent of this Agreement and the Credit Notes.

         1.85 Governing Law. This Agreement and the Credit Notes shall be deemed
to be contracts made under seal and shall be construed in accordance with and
governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without regard to
conflicts of laws rules). Any legal action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement or any Obligation may be instituted in the courts of
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or of the United States of America for the
District of Massachusetts, and the Borrowers hereby irrevocably submit to the
jurisdiction of each such court in any such action or proceeding; provided,
however, that the foregoing shall not limit the Agent's or any Lender's rights
to bring any legal action or proceeding in any other appropriate jurisdiction in
which event the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts shall apply
notwithstanding any rules regarding conflicts of laws to the contrary.

         1.86 Payments in Immediately Available Funds. All payments required of
the Borrowers hereunder or under the Credit Notes shall be made in lawful money
of the United States of America in federal or other funds immediately available
to the recipient thereof at the prescribed place of payment.

         1.87 Expenses, Taxes and Indemnification.

         (a) The Borrowers will pay all taxes (other than taxes on the income of
the Agent or any Lender), charges and expenses of every kind or description,
including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, and fees
and expenses related to commercial finance examinations (consistent with the
Agent's current practices from time to time of passing such expenses on to
borrowers), reasonably incurred or expended by the Agent or any Lender in
connection with or in any way related to the Agent's or such Lender's
relationship with the Borrowers, whether hereunder or otherwise, including,
without limitation, those incurred or expended in connection with the
preparation, execution, delivery, interpretation or amendment of this Agreement,
the Credit Notes and any related agreement, instrument or document, the making
of the Loans, the supervision, protection and collection of and realization upon
any Collateral, and the protection or enforcement of the Agent's and such
Lender's rights hereunder. The Borrowers authorize the Agent to charge the Loan
Account or any deposit account which any of the Borrowers may maintain with any
Lender for any of the foregoing.

         (b) The Borrowers shall jointly and severally absolutely and
unconditionally indemnify and hold the Agent and each Lender harmless against
any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, causes of action, damages, losses,
settlement payments, obligations, costs, expenses and all other liabilities
whatsoever which shall at any time or times be incurred or sustained by the
Agent or such Lender or by any of their shareholders, directors, officers,
employees, subsidiaries, affiliates or agents on account of, or in relation to,
or in any way in connection with, any of the

                                       53
<PAGE>

arrangements or transactions contemplated by, associated with or ancillary to
either this Agreement or any of the other documents executed or delivered in
connection herewith, whether or not all or any of the transactions contemplated
by, associated with or ancillary to this Agreement or any of such documents are
ultimately consummated, except those resulting from the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of the Agent or any Lender.

         1.88 Amendments, Waivers, etc. Except as otherwise expressly provided
in this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents:

                  (a) each of this Agreement or the Loan Documents may be
         modified, amended or supplemented in any respect whatever only with the
         prior written consent or approval of Distributors and the Agent, unless
         otherwise provided in this Section 10.8;

                  (b) the waiver of the performance or observance by the
         Borrowers of any of their covenants, agreements or obligations under
         any of this Agreement or the Loan Documents (other than those arising
         pursuant to Sections 5.5, 5.10, 5.25, 5.26, 5.27, 5.28, 5.29, 5.30,
         5.31 and 7.1(x) hereof) shall require the written consent of the Agent
         only;

                  (c) the waiver of the performance or observance by the
         Borrowers of any of their covenants, agreements or obligations arising
         pursuant to Sections 5.5, 5.10, 5.25, 5.26, 5.27, 5.28, 5.29, 5.30,
         5.31 and 7.1(x) hereof shall require the written consent of those
         Lenders whose Commitment Percentages equal in the aggregate 60% or more
         of the Commitment Percentages held by all of the Lenders;

                  (d) the following changes shall require the written consent,
         agreement or approval of all of the Lenders:

                           (i) any increase in the percentages set forth in
                  Sections and 1.11, 1.12 and 1.13 hereof;

                           (ii) any increase in the Maximum Amount, extension or
                  postponement of the Maturity Date or forgiveness of any of the
                  Obligations;

                           (iii) any decrease in the interest rates prescribed
                  in this Agreement or the Credit Notes or in the fees
                  prescribed herein;

                           (iv) any change in the Commitment Percentage of any
                  of the Lenders (other than as a result of any assignment or
                  participation of a Lender's interest hereunder permitted by
                  the terms of this Agreement) or of all of the Commitments in
                  the aggregate;

                           (v) any release or subordination of, or grant of
                  parity of lien regarding, Collateral with a fair liquidation
                  value of more than $1,000,000 in the aggregate;

                                       54
<PAGE>

                  any increase in the dollar amount set forth in Section 1.11;
                  any subordination of or grant of parity regarding payment
                  priority; or the release of any of the Guaranties;

                           (vi) any change in the terms of Section 2.7, other
                  than a change consisting solely of the reduction of the
                  maximum aggregate amount of Overadvances set forth in Section
                  2.7(ii)(a); and

                           (vii) any change in or waiver of the terms of this
                  Section 10.8 or of the Commitment Percentage required for
                  action by the Lenders in Sections 7.1, 9.3(b) or 9.6(iii).

         The Agent shall, solely for the benefit of the Lenders, provide
promptly to each of the Lenders a copy of each such written consent or approval
arising in accordance with the terms of clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this Section
10.8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of Section 9 (other than Section
9.13) hereof may be modified, amended or supplemented without the consent or
approval of any of the Borrowers upon the prior written consent or approval of
Lenders whose Commitment Percentages equal in the aggregate 67% or more, and the
terms of Section 9.13 hereof may be modified, amended or supplemented without
the consent or approval of any of the Borrowers upon the prior written consent
or approval of FCC and of Lenders (including FCC) whose Commitment Percentages
equal in the aggregate 67% or more.

         1.89 Binding Effect of Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the Borrowers, the Agent and the Lenders and their
respective successors and permitted assigns. The Borrowers may not assign or
transfer their rights or obligations hereunder. Upon giving at least 30 days
prior written notice to the Agent, the Lenders may sell, assign or otherwise
transfer all or any portion of their right, title and interest in, and their
obligations under, this Agreement, the Loans and the Letters of Credit made and
to be made hereunder, or grant participations in their right, title and interest
herein and therein; provided, however, that the Agent's prior consent to any
such sale, assignment, transfer or grant must be obtained, which consent shall
not be withheld if the proposed purchaser, assignee, transferee or grantee is a
bank (i) the senior debt obligations of which (or such bank's parent's senior
unsecured debt obligations) are rated not less than BBB or its equivalent by
Standard & Poors and (ii) which has total assets in excess of TEN BILLION AND
NO/100 DOLLARS ($10,000,000,000.00). Any bank or other financing institution
investing in the Loans so as to become one of the Lenders shall be required to
have a Commitment of at least $5,000,000.

         1.90 Computation of Interest and Fees. Interest, fees and charges shall
be computed daily on the basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the actual
number of days for which due. If the due date for any payment of principal is
extended by operation of law, interest shall be payable for such extended time.
If any payment required by this Agreement becomes due on a day that is not a
Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and
such extension shall be included in computing interest in connection with such
payment.

                                       55
<PAGE>

         1.91 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the exhibits hereto,
sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in
respect of the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior
agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations,
warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative
of any party hereto.

         1.92 Captions. The captions for the sections of this Agreement are for
ease of reference only and are not an integral part of this Agreement.

         1.93 Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in any number of
counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures hereto and thereto were
upon the same instrument.

         1.94 Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and
if any of these provisions shall be held by any court of competent jurisdiction
to be unenforceable under certain circumstances, such holdings shall not affect
or impair any other provision hereof or such provisions under other
circumstances.

         1.95 Consent of Guarantors. By executing this Agreement in the spaces
provided below, the Guarantors hereby (a) absolutely and unconditionally
reaffirm that Guaranty to which each is a party, (b) acknowledge that this
Agreement is a continuation of the Original Loan Agreement and Prior Loan
Agreement and that all references to the Original Loan Agreement and/or the
Prior Loan Agreement in the Guaranties shall hereinafter be interpreted as
references to this Agreement, and (c) absolutely and unconditionally on a joint
and several basis, consent to (i) the execution and delivery by the Borrowers of
the Agreement and the increase in the Maximum Amount to $185,081,040, (ii) the
implementation and consummation of arrangements and transactions contemplated by
this Agreement, and (iii) the performance and observance by the Borrowers of all
of their respective agreements, covenants, duties and obligations under the
Agreement, the Subsidiary Tie-In Agreement and the Pledge Agreement, each as
amended from time to time.

         1.96 Acknowledgment by Subsidiaries. By executing this Agreement in the
spaces provided below, the Subsidiaries of the Parent and Distributors hereby
(a) absolutely and unconditionally reaffirm their obligations under the
Subsidiary Tie-In Agreement, (b) acknowledge that this Agreement is a
continuation of the Original Loan Agreement and Prior Loan Agreement and that
all references to the Original Loan Agreement and/or the Prior Loan Agreement in
the Subsidiary Tie-In Agreement shall hereinafter be interpreted as references
to this Agreement, and (c) absolutely and unconditionally on a joint and several
basis, consent to (i) the execution and delivery by the Borrowers of the
Agreement and the increase in the Maximum Amount to $185,081,040, (ii) the
implementation and consummation of arrangements and transactions contemplated by
this Agreement, and (iii) the performance and observance by the Borrowers of all
of their respective agreements, covenants, duties and obligations under this
Agreement, the Subsidiary Tie-In Agreement and the Pledge Agreement.

                                       56
<PAGE>

         1.97 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE BORROWERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JURISDICTION AND IN ANY COURT WITH RESPECT TO, IN
CONNECTION WITH, OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OBLIGATIONS, OR ANY
INSTRUMENT OR DOCUMENT DELIVERED PURSUANT HERETO OR THERETO, OR ANY CLAIM OR
DISPUTE HOWSOEVER ARISING, BETWEEN ANY OF THE BORROWERS, THE AGENT AND ANY OF
THE LENDERS. THIS WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL SHALL BE EFFECTIVE FOR EACH AND EVERY
DOCUMENT EXECUTED BY ANY OF THE BORROWERS, THE AGENT OR ANY OF THE LENDERS AND
DELIVERED TO THE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR ANY OF THE BORROWERS, AS THE CASE MAY BE,
WHETHER OR NOT SUCH DOCUMENT SHALL CONTAIN A WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE
BORROWERS FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT ALL DOCUMENTS DELIVERED BY THE AGENT, ANY
LENDER OR ANY OF THE BORROWERS ARE SUBJECT TO THIS WAVIER OF JURY TRIAL AS TO
ANY ACTION THAT MAY BE BROUGHT AS TO ANY OF SUCH DOCUMENTS, INSTRUMENTS OR
LETTERS OR THE LIKE. EACH OF THE BORROWERS FURTHER CONFIRMS THAT THE FOREGOING
WAIVERS ARE INFORMED AND FREELY MADE.

                       (Signatures begin on the next page)

                                       57
<PAGE>

         WITNESS the execution hereof under seal on the day and year first above
written.

                                 ALLOU HEALTH & BEAUTY CARE, INC.

                                 By:   __________________________________
                                       Title:

                                 ALLOU DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

                                 By:   ___________________________________
                                       Title:

                                 FLEET CAPITAL CORPORATION

                                 By:   __________________________________
                                       Title:

                                 LASALLE BUSINESS CREDIT, INC.

                                 By:   _________________________________
                                       Title:

                                 BANK LEUMI USA

                                 By:   __________________________________
                                       Title:

                                 DIME COMMERCIAL CORP.

                                 By:   __________________________________
                                       Title:

                                 ALLFIRST BANK

                                 By:   __________________________________
                                       Title:

                       (Signatures continued on next page)

                                 KEY CORPORATE CAPITAL, INC.

                                 By:   ___________________________________
                                       Title:

                                       58
<PAGE>

                                 AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK AND TRUST
                                 COMPANY OF CHICAGO

                                 By:   ___________________________________
                                       Title:

                                 WEBSTER BANK

                                 By:   ___________________________________
                                       Title:

                                 MELLON BANK, N.A.

                                 By:   ___________________________________
                                       Title:

                                 GUARANTORS:

                                 ------------------------------
                                 Victor Jacobs

                                 ------------------------------
                                 Herman Jacobs

                                 ------------------------------
                                 Jacob Jacobs

                       (Sintinue on next page)

                                       59
<PAGE>

                                 SUBSIDIARIES:

                                 Allou Health & Beauty Care, Inc.
                                 Allou Distributors, Inc.
                                 Allou Personal Care Corporation
                                 M. Sobol, Inc.
                                 Superbuy of New York, Inc.
                                 Rona Beauty Supplies, Inc.
                                 Hempstead Health & Beauty Aids, Inc.
                                 Pastel Cosmetic and Beauty Aids, Inc.
                                 HBA National Sales Corp.
                                 HBA Distributors, Inc.
                                 Trans World Grocers, Inc.
                                 Domino Paper Company, Inc.
                                 Russ Kalvin Personal Care Corp.
                                 Stanford Personal Care Manufacturing, Inc.
                                 Cosmetics Plus Two, Inc.
                                 Direct Fragrances, Inc.

                                 BY:________________________________
                                       Title:

                                       60
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------

                Fifth Restated and Amended Revolving Credit Note
                ------------------------------------------------

$[Maximum Amount x Lender's                               Boston,  Massachusetts
         Commitment Percentage]                           May __, 2000

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby absolutely and
unconditionally, jointly and severally, promise to pay to [a Lender] (the
"Lender"), or order, on the Maturity Date, the principal amount of [Maximum
Amount x Lender's Commitment Percentage] Dollars ($________________) or, if
less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans and other
advances made by the Lender to the Borrowers pursuant to the Agreement (as
hereinafter defined) and noted on the records of the Agent in accordance with
the terms of the Agreement, together with interest (computed on the basis of the
actual number of days elapsed over a 360-day year) on the unpaid principal
amount hereof until paid in full at the times and rates set forth in the
Agreement referred to below.

         All payments under this Note shall be made at the head office of the
Agent at One Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 (or at such other place
as the Agent may designate from time to time in writing) in lawful money of the
United States of America in federal or other immediately available funds. The
Borrowers may prepay this Note in whole or in part at any time subject to the
terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement. Amounts so paid and other
amounts may be borrowed and reborrowed by the Borrowers hereunder from time to
time as provided in the Agreement.

         This Note is issued pursuant to, is entitled to the benefits of, and is
subject to the provisions of a certain Fifth Restated and Amended Revolving
Credit and Security Agreement of even date herewith among the undersigned, the
Lenders (including the Lender identified herein) and Fleet Capital Corporation,
as Agent (herein, as the same may from time to time be amended or extended,
referred to as the "Agreement"), but neither this reference to the Agreement nor
any provision thereof shall affect or impair the absolute and unconditional
joint and several obligation of each of the undersigned makers of this Note to
pay the principal of and interest on this Note as herein provided. All
capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth herein or in the
Agreement.

         Upon an Event of Default, the aggregate unpaid balance of principal
plus accrued interest may become or may be declared to be due and payable in the
manner and with the effect provided in the Agreement.

         Except as may otherwise be provided in the Agreement, each of the
undersigned makers of this Note, hereby waives presentment, demand, notice of
dishonor, protest and all other

<PAGE>

demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance and
enforcement of this Note.

WITNESS the execution of this Note under seal on the date written above.

                                            ALLOU DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

                                          By:  ________________________________
                                                Title:

                                            ALLOU HEALTH & BEAUTY CARE, INC.

                                          By:  ________________________________
                                               Title:

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B
                                    ---------

                               DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE
                               -------------------

         Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined shall have the same
meanings as set forth in the Loan Agreement. References to Sections in this
Schedule shall be to the corresponding Sections in the Loan Agreement.

         The representations, warranties and covenants contained herein are
hereby incorporated by reference into, and for all purposes of the Loan
Agreement shall be deemed to be a part of, the representations and warranties
contained in Section 3 of the Loan Agreement as if originally set forth therein,
including, without limitation, for purposes of Section 4.1.2 and Section 7.1(ii)
of the Loan Agreement.

         1. Section 1.42 disclosures: "Jewish Holidays" include Passover (first
two days and last two days), Shavout, Rosh Hashana (two days), Yom Kippur (one
day) and Succot (first two days and last two days).

         2.       Section 3.1 disclosures:

         (a) The Parent has no Subsidiaries except for Distributors and M.
Sobol, Inc., each a New York corporation, and Allou Personal Care Corporation, a
Delaware corporation;

         (b) Distributors has no Subsidiaries except those listed below and has
no other interest, direct or indirect, in any other entity:

            Name                                       State of Incorporation
            ----                                       ----------------------

         HBA National Sales Corp.                           New York
         HBA Distributors, Inc.                             New York
         Superbuy of New York, Inc.                         New York
         Rona Beauty Supplies, Inc.                         New York
         Hempstead Health & Beauty Supplies, Inc.           New York
         Pastel Cosmetic & Beauty Aids, Inc.                New York
         Cosmetics Plus Two, Inc.                           New York
         Trans World Grocers, Inc.                          New York
         Domino Paper Company, Inc.         New York
         Direct Fragrances, Inc.                            New York

         (c) Allou Personal Care Corporation has no Subsidiaries except for Russ
Kalvin Personal Care Corp. and Stanford Personal Care Manufacturing, Inc., each
a Delaware corporation.

<PAGE>

         3.       Section 3.5 disclosures:

         (a) As of the date of the Loan Agreement, each of the Borrowers has
good and marketable title to all of their respective properties, assets and
rights now purported to be owned by it, including, without limitation, the
Collateral, the Business and the properties, assets and rights reflected in the
Initial Financial Statement, in each case free from all liens, charges and
encumbrances whatsoever except as set forth on Schedule 1 annexed hereto.

         (b)      (i)      The Borrowers do not own any real property.

                  (ii) Distributors is obligated under a real property operating
lease agreement dated March 4, 1980 between Distributors and Pueblo
Supermarkets, Inc., which lease has been assigned by Pueblo Supermarkets Inc. to
Brentwood Distribution Co. and by amendment dated December 8, 1993 is expiring
in 2005, relating to certain real property constituting a warehouse and offices
located in Brentwood New York. The minimum annual rentals, including additional
payments for real estate taxes and certain expenses, are as follows:

                           2000                      $577,500
                           2001                      $630,000
                           2002                      $630,000
                           2003                      $630,000
                           2004                      $630,000
                           2005                      $630,000

                  (iii) Allou Personal Care Corporation is obligated under a
real property operating lease agreement dated as of October, 1996 between TMC
Properties, Inc., as lessor, and Allou Personal Care Corporation, as lessee,
covering office and warehouse space located at 25644 Springbrook Avenue, Bldg.
#6, Santa Clarita, CA 91350. The minimum monthly rental is $33,250.

                  (iv) Direct Fragrance, Inc. is obligated under a real property
operating lease agreement dated as of June 20, 1998 between Monarch Sales, Inc.,
as lessor, and Direct Fragrance, Inc., as lessee, covering office and warehouse
space located at 11955 S.W. 142nd Terrace, Miami, FL 33186. The minimum monthly
rental is $ 13,000.

         4.       Section 3.6 disclosures:

                  All tradenames of the Borrowers are listed below:

                                  Allou Brands
                                    Superbuy
                            Rona Cosmetic Shops, Inc.
                            Hempstead Beauty Supplies
                                Pastel Shops Inc.
<PAGE>

                               HBA National Sales
                HBA Distributors, Inc., doing business as Premier
                    Distributors and Chesapeake Distributors
                               Trans World Grocers
                              Domino Paper Company
                          United Fragrance Distributors

         5.       Section 3.11 disclosures: None.

         6.       Section 3.17 disclosures:

                  (a) Employment Contract, dated as of January 24, 1989, between
Allou Health & Beauty Care, Inc. and Victor Jacobs.

                  (b) Employment Contract, dated as of January 24, 1989, between
Allou Health & Beauty Care, Inc. and Herman Jacobs.

                  (c) Employment Contract, dated as of January 24, 1989, between
Allou Health & Beauty Care, Inc. and Jack Jacobs.

                  (d) Oral "at will" employment agreements in the ordinary
course of business.

         7. Section 4.1.1(r) disclosures regarding financial institutions
currently lending to Borrowers:

                  a.       BankBoston, N.A.
                  b.       IBJ Whitehall Bank & Trust Company
                  c.       Fleet Business Credit Corporation
                  d.       LaSalle Business Credit, Inc.
                  e.       Bank Leumi USA
                  f.       Allfirst Bank
                  g.       Dime Commercial Corp.
                  h.       Key Corporate Capital, Inc.
                  i.       American National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago
                  j.       Webster Bank

         8. Section 6.3 disclosures regarding additional collateral locations:

                  (a) Sole Collateral Location of Collateral owned by Russ
Kalvin Personal Care Corp. and Stanford Personal Care Manufacturing, Inc.: 25644
Springbrook Avenue, No. 6, Saugus, California 91350;

                  (b) Collateral Locations of Collateral owned by all of the
other Borrowers: (i) 50 Emjay Boulevard, Brentwood, NY 11717; (ii) 80 Evergreen
Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11206;

<PAGE>

(iii) 11955 S.W. 142nd Terrace, Miami, FL 33186; (iv) 25644 Springbrook Avenue,
Bldg. #6, Santa Clarita, CA 91350.

<PAGE>

                             SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT B

                      Liens, Charges or Encumbrances on the
                     Borrowers Properties, Assets and Rights
                     ---------------------------------------

                  1. Encumbrances on the personal property of the Borrower
described in the following UCC-1 financing statements:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
                         SECURED
DEBTOR                   PARTY                  FILING NO.             DATE                   FILED WITH
------                   -----                  ----------             ----                   ----------
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
<S>                                             <C>                    <C>   <C>
Allou Dist.              FNBB                   253081                 12/05/91               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Dist.              FNBB                   232494                 11/14/94               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Dist.              Brothers               063375                 03/30/95               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Dist.              IBM                    060879                 03/26/96               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Dist.              BancBoston             123608                 06/20/96               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Dist.              Mellon                 049606                 03/09/98               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Dist.              Mellon                 052772                 03/12/98               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Dist.              FNBB                   91-20207               12/05/91               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Dist.              FNBB                   94-18810               11/16/94               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Dist.              FNBB                   96-11667               07/12/96               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Dist.              Brothers               95-04970               03/29/95               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Dist.              IBM                    96-04820               03/27/96               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Dist.              BancBoston             96-10207               06/21/96               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Dist.              BancBoston             97-08779               05/20/97               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             Amplicon, Inc.         173559                 08/13/90               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             CIT AZ                 142849                 07/14/95               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             FNBB                   253821                 12/06/91               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             CIT PA                 004805                 01/08/92               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             NationsBanc            232499                 11/14/94               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             NationsBanc            245372                 12/02/94               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
<S>                                             <C>                    <C>   <C>
Allou Health             First United           198705                 10/02/95               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             Matrix                 075129                 04/14/97               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             Mellon                 230149                 11/07/97               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             Matrix                 108359                 05/21/97               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             Matrix                 007074                 01/11/99               SSNY
This is a "true lease"
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             Amplicon, Inc.         90-15536               08/14/90               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             CIT AZ                 95-10920               06/30/95               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             FNBB                   91-20321               12/06/91               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             CIT PA                 92-00265               01/02/92               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             NationsBanc            94-18805               11/16/94               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             Matrix                 97-06269               04/15/97               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             Matrix                 98-09381               05/22/98               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Health             Matrix                 99-00494               01/11/99               SCCC
This is a "true lease"
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Personal           FNBB                   034941                 02/20/99               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Allou Personal           FNBB                   96-02613               02/20/96               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Cosmetics                FNBB                   007496                 01/13/97               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Cosmetics                FNBB                   97-00571               01/13/97               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Direct                   Boston                 01063-013              09/09/98               SSFL
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Direct                   Boston                 182670632[?]           09/--/--               DCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Direct                   Boston                 193752                 09/09/98               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Direct                   Boston                 98-16241               09/09/98               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Domino                   TTT                    151870                 07/26/95               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
HBA Dist.                FNBB                   253079                 12/05/91               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
<S>                                             <C>                    <C>   <C>
HBA Dist.                FNBB                   91-20209               12/05/91               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
HBA Natl.                FNBB                   253066                 12/05/91               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
HBA Natl.                FNBB                   253078                 12/05/91               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
HBA Natl.                FNBB                   91-20210               12/05/91               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
HBA Natl.                FNBB                   92-20211               12/05/91               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Hempstead                FNBB                   253076                 12/05/91               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Hempstead                FNBB                   91-20213               12/05/91               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
M. Sobol                 FNBB                   069912                 04/01/93               SSNY
                         and Boston
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
M. Sobol                 FNBB                   232492                 11/14/94               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
M. Sobol                 FNBB                   93-05346               04/02/93               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
M. Sobol                 FNBB                   94-18809               11/16/94               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Pastel                   FNBB                   253075                 12/05/91               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Pastel                   FNBB                   91-20214               12/05/91               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Rona                     FNBB                   253072                 12/05/91               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Rona                     FNBB                   91-20217               12/05/91               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Russ                     FNBB                   9605260941             02/20/96               SSCA
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Russ                     FNBB                   96-282554              02/20/96               LACCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Stanford                 FNBB                   9605260946             02/20/96               SSCA
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Stanford                 FNBB                   96-282553              02/20/96               LACCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Superbuy                 FNBB                   253070                 12/05/91               SSNY
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Superbuy                 FNBB                   91-20219               12/05/91               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
Superbuy                 FNBB                   91-20220               12/05/91               SCCC
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
</TABLE>

           2.  The following judgment liens:
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
--------------------- ------------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -----------------------------
DEBTOR                CREDITOR           AMOUNT          DATE           CASE#          VENUE
--------------------- ------------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -----------------------------
<S>                                      <C>             <C>   <C>      <C>                  <C>
Allou Dist.           Acme               $7,775.17       06/16/88       330588         Suff.-3rd Dist.
--------------------- ------------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -----------------------------
Allou Dist.           Hartz              $72,606.66      12/12/89       8913009        Suff.
--------------------- ------------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -----------------------------
Allou Dist.           Center             $1,451.49       10/26/90       905239         Suff.-3rd Dist.
--------------------- ------------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -----------------------------
Allou Health          Sports             $9,041.05       04/17/98       975215         Suff.-4th Dist.
--------------------- ------------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -----------------------------
Rona                  Sports             $9,041.05       04/17/98       975215         Suff.-4th Dist.
--------------------- ------------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -----------------------------
Rona                  Carolina           $2,663.36       09/05/90       902545         Suff.-4th Dist.
--------------------- ------------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -----------------------------
Russ                  Tokai              $12,513.06      03/28/97       97-71739       Los Angeles Municipal Court
--------------------- ------------------ --------------- -------------- -------------- -----------------------------
</TABLE>

           3.  The following tax liens:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

------------------------------ ---------------------------- --------------------------- ----------------------------
DEBTOR                         CREDITOR                     TAX OWED                    PERIODS ENDED AND INCLUDING
------                         --------                     --------                    ---------------------------
------------------------------ ---------------------------- --------------------------- ----------------------------
<S>                                                                                               <C> <C>
Cosmetics                      New York                     Franchise                   September 30, 1997
                                                                                        September 30, 1998
------------------------------ ---------------------------- --------------------------- ----------------------------
Direct                         New York                     Franchise                   May 31, 1999
------------------------------ ---------------------------- --------------------------- ----------------------------
</TABLE>

Abbreviation key:
-----------------
Acme                Acme Brief Case Etc.
Allou Dist.         Allou Distributors, Inc.
Allou Health        Allou Health & Beauty Care, Inc.
Allou Personal      Allou Personal Care Corporation
Amplicon            Amplicon, Inc.
BancBoston          BancBoston Leasing Inc.
Boston              BankBoston, N.A.
Brothers            Brothers II Business Machines of L.I., Inc.
Carolina            Carolina Freight Carriers Corp.
CIT AZ              The CIT Group/Equipment Financing, Inc. in Tempe, AZ
CIT PA              The CIT Group/Equipment Financing, Inc. in Berwyn, PA
Center              Center County Air Conditioning
Cosmetics           Cosmetic Plus Two, Inc.
DCCC                Dade County County Clerk

<PAGE>

Direct              Direct Fragrances, Inc.
Domino              Domino Paper Company, Inc.
First United        First United Leasing
FNBB                First National Bank of Boston, as Agent
Hartz               The Hartz Mountain Corp.
HBA Dist.           HBA Distributors, Inc.
HBA Natl.           HBA National Sales Corp.
Hempstead           Hempstead Health & Beauty Aids, Inc.
IBM                 IBM Credit Corporation as Lessor
LACCC               Los Angeles County County Clerk
M. Sobol            M. Sobol, Inc.
Matrix               Matrix Funding Corporation
Mellon               Mellon First United Leasing
NationsBanc          NationsBanc Leasing Corporation
Pastel               Pastel Cosmetic & Beauty Aids, Inc.
Rona                 Rona Beauty Supplies, Inc.
Russ                 Russ Kalvin Personal Care Corp.
SCCC                 Suffolk County County Clerk
Sports               Sportsfragrance, Inc.
SSCA Secretary of State of the State of California SSFL Secretary of State of
the State of Florida SSNY Secretary of the State of the State of New York
Stanford Stanford Personal Care Manufacturing, Inc.

Superbuy            Superbuy of New York, Inc.
Tokai                        Tokai Financial Services, Inc.
TTT                          TTT Capital Corporation

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT C
                                    ---------

                              EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS
                              ---------------------

Indebtedness or Other Liabilities, Debts or Obligations:
--------------------------------------------------------

         Distributors is obligated under a real property operating lease
agreement expiring in 2005. The minimum annual rentals, including additional
payments for real estate taxes and certain expenses, are as follows:

                  2000               $577,500
                  2001               $630,000
                  2002               $630,000
                  2003               $630,000
                  2004               $630,000
                  2005               $630,000

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT D
                                    ---------

                 FIFTH RESTATED AND AMENDED CLOSING CERTIFICATE
                 ----------------------------------------------

         This Closing Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 4.3 of the
Fifth Restated and Amended Revolving Credit and Security Agreement of even date
herewith (the "Agreement") among the undersigned and certain of their
Affiliates, (collectively, the "Borrowers"), Fleet Capital Corporation, LaSalle
Business Credit, Inc., Allfirst Bank, Dime Commercial Corp., Key Corporate
Capital, Inc., Bank Leumi USA, American National Bank and Trust Company of
Chicago, Webster Bank, Mellon Bank, N.A. and _______________ (collectively, the
"Lenders") and Fleet Capital Corporation as Agent for the Lenders. All
capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

         The undersigned does hereby certify as follows:

         1. I am the officer in charge of financial affairs of the undersigned
on behalf of whom I have executed this Certificate below.

         2. I have reviewed the Agreement, and to the best of my knowledge each
representation contained in the Agreement is true and correct in all material
respects as of the date hereof.

         3. To the best of my knowledge, the Borrowers have performed,
satisfied, or complied in all material respects with all covenants, warranties
and representations and conditions to be performed, satisfied or complied with
by it under the Agreement on or before the date hereof, and to the best of my
knowledge no event has occurred and is continuing and no condition exists which
constitutes, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would
constitute an Event of Default.

         4. I have reviewed the books and records of the Borrowers and their
business and the financial statements and projections of the Borrowers' business
furnished to the Agent; and I have consulted with counsel for the Borrowers as
to the meaning of terms used in this Certificate. Based upon the foregoing, the
Borrowers have and, after giving effect to any borrowings under the Agreement on
the date hereof, will have tangible and intangible assets having a present fair
saleable value in excess of the amount required to pay the probable liability on
their then-existing debts (whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or
unliquidated, fixed or contingent); the Borrowers have and will have access to
adequate capital for the conduct of their business and the discharge of their
debts incurred in connection therewith as such debts mature; none of the
Borrowers is Insolvent; and, immediately after giving effect to the borrowings
under the Agreement on the date hereof, none of the Borrowers will be Insolvent.

         5. There has not been any material adverse chance in the business of
the Borrowers since the date of the Initial Financial Statement, including,
without limitation, any material adverse change from the business plan of the
Borrowers as previously presented to the Agent.
<PAGE>

         WITNESS the execution of this Certificate as of this ____ day of
____________, 1999.

                                                     [EACH BORROWER]

                                                By:_____________________________
                                                           Title:

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT E
                                    ---------

                     CERTIFICATE OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICERS
                     ---------------------------------------

         [Certificate for each Borrower] (the "Borrower") HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT:

         This Report is furnished pursuant to Section 5.1(vi) of the Fifth
Restated and Amended Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated May ___, 2000
among the Borrowers, Fleet Capital Corporation, LaSalle Business Credit, Inc.,
Bank Leumi USA, Allfirst Bank, Dime Commercial Corp., Key Corporate Capital,
Inc., American National Bank and Trust Company of Chicago, Webster Bank, Mellon
Bank, N.A. and __________ (collectively, the "Lenders") and Fleet Capital
Corporation as Agent for the Lenders (the "Agreement"). Unless otherwise defined
herein, the terms used in this Report and Schedule 1 hereto have the meanings
described in the Agreement.

         As required by Section 5.1(i) or (ii) of the Agreement, financial
statements of the Borrowers and any Subsidiaries for the (year) (quarter) ended
_________, 19__ (the "Financial Statements") prepared in accordance with GAAP
(subject, in the case of quarterly statements, to year-end audit adjustments)
accompany this Report. The Financial Statements present fairly the consolidated
financial position of the Borrowers and any Subsidiaries as at the date thereof
and the consolidated results of operations of the Borrowers and any Subsidiaries
for the period covered thereby.

         Schedule 1 attached hereto sets forth financial data and computations
evidencing the Borrowers' compliance with the covenants of the Agreement set
forth in Sections 5.25 through 5.27, inclusive, all of which data and
computations, to the best of the knowledge and belief of the chief financial
officers ("Chief Financial Officers") executing and delivering this Report on
behalf of the Borrowers, are true, complete and correct.
<PAGE>

         The activities of the Borrowers and any Subsidiaries during the period
covered by the Financial Statements have been reviewed by the Chief Financial
Officers and by employees or agents under their immediate supervision. Based on
such review, to the best knowledge and belief of the Chief Financial Officers,
during the period covered by the Financial Statements, and as of the date of
this Report, (a) the Borrowers have, or have caused to have, kept, observed,
performed and fulfilled in all material respects each and every covenant and
condition of the Agreement (except to the extent waived by the Agent or the
Lenders, as the case may be, and noted on Schedule 1 attached hereto) and the
Credit Notes, and (b) no Event of Default and no event which with notice or
lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, has occurred or is
occurring.

         Witness my hand this ______ day of _____________199__.

                                                     [Each Borrower]

                                               By:_____________________________
                                                      Title:

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00012-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00012-of-00352.parquet"}]]